Home

AVL OMNI 1-9

Contents

1. PP cartridge with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by U O ya T Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge M MC cartridge Vacuum Ng 150 Pipe reservoir of FMS system pump Ref A GLU LAC Urea MCI v9 Suction eed MCO MCC M 2 R Se FMS air bubble trap 8 Ref Jun Na CI s V5 3 O MCO MCC A v7 gt A ee OG ressure x Ref Jun pH PO2 Pco2 valve 4 Dock Di Pes PEE af nozzle 2 v23 v2 24 2 KON S TO m tHb air bubble trap IN 553 554 554 554 tHb i Hemol
2. Components location J 5 21 ve 01 vi co Oo 2 gt D 9 E 00 s Q2 Q 9 N Ed d 3 P n N 5 E E Uo ar 1 E 4 0 N 5 2 EX LO e a 4 gt wo 2 1 NE ET N N N N T E i U 2 N wj ash eel dr 24 5 4 5 ee 0 3 J WN 3 2 un ud NI 2 N 14 1 Ar ED gt V Fig 44 Components location 5 96 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Power supply unit The power supply unit supplies all modules and components with the required
3. Mc cartridge MCO reservoir V20 m V umm han S Pipe reservoir m Vacuu m of FMS system 224 Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI 3 o Suction MCO MCC V MCI pis FMS air bubble t air bubble trap O Ske 2 Ref Jun Na Ca 5 5 v21 5 MCC 12 7 ir V7 DENEN MCI 52 VBO VA SS1 pressure 5 Ref Jun 2 2 valve 4 Dock L ye 5 WW nozzle gt EN v23 v2 V24 22 9 m HO tHb air bubble trap iN va 553 552 554 554 554 tHb i Hemolyzer tHb cartridge LL T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 2 solution 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 Wast
4. Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Components location D
5. MC cartridge co v20 m un eun M vi Vacuum gt Pipe reservoir m E 25 of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI v9 9 Suction MCC M a 15 MCI v13 O Pa VR FMS air bubble trap 2 Ref Jun Na v5 5 21 5 MCC 2 Air Wy a VB VBI Back e 551 pressure Os Ref Jun pH 2 2 valve 4 Dock Ons 3 gummi LJ nozzle tHb air bubble trap gt M S52 554 554 554 tHb K Hemolyzer V19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 Wast RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D CAL1 KCl BG KCl MSS gt PE E Er m I NZ 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 19 Tubing diagram 19 7 45 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Positioning at Sample sensor SS4 Peristaltic pump Bul
6. MC cartridge MCO 71 S Am V8 VSO Vacuum O E reservoir of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea bic Suction es vii V13 2 Y 1 VI FMS air bubble trap Se 2 Ref Jun Na CI V5 5 5 NE Air 7 1 1 551 pressure ef Jun 2 2 valve 4 Dock PO2 Air 4 V23 v2 V24 mem 2 E is O Ai tHb air bubble trap D BY 554 554 554 Om 55 552 tHb tHb cartridge COOX Hemolyzer 19 EN T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D 5 5 1 2 3 4 soin B C D Cal 3 Na conditioner 2 Cleaning solution TaD Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 CAL 1 KCI BG KCI ISE KCI MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution Solution D SZ 2525 SZ SZ
7. Bypass cartridge cartridge v20 x as 50 a VSI aN v8 Pipe reservoir O e of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI 9 Suction e MCO MCC V13 a t X ji FMS air bubble trap 5 Ref Jun Na K CI v5 5 B V21 8 OD in MCO MCC Air 7 x ee d VBO pressure SN Ref Jun pH PO2 Pco2 Lass valve 4 Dock Loa One v22 LIWW nozze V UN D v23 v2 24 2 m rG tHb air bubble trap A iN 5 562 554 554 554 tHb i tHb cartridge V19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 W Solution 0 CAL 1 KA KCl MSS aste RINSE Solution B Solution C olution pava ML Sz ot IL 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 8 Tubing diagram 8 7 34 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev
8. Optobus P1 adjusted by AVL 56 s219 s819 8 15 Ajara Opa 9819 gt 549 w 4 6 N Iu FEES ET E gt B 0819 7 ue 96 Iu 13 924 IN wd L x 23 90190 20440 oe 197a 6625 a S DP lie 22791215 tee Dp Ec roza ES code o NES WE dis dL imo e 2 9515 1908 919 a 1 2 kso 0910 ORY 454 ore 2 I ASLO 28 ot rara igo 600 7 919 gt QU 1 Sex ef ofa 9519 2 o e cx 442 OZZY GIZ LIEN 88 681 E PE viz 9710 ESI pelo T E n IT goca 2510 n coza 5 e bod 2028 c 55 3 gt 5 9254 215 E eusj 3215 98 Bere B cus ra a y SE 5815 ES SLI 3 c pe eee Leo le 82 t 271 ral YNVAS gt 5 ezi i VNVAS a EL gio 1119 zis E
9. with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced jir MAT Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge Pre packages NC cartridge v20 60 as Vacuum E e Pipe reservoir E A of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI za v9 9 Suction 2 MCI V13 B 7 an FMS air bubble trap Y vio D Ref Jun CI Ca s v5 5 o 5 P X mS MCI 2 D VBI Back ssi pressure Ref Jun pH 2 2 valve Er EE nozzle v23 v2 V24 Mes 2 n K H r tHb air bubble trap 0 A IN A Mi 552 554 554 554 cm tHb i Hemolyzer tHb cartridge T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 H1 R2 R3 Solution D CAL 1 KCl ISE kci MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C olution sz Mh s AM SZ 7 32 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 6 Tubing diagram 6 Service Manual AVL OMNI
10. MC cartridge 0 x 11 50 Vacuum CE of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea v9 Suction 5 i v11 V13 5 2 FMS air bubble trap eo 8 E 9 v5 8 Oy 2 8 v7 i Air 7 4 iy Ve a 3 VBI Back cT z 551 pressure I Ref Jun pH PO2 2 valve Dock 1 3 n Lp poe hir J nozzle V KON 25 v23 v2 24 M 2 ap p air bubble trap bs 2 iN 552 554 554 554 1 tHb H v3 8 tHb cartridge 4 19 gt 5 Pos 8 Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution D Pos 9 CAES Rei BG ISE MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D ML XZ 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 10 Tubing diagram 10 7 36 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Sample distribution BG ISE tHb COOX MSS 5 Positioning at 554 1 Separation of BG 2 Positioning of BG and separation of ISE 3 Separation of tHb or CO
11. 556 AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 4 Tubing diagram 4 7 30 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Washing the converting line tHb or COOX module vacuum Peristaltic pump ON PP cartridge and re washing off with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy replaced was Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge MC cartrid aes hi MCO V20 D Q 50 vsi gt Pipe reservoir Vacuum S of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI 3 o Suction MCO MCC v13 1 X 7 1
12. Fig 24 BG measuring chamber D Connector board 2 Hee eek Leg 3 Dummy electrode housing Amplifier 9700LP3 5 dare tenen erum Amplifier POT 9700LP1 6 Amplifier AMP 97001 2 7 eee Amplifier POT 9700LP1 EET BG measuring chamber ledge 9 mE center seal for MC 0 electrode holder BG 9 MO DE Locking lever TEE Connector for MC illumination foil b oni pa Connector for measuring chamber heating c 14 poled flex cable Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 51 5 Function modules 2 Changing the BG measuring chamber Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the BG measuring chamber see Fig 86 23 please proceed as follows 1 Shutdown the AVL OMNI with the help of the shutdown tubing set see Chapter 4 under Shutdown 2 Open the analyzer cover and remove in an upward direction 3 Disconnect the two electrode plugs black and white see Fig 32 4 To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left 5 Open the locking lever see Fig 24 11 and pull off the MC output tube 6 Remove the electrodes and close the measuring chamber cover 7 Follow the steps 2 to 10 on page 5 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components
13. ate aa AQC Control Board 38 OMEN AQC control board Fig 12 AutoQC top view Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 21 5 Function modules from A 4 Fig 13 AutoQC side view 5 22 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Fig 14 AutoQC front view Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 23 5 Function modules from 2 Bacteria filter Function Changing bacteria filter Barcode control Changing the Barcode control 5 24 The bacteria filter filters the air from the Waste container which contains biological fluids causing potential risks for infection When changing the the bacteria filter see Fig 86 14 please proceed as follows 1 Open the bottle compartment cover and remove the Waste container 2 The bacteria filter is held on its over and underside with two rubber parts The bacteria fil
14. Fig 6 PC tower topview Printer dismounted Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 19 10 Previous revision levels O Clamping bolt for floppy drive 2 de tae Floppy drive 3 mM Hard disk 4 PC board B486SLC 5 AVLIFB 6 Battery Der Osee Barcode control 9 MENO DERE E Buzzer 10 20 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels AVL OMNI front view Analyzer cover removed screen dismounted and measuring chamber plate opened up lt J gt o fec gt f Y e if Wed Fig 7 AVL OMNI front view Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 21 10 Previous revision levels 0 Peristaltic pump 2 deter ere Tubes to Sample distributer 3 Sample distribut
15. Flat cable BV2180 04 13 Aktor Board xx Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board 6XQK Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board V23 V24 V02 V19 BB0856 14XPC V04 V03 v13 BB0987 BB0988 BB0986 880857 0984 0985 Conn Conn e Conn pu Conn e Conn pus pud Conn Valve LEDS oe LEDI Valve LEDS Valve LEDS d S el Valve LEDS S ae Valve LEDS 9 Valve LEDS Valve LEDS ate 42 V23 00000 J2 V24 J2 V19 00000 42 V4 J2 V13 J3 V2 J3 v7 J3 V3 C J3 v5 V11 9 10 v8 VSO PP V15 V17 V16 V14 NOTE Error code LED1 to 5 are located on Aktor Control Board BB0854 Active Not active Fig 8 Valve error codes Jumper J1 must be set to NORMAL USE 9 77 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Waste Sensor Error Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Fill Level Sensors Check optical path and optical coupling of waste cap 1 amp 2 and clean it Waste cap 1 amp 2 revision 3 no yes Upgrade All filling level values lt 20 mV no yes e Check connection of waste cap and Fill Level Board or change it bad contact e Change Mainboard Remove waste bottle Filling level lt 3000 mV 5 Change waste 2 the
16. SNOTADI QT 1e1deuo 295 UOTSTADI JO SAVIS snorAoud V suondg V uondo JOomy uoneqeisug V empoooJd V 5 0 lt lt lt AS AS Joqunu 3 08 NS 19quinu 1195 opqeor dde TOISTA 100 0 6 suondg uondo jo uoneqeisug 186 AON 0 8 186 0 16 ny 9 196 AME 6 5 5 1517 116 O S 196 PIEN 0 196 99 C OT V o Vie Vie uonej e1su 0 5 lt US S p US 0 lt US 0 lt lt US Joquinu UOISTAIA 1 05 0005 NS 0051 NS NS JO NS Joquinu erros TOISIA Enue 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen 4 Installation Shutdown 4 INSTALLATION SHUTDOWN Ts tala ti OM 4 1 Shutdown procedure ten aou eun ees Soo e apos pae e isos epei veses eisses ao ses ass SSeS 4 11 Eess than 24 hOoUrs eR REVENU E en e d SN 4 11 Mote than 24 NOUS tne LAM cu T End E reden Ce 4 11 Installa
17. 5 105 Fig 5 46 and Fig 5 47 updated 5 106 Textmodification note and figure added 5 107 Textmodification because of new measuring chamber MSS at item 13 14 and 16 note added 5 108 Changing the optical sensors at sample distributor added 5 110 Fig 5 50 updated 5 111 556 under Required SS position added 5 112 Text added under Determining the software revision and Adjustment procedures 5 114 Changing the optical sensors 554 556 added 5 115 Fig 5 54 and b updated 5 118 List of valves updated MSS 5 130 Fig 5 61 updated 5 131 Table updated 6 Sytem functions updated 7 MSS added e Tubing diagrams updated and MSS diagrams added e Text modifications 8 3 Change of contact clip MSS under Yearly maintenance added 8 5 Software update modified 8 7 Text under Economy Mode added 8 8 Reset MSS Cal under Service area added 10 34 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels AutoQC Check Materials added AQC pos error added Check MSS Solutions added Check Date Time added Glu is defective added Glu Lac defective added Glu Lac defective added MSS No Sample Detected added MSS polarisation not ok added MSS Temp Error added Sol 4 exhausted added Poly Cal not OK added Remote Control added Remote Lock added Setup Error added
18. c 3 d 25 Fig 8 AVL OMNI rear view 1 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 23 10 Previous revision levels 0 Vus AEN T amp D control 2 c REESE FLATIF 3 Ejection flaps 4 Fan and filter C 6 EN E Peristaltic pump ictus connection tubes to Vacuum pump 9 RE carats Fluid level detector Board Cable to Sample sensor III D ER Fluid mixing system FMS 10 24 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Manual revision 4 0 July 1996 Chapter 2 revisions modified chapters all applicable from software version 2 0 Summary Chapter Page Modification Addition Cover page Increase of revision number from 3 0 to 4 0 Designation Modular System changed to Combi Analyzer Contents updated 1 Decontamination added 2 2 Revision nurnber added 3 7 Text added under Input parameters 3 8 Text added under Calculated parameters 3 11 Solution 3 deleted because of combination of Solutions 3 and 4 4 2 Installation sequence changed e Relief clamp removal deleted e Text modification under Installation of PP tubing because of new PP 4 3 4 8 4 6 4 7 4
19. Ref Jun Na CI 4 s v5 5 21 9 MCO MCC Vag 7 522 d VBO VBI Back 551 pressure Ref Jun pH 2 2 re valve FL la Air LJWW nozzle at 22 V23 v2 V24 9 5 S air bubble trap e 553 552 554 554 554 D rtri COOX K Hemolyzer t b cart dge T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D CAL 1 BG KCI ISE MSS sz SZ Mis IE 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 3 Tubing diagram 3 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 29 7 Functional procedures Aspiration of Reference solution during calibration Peristaltic pump cartridge Eo z V14 16 A with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge
20. 8 5 Software UPA Ate c 8 7 Update of the entire sOfItWare EET EDU Ere IRE RU 8 7 Update of th T amp D software steer CERE SERA detent Ups e eR TE Rete Dp eee re tee 8 7 e E A 8 8 SWitehes vec iti HEEL 8 8 Avopto Save Da lags ee e Ie deserve dee sau eden aT EES aE 8 8 Gal Sm 8 8 Avopto Report On Off cites 8 eei eot c D YR SHE RM PUN Ee 8 8 Backteed zs er Ue e ree e ON re e eee Pek 8 8 Apply COOX Corrections AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only e em eme 8 8 Luminations On OTf sees ete eese tet b me Det exe dee n evt haa oes dicet 8 9 Service Keyboard cod Pee pus qe Ee se 8 9 MSS Temp increased AVL OMNI 7 8 49 8 9 Economy Mode On Off nod eere b p pa e E Re EKATO uir Peter ipae ai epe rre re 8 9 OMOT ET 8 9 Het ON OFF D RUE I BERE 8 9 AOE Temp Correlation
21. Doe dod FE rati 3 1 Main control with measurement modules 2 3 2 Bb DII deze 3 2 Units htec 3 3 COOX module IIR Deed We a eg Iu ME DU eri er DII e UT 3 3 AutoQC module usce Ee bc RO teeny V ER ERR UHAEVERDEER SERRE RR E 3 3 The cooperation between single 3 3 AVL OMNI Wiring and wiring 3 5 Measurement eee eee ene Eee e een 3 7 Tn put ri T DR T 3 8 Calculated parameters a ieseaese eee eee eo eva eun ee ee eee es ses eo dee e aee e eue e qr eine e 3 9 Type M 3 10 Type of measurements eris 68 6606604 68066618066 665 460686666966 0646666 6606666 3 10 Sample dates calibration 1 1 3 11 Sample VOLUMES ci5 25cdesisescedeesscendsoascvecsancatesssesecedssedvecdceseacoessesedeaeseageaesssesssesscescevdsensseecseoesacsanssvessasss 3 12 Type 5 5252555555555555 5 5 1 951 6005606 666
22. 1 in 1 EA 23 24 Flat cable BV2180 Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board 6XQK Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board V23 24 02 V19 BB0856 14XPC V04N03 V13 BB0987 BB0988 880986 880857 880984 880985 Fig 68 Valve bus NOTE Jumper J1 must be set to NORMAL USE 5 141 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules 2 081 2 ejqeo Ajddns LLEZAS peog peeo x MOXY p1eog 1017 958099 10177 986088 ObZZgA ejeid IN 6 228A eIG2XE A Je1depe ejpuids Jeidepe je1depe uoys BP2475 service for linear actuators uoys 1 jaq I x x x x x x x x x x x x Jojenjoe X X X X X x x X X X X VEA 9ELA ZEA SFA OSA 8A 6A SA ZA O8A OCA ISA dd ebpuneo OW qui 05 Tab 1 Valve and valve bus components CN CN QN gt gt gt gt gt gt ou gg ou
23. AVL OMNI 1 9 Modular System CH3496 Rev 9 0 May 2000 Manufactured by AVL LIST GmbH MEDIZINTECHNIK Hans List Platz 1 8020 Graz Austria Distributed by AVL MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS AG StettemerstraDe 28 8207 Schaffhausen Switzerland AVL MEDIZINTECHNIK GMBH Norsk Data StraBe 1 Postfach 1142 61281 Bad Homburg Germany AVL LIST GMBH MEDIZINTECHNIK Hans List Platz 1 8020 Graz Austria AVL SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION Roswell Georgia 30076 USA Local AVL representative Copyright 2000 AVL List GmbH all rights reserved The contents of this document may not be reproduced in any form or communicated to any third party without the prior written consent of AVL While every effort is made to ensure its correctness AVL assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions which may occur in this document Subject to change without notice First Edition June 1995 Important Information Important Information This Service Manual contains important warnings and safety instructions to be observed by the user This instrument is only intended for one area of application which is described in the instructions The most important prerequisites for application operation and safety are explained to ensure smooth operation No warranty or liability claims will be covered if the instrument is applied in areas other than those described or if the necessary prerequisites and safety measures ar
24. 105095 UNNI A urojs s pL ewy L qs Jonqinsip 05 5 lt AS WS 19qumu 1 05 NS 119quinu eros ojqeordde 00 0 6 enue A 5 Function modules from A Z 5 FUNCTION MODULES FROM A Z General information on assembly and disassembly of 2 5 1 Aerosol trap applicable from SN 5000 1 2 1 1 1 nest tesa enne 5 3 pe ba ee 5 3 Changing th erosol trap 2 iicet eim ERE SERO ER EI RE Ese av OR Re TE ERR 5 3 AutoQC module optional eee eee s ee eere rr re eret ne oae noa ea heu a oaa aee Pose avos eese vo bep aerae aee ra pra aee kp scons 5 4 laid HM 5 4 El Ct OnIC P 5 4 AQC control board or per teret Pesto te ee ec e iE Eee te Nee Eyed 5 5 YZ distributotr board onse Er ERES IERI REEL 5 6 Z distributor board e gee eee 5 7 Changing the AQC Control siti a 5 7 Changing the Darex tubers ed ote Gier ertt
25. Communication error 2 AutoQC module Communication error 3 T amp D module Communication error 4 Do the 3 LED s glimmer with uneven intensities Communication error 255 e Check Optobus for interruption e Check supply of modules e Check DIL switch position on the Mainboard see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard e Determine defective module by successively removing all modules from the Optobus and reconnecting the optical light guides until all LED s emit an evenly bright light e Change defective module change see chapter 5 Fill Error Is a reagent bottle empty or the Waste container full Note that if Solution B C is empty Solution C B is automatically set to empty no yes Change the bottle as described Is one of the fill level sensors dirty no yes Clean fill level sensor Waste container Clean the lightgate coupling and the fill level sensor on the red Waste cap T2 9 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Fill sensor error additional information Each fill sensor error is accompanied by a number The number identifies which bottle sensor should be checked see Fig 1 Interpretation e Fill sensor error Bottle number 20 The difference between illumination value and dark value is less than 50mV indicating a defective Mainboar
26. i MC cartridge laco N mn F VSO Vacuum Pipe reservoir of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI v9 Suction Se MCC v13 O X FMS air bubble trap vi SAID 2 Ref Jun Na K CI v5 5 5 MCC ir v7 t 2 v VBO Back pressure Ref Jun pH 2 valve G 4 Dock Oli Air 10 9 mm ey W nozzle v23 v2 v24 NGC m p H 2 tHb air bubble trap m Na 583 554 564 554 tHb i va 3 K Hemolyzer tHb cartridge IX V19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W B C D T amp D Pos 9 Waste Solution B Solution C Solution D CAL1 BG ISE MSS Bi NZ I NZ 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 23 Tubing diagram 23 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 49 7 Functional procedures 7 50 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen aoas UONIppe JO V 5 UOTSTADI snorA2Jg OT Jo1deuo oos UOISTADI JO SALIS SNOTADIC Vie 90196 ayepdn Vie oouvuojurepq 05 5 lt AS
27. SEE CER E Y ERR ea 1 7 ivo tet bet Rot Ne pex katie Seton a ovt qe 1 7 Sample drip inei eese Eee ea dore dete Gee qi dedos oe a cubs qute 1 7 Pill port eri eto E E EE ph SR E ECCO NS LUI TES MEER 1 7 CNET uu MM 1 8 POUCH SCREEN weave RP 1 9 Nap EE 1 9 MSS Cubes rn ex eec ree sia NE EYE NR EE EE EE UI EUER e e p EFE E ERE GERNE e E EUR 1 10 Electrodes Measuring Chamber ite pe pe ER Ee PRESE e 1 10 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 1 Introduction 1 Introduction General information This Service Manual includes all information and data necessary for repair and maintenance of the AVL OMNI In order to fully understand the described procedures in this manual it is necessary to be familiar with the manner of function and handling of the analyzer This information can be obtained from the Operator s Manual Proper functioning of the AVL OMNI can only be ensured when maintenance and repairs are performed according to the procedures described in this Service Manual The use of original AVL parts and suggested materials is also necessary The order numbers of spare parts are located in the spare part
28. tHb cartridge V19 r T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 Necondtone W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 KCl BG KCI ISE MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D SZ SZ hi Ns a MER 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Fig 4 FMS volume error errors of scenario 4 9 Troubleshooting FMS volume error errors of scenario 7 test of V17 path of test Peristaltic gt pump PP cartridge M with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and vial 6 ypass cartridge MC cartridge vao ee Vacuum NH reservoir i 1 of FMS system pump Ref GLU
29. 1e1deuo JO 1517 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen 1 Introduction 1 INTRODUCTION General imformation cccccssscccssresssccerecssccerecssceeeessssceesesescensesesceeseeesceesenescessenescensensscessenescesseeeeees 1 1 Important informatii ET TRE 1 1 scevecsssensconssevessasenuseass savanssseeeddeudcelecvalcsssletsecseeedseessssheseddseaaseesseeesceseswessse ees 1 2 ESD protective MCASULeS 1 3 Explanation of the 225220 Pio Ees Ea EErEE ESFERAS 1 3 Impact of static electricity on 1 3 Why is ESD protection so important today 2 ree reete 1 3 How can ESD protection be 1 4 VE UI ERR SURE ERR aa RURR HR RR 1 4 Device leakage current measurements Testing after field repair and modifications 1 5 Decontamination Cleaning 1 6 Disinfectants ei 1 6 AVE Deprotelnzet xoc robur ex en ey Sods Yet Posee Sas 1 6 Commercial disinfectant oe cere
30. E PC gt Aggregates VacuumPump On Off V 2 2 23 LLL T amp D Info Slit Width gt T amp D System changing Tubes XY Load Test iN 7 _ fe Option Info 9 Test X Axis m Motors p Test Y Axis Test Z Axis KD 2 DP Switch Valve m Valve iu a p Sample Sensor P Start Test p 4 Needle to Upper End Position Needle to Aspiration Position m Positions gt Go to Position Home Position Service Position J ae m Voltage 7 gt m Switch NL A Temp Sensor N 7 E V1 On Off mh Pen Pump V2 On Off E V3OwOff UN ph tHbModule J Hemolyzer AVL OMNI 2 5 and 8 only J P RE A y Hemolyzer L COOX Module HalogenLamp AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only J NeonLamp is a Electrodes BGElectrodes gt ie am Soie Nth ES SEES EMEN S n W xe ue A IL pP ISE Elektrodes gt AVL OMNI 4 to 9 only T i X T gr T5 KL Ly tHbSignal Ewemal Sample AVL OMNI 2 5 and 8 only P C UN C r MSS Electrodes AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only S J see next page 6 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 6 System functions see previous page 2 N
31. Solution A B C R 2 4 6 20 C to 50 C 4 0 F to 122 0 F max 2 weeks Solution 1 3 5 and 5 20 C to 35 C 4 0 F to 95 0 F max 2 weeks Air 850 1050 mbar abs air cargo Shock Mee coe 30g Electrical requirements Voltage range 100 240 V AC 6 10 permissible tolerance Frequency eese pese 50 60 Hz Power consumption max 250 VA according to IEC 1010 1 EN61010 1 the measured value is allowed to exceed 10 with consideration of all optional AVL accessory devices Fuse at 2x2 5 AT 3 18 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 Description of Functions Specifications Data management Integrated PC 5x86 with gt 500 MB hard disk 2 5 or 3 5 floppy drive 3 5 Screen color LCD 10 with touch screen handling Thermal 2 capable for graphics width of paper approx 120 mm paper length appr 50 m roll Barcode scanner standard External keyboard option Interfaces eee RR 4 x RS 232 1 x parallel AUI Ethernet network Classification Safety category I Instrument B MG EN 60 601 1 IEC 601 1 Operation type For continuous operation Protective IP20
32. me m enm e mee mee ene eren 5 112 Changing the floppy drive isse dedito ume ese uot he Renee 5 112 RUE neto ye 5 113 Technical d ta A t etie e Seg nagar RM oa MR DOR es 5 113 Changing the entire touch Screen 5 113 Changing the fluorescent lamp v 22 eise eee EE E 5 113 au ud pru PU YA UU pee o Lo B 5 114 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 5 Function modules from A Z Peristaltic pump 5500 TIERE ESSAYE REPE AVES 5 115 Iuno DEP 5 115 Changing the peristaltic pump eure o e ree et ere PM eeu ee Wea 5 115 Changing the PP head eti Er RE UTE pr ime RE C Ve RS E RR ie ERE 5 116 Changing the PP tubing Se tyes cone cette cheer eei CHR UR EE SU Od ded to tt 5 116 PP Cartridge CES 5 117 t rn ben cU ee oe yuan 5 117 Changing the PP cartridge cei d Pee EP ESCEP EEE TESEO HEESE REVIT PRSE sede 5 118 91 eR 5 119 FUNCION e r rm 5 119 Changing the
33. 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen aoas 191482 oos Jo SWIS dund onyeistieg sjuauoduioo Jd yun 41446 8 pue Surmseour qui SurmseojA Joqureyo SULINSPOUL SSI Joquieyo SULINSPOUL ASI 04 sea 612098 SurinseoJA proque N Joz ouroH SWA Surxrur pmi uorjoojop YIM deo JSL M 5108095 4 29 ue sedid S10jonpuooojoud pue FUIS so qeo 5 21482 Spine 559444 Jouueos pue loy erjojoeq uondo j0oiny oso1oy 05 5 lt US 100 0 6 sjuouoduioo Jo K quiessvsrp pue pquiesse uo e1ouor 7 06 NS UOISIA9 I enue v 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen aoas V 5 snorA2Jg OT Jo1deuo oos UOISTADI JO SALIS snorAodd 6 STAT Vie SOATRA
34. 5 pue so qeo so qeo WIJ saan 4 4 V V Ques opooreq pue opooreg V HOE V LLL rendo 30010 den 08019 sjuouoduioo Jo K quiessesrp pue A quiasse erup 0 5 lt 3S S r Us 07 lt AS 0 lt lt AS 0 c AS AS Joquinu 3 05 0005 NS 0051 NS SPIT NS 10 NS 21195 opqeoridde 186 AON 0 8 186 0 L6 0 9 116 O S 196 O t 96 WIEN 196 OT UOISIA9J enue NW Z uonounJ 101611 Z 0002 0 6 uININO TAY aomas j UONIPpe 10 V uorsrA21 snorAoJq OT 1o1deqo oos uorstAo1 Jo SVIS snorAo1d Vie Josuas umnoe A 545 pL Jojurid ewy L 45 ordures 0 lt lt US S p AS 0 lt US 0 US 0 lt US AS 19qumu 1 05 0005 NS 0051 NS 9t TI NS 10 NS elias opqeordde 186 AON 0 8 186 amp N UL L6 0 9 L6 uel O S 96 96 PIEN S6 2294 0 enue A
35. Fig 17 Tubing diagram 17 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 43 7 Functional procedures Empty air reservoir SD PP cartridge via V21 Peristaltic pump PP cartridge j 07 DRE with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge MC cartridge cum MD v8 2 Vacuum LY cH Pipe reservoir 24 of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI v9 5 Suction Ne i N MCI 7 J Ref Jun CI Ca v5 MCO MCC ce 7 MCI FMS air bubble trap gt Bacteria filter OQ e VBI Back pressure B
36. The device is not specified for operation inside explosion hazardous areas Dimensions Wadth ccc inspect tit sae 55 21 67 Inch ziii et c er eS 47 18 52 Inch Height iion eedem 60cm 23 64 Inch with touch screen open 21 8 27 Inch Depth orenian En 38 14 00 Inch 15 6 6 15 Inch Weight AVL OMNI I 0 9 33 AVL OMNI 1 to 9 app 44 kg in carton incl Operator s Manual accessories and ready for 1 cables AutoQC module option app 4 5 kg Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 19 3 Description of Functions Specifications Test certificates OV Bef ah OR TRO ERAT tested according to the standard EN61010 1 as well as EN60601 1 COSA Lass Mew eta tested according to the standard C22 2 No 1010 1 92 ees The analyzer corresponds to the directives 89 336 EEC EMC directives tested according to the generic standard EN50081 1 and EN0008 1 2 as well as 73 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive with addition 93 68 EWG tested according to EN61010 1 and is allowed to be labeled with the CE marking Acoustic noise level in all modes max 55 dB 3 20 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen aoas
37. etate 5 43 Input SUB iN 3 8 Installatiom Snare 4 1 Installation of the AutoQC module option 4 14 Interface 5 105 5 108 Int tf Ces quis Ins pU OUT Seb 5 108 Interference filter 22 5 93 Lamp unit COOX 5 78 Leakage current 1 5 Light barrier AutoQC 2 2 5 6 re ean een 5 112 Magnetic valve AutoQC 5 10 Main 1 22 3 2 5 46 5 47 Mainboard inner e ee eek 5 45 Changing the 5 45 Components location 5 48 Bu iction n v repetere eee cies e ERE erg 5 45 Maintenance ite e e EO Celeb us 8 1 MC COVER xe t tO Eri ER EUER ERR SEN 5 65 MC electrode 5 66 MC foil BG and ISE 5 68 MG Se etre E a 5 70 MC illumination 5 68 MC prism BG and ISE 5 65 Measurement data c ates dea 3 17 Measurement flags 9 99 Measurement parameters 2 2202 3 7 Measuring chamber c
38. sio teret N seat baz Seb E E E A E E ctv R ER 5 119 Sample distributor naa ai a ae aeta aeS 5 120 In eet 5 120 cose egrets 5 122 sample distributor Cartridges iesist 5 122 Changing the entire sample 5 123 Changing the optical sensors at sample 5 125 Thermal 5 128 Changing the thermal printer 5 128 SYSCOM 5 130 5r SWINE et aM 5 130 Electronics e Ie ve p tea t pt ee 5 131 t os ids Qe aides 5 132 Behavior after reset i eu Eee te ica erdt cure Pete sero ge suas 5 132 software updaten ao E e i eee a Mes 5 132 Determining the software revision ys ss sessande echoes PREES 5 132 Binding into AVL OMNI software iet etie e te eee utenti emer ER Ee te rye Ene 5 132 Adjustment proCcedUresz
39. Pos8 TaD Pos TaD Pese 5 1 2 3 4 Na concitoner C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 CAL 1 KCl BG KCl ISE KCI MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D EN AL xz 2 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 9 Tubing diagram 9 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 35 7 Functional procedures Sample distribution BG tHb COOX MSS 1 Separation of BG 5 Positioning at 554 2 Separation of tHb or COOX 6 Positioning of MSS 3 Positioning of BG and separation of ISE 7 Removal of excess sample 4 Positioning of ISE 8 Positioning of tHb or COOX Peristaltic pump EO PP cartridge od EN with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon vid 16 nivis Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge
40. with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon v14 Sample distributor Bypass cartridge is 4 N MC cartridge a Vx V8 VSO Pipe reservoir gt Vacuum uud E 4 of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI v9 Suction vii MCI V13 X FMS air bubble trap 2 Ref Jun Na K ci Ca E 3 O MCO MCC va m Air V7 MCI S VBO VBI Back Cro ENE Ref Jun pH 2 2 ssl eres 4 Dock n la PO2 Air 7 LJ WW nozzle V23 v2 v24 Os 2 dl J tHb air bubble trap 9 5 IN A 552 554 554 554 Hemolyzer tHb AL H 553 tHb cartridge EN ow J TaD 8 Pos 7 _ Pos 6 TaD 5 1 2 3 4 PO2 zero solution 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution T amp D Pos 9 5 H1 R2 R3 CAL 1 KCI BG KCI ISE KCI MSS i 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 W Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D
41. Sensors Vacuum Sensor J Vacuum Pump On Off V PUE i E a a Sample Container Detection Paj A Flap Switch NS 2 Barometer E f UN Cal P Sample Sensors Measure Inject Sample N n V E Temperatures M P EE Fill Level Sensors J imt v d ON Aspirate Sol B Contact Path Cond Sensors BG External Sample Positioned Sample Neos eg IN pA IN T Aspirate Sol L p Cond Sensors ISE gt External Sample AVL OMNIA to 9 only Positioned Sample N i f UN P Cond Sensors MSS Aspirate S D AVI OMNI 7 to 9 only External Sample J 4 E Print Sample on P Internal Printer PC gt Printer Print Sample on S E NC gt External Printer 27 p Touch Screen zs gt Display S 2 A Sector Test p gt HadDik _ gt Calibrate A N d ES t Disk Drive M 5 232 Fig 2 Test Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 6 3 6 System functions Setup 9 Setup V dia 7 TN iS m Miscellaneous m Edit Reports Parameters E V A V 2 Edit D Ch R
42. 9 31 System 9 31 AutoQC Check Materials only if an AutoQC module is installed 9 31 Cover open only if an AutoQC module is 9 31 pos error only if an AutoQC module is 9 32 SS error only if an AutoQC module is installed sess 9 34 Temp ERO see Vo ee ER e NIE 9 36 Wash error only if an AutoQC module is 9 37 BG ISE T tp BEfrOt uere tie RI Eo 9 38 Change PP Tubes AVL OMNI 2 3 5 6 8 and 9 9 40 Check Cleaning Solution Solution 6 9 41 Check Solution 2 Check Solution 4 9 41 Check Date Time 9 41 Check Pill Eevels E REDE LEE 9 42 Check MSS Solutions cies noes choc uer hs eee Me aed IE ere DR RR eee 9 42 Cl Electrode Dirty Defect i etr ERR E RERO rU PC E 9 42 COOX Lamp error AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 mee rene 9 43 Lamp error 2 AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 HI e He mem he 9 44 COOX HW error AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 9 44 COOX Slave err
43. ST UOTIVIQI VS 1511 19419 you you st T 10 PHN 93ess o lt lt Ld 9 ugo 51 8 ugo 51 89 st NIH VSq uonen eAo ISIA 1511 SI 9 8 93ess o lt lt iSurzupoqd 20 10 st NIH VSq uonen eAo ISIA DATIOIJOP SI LAN UOTIVIQI VS 3511 19419 sr VT anegou 1 1 10 SSW 87 YOU YOu 8 9 st NJO n r ISIA DATIOIJOP SI 18111 st 227 VIN 10 WT 914955 9 lt lt iSurzuepod 10 VEM st NIH n r ISIA 105 pue 9 MO 10u suro qoa4d vain 105 uonezrie od SSW yo jou 10 esneooq jo yooyo 6 501915 iperooueo Tep 10 VEM uo ezuejod SSW 1514 MO 10u 9 dumes ou 104 SSN suondo uonezuejod SSW 10104 3o Jou 88914 LE 501915 e dures 20 10 uonezrie od SSIN uorezrueoqd snieis MODUIM suonoy 6 9poJ129 3 1 euen eead Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 98 9 Troubleshooting List of measurement flags L
44. ctCO B Tusce 100 mmol l Functional available oxygen saturation SO Ontos 100 Functional oxygen saturation uses blood gas values SO c E 100 Fractional oxygen saturation e FO Hb 100 Base excess 1n blood seis e eem Une BE 40 40 mmol l Base excess n VIVO ieee vet cous ce poten RUE RR FERA Ee EVE BE 40 40 mmol l Butter Dases urn ee er E eR Bes p Eee E E BB y coo ose 100 mmol l Oxygen concentration arterial PO SO MetHb ctHb ctO 56 1 Half Saturation Tension of Oxygen Partial Pressure of Oxygen P50 Ord 100 mmHg Alveolar arterial oxygen partial pressure PAO 40 730 mmHg Alveolar arterial oxygen partial pressure at patient temperature 40 730 mmHg Alveolar arterial oxygen partial pressure difference AaDO ictu 742 Alveolar arterial oxygen partial pressure difference at patient temperatUte iiti E ter Re REIP EE DER Arterial venous oxygen content difference 02 2 avDO Alveolar arterial oxygen partial pressure a AO Alveolar arterial oxygen partial pressure at patient temperature a AO Respiratory index iced des rette i etat herein pr red RI OT 0 9 Respiratory index at patient temper
45. wens Main switch sels Fastening screws for power supply D EEES ERTA Floppy drive 2 Printer dataline 10 68 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels PC tower topview version PC104 CO ovos QUOD GD Fig 7 PC tower topview version 104 printer disassembled Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 69 10 Previous revision levels 1 E SM Floppy drive 2 BERE Fastening screw for floppy drive 3 Hard disk 4 PC board MSM486V 5 MSMAVL 7 nr Barcode control Buzzer 10 70 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Valves up to serial number 5000 Wiring of the bistable magnetic valves 10 Previous revision levels Four cable trees to four groups of magnetic valves lead from the Motherboard They are connected at J4 1 4 Depending upon the required strength desired 4 different types of bistable magnets are available Midi Midi L delayed Maxi A und Maxi B as well as a monostable magnet The control of the bistable magnets is provided by electrical impulses whereby a positive impulse closes the magnet and a negative impulse reopens it Therefore energy for switching is only needed briefl
46. 4865 5 86 0 e eue Pepe dee 5 104 Changing the PC board B486SLC 5x86 007 5 105 Changing the Interface board 2 pena gs CH tpe dr Cerro repe re Eee Pio SE SEE Dear 5 105 Changing the hard disk eot rete em erede de er oeste Eyre 5 106 Interface board 24 ee ere Sued ese E eae bs vou REESE P RE Y ee urs 5 108 Photoconductor interface on 5 109 Touch panel interface on idee te t pire ERR et Eae ER RE qe E DESERT CERE EUER eR 5 109 Serial interfaces COM3 COMS 6 ee 5 109 Keyboard and barcode scanner 5 109 Pimteranterface LPT I and i ei ER DE Del e E e eee 5 110 Flatdisplay interface ERR RR ERE Ie i REIR REC P Peer ies 5 110 1 C 5 110 NET cornnector optional 5 Ede Qe 5 110 PC Tower PC104 with PC 8 486 5 111 Changing th entire PC euer m ERR Re ERE OE RR EE EE 5 111 Changing the loudspeaker and the
47. er Measurement measurement Aspiration cycle of calibration IP C Aspiration cycle of 1P calibration with determination of PCO correction pP Aspiration cycle of 2P calibration IN iss PERS AR SPERM ARES Recalibration cycle Recalibration after 02 air with PCO correction e QUICK tis Recalibration aspiration cycle with preparation of subsequent cycle 11 en eO PO air calibration ZeTO iiie zero point calibration LEB unn Conductivity cycle with Solution B Bil Cree ee Conductivity cycle with Solution C SEA e dea Alarms and system stops D uus Aspiration cycle of MSS Ref calibration with Sol D ids Finish of section of the MSS Ref calibration Ql Aspiration cycle of calibration MSS with Sol 5 Aspiration cycle of 2P calibration MSS with Sol 3 e Aspiration cycle of Int 1P Slp calibration with Sol 1 see next page Remark Aspiration Status Codes ASC for Solution 1 3 4 and 5 solutions aspirated through the T amp D module can be found in Table 3 on page 9 104 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting 9 86 d Optobus errors detailed description see chapter 8 under Optobus Lost messages O HW instabilities Reinitializing Module error 1 Module error 2 O Solved failures Optobus Err
48. 7 to 9 only Graphics Fonts On Off Overview Reports On Off oom sd Ly lectrode MSS AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only Units N a TM 25 Save Meas On Off H gt Mode Switches Pat ID On Off S Select MC x J Suppress Results On Off gt Transmit LF Values LN J ASTM Transmit Measurements On Off 72 Transmit Maintenance On Off x A Enter New H gt Password gt Entry 5 JE Edit Name Set Hospital p Edit Entry H gt Edit Operator ID Name Edit Password V J p DA J gt Delete Entry gt Input Values gt Input Values w d 5 N Standard Set OMNI m Values Sound Sample Type Pir 9129 gt On Off J 5 2 f f Y EI Alarm Signal Blood Type Set Name On Off pd Type of gt d Set Custom FUB Lp Set Custom SysStop Beep Lines Custom Line 2 On Off x Set Name ey Type of Report f Set Unit p Volume P N J gt C Suppress gt aintenance Enter New COOX Values gt Neg Values AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only Actions Entry 4 gt gt Edit Entry E p Delete Entry This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Switches 1 Economy Mode 6 4 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0
49. Sp N it Date N ange Rep Times amp Date Sor P raiat Measurement Default gt gt 3 gt Number of Printouts Intervals Time Set Hour Report gt Num I Parameters Bs J SetMinute M 4 Edit S A Parameters tal Fe l NS a act deact t s gt aca Calibration lp Cal Report A gt 5 L tevas j setstat Time Report On Off Module 1 4 e x gt Priority Set Priority S Open Time 1 Point Values N J X 7 Password On Off N PEE J E Archiving Slope Values b Baa c seme gt JX 7 Xe Revenu tt Timer ts Economy Set Start Time Stop Time p e Timer 2 mode Set Start Time Stop Time o Et Set Start Day Stop Day GE di English 5 Calculated m gt Language German Values S Import Language File Servi Es ufi ervice Graphics Font UP gt NEM Printer 3 Report J Service Report On Off On Off J pes re Aspiration amp 2 5 E Graphics Font Conductivity On Off ke On Off A paee Repro amp Quality Graphics Font On Off Q C report On Off i Electrode Potentials Paper Take up Unit On Off On Off FMS Parameter 4 gt Graphics Font On Off Calibration Report On Off ES Repo amp Qual MSS
50. Q C Measurement System 4 Masurement Data Manager Options Eun Cal m Util gt Level 1 gt Cal m gt Wash gt gt m gt gt Auto Test All Miscellaneous i gt Mixing System Service Area Level 2 Sample g c NL H Module Test L9 Edit Reports tHb Cal Calibration for AVL OMNI 2 5 8 only gt Level 3 m gt m gt Ready COOX Cal component Test gt Parameter AVL OMNI 3 6 9 only Troubleshooting Polychr Cal Level3 gt Maintenance gt Maintenance Q C AVL OMNI 3 6 9 only H gt Correlations System Cal Reports Interface IP Cal Reagent Fill Level 2P Cal gt AVL Support 4 Mode AutoQC E Option MSS Pol AVL OMNI 7 8 9 only Fig 1 General view This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Switches 1 Economy Mode This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Switches 1 AutoQC Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 6 1 6 System functions Test 7 M P di UN CN C s Auto Test r Module Test r Component Test ME 2 5 2 Ew p 27 Voltage Module Test Me T amp D Module Test gt Voltages gt ValveTest Switch Valves PC Module Test x J N w N N gt T amp D System Load Test 7
51. V snorAoJq QT 1e1deuo 295 UOTSTADI JO sojejs snorAoud enue A V exe yos e 05 5 lt AS WS 19qumu 1 05 10 NS 95 ojqeordde 00 06 enue A Vie e enue A 9914195 V e V Vie Ve Ve 0 5 lt US S p US 0 lt US 0 lt lt US 0 lt US US Joquinu UOISTAIA 1 05 0005 NS 00ST NS 9 NS NS 1195 uro Iqe dde 786 AON 08 86 0 116 409 L6 O S 96 AME O t 96 WIEN 756 9 UOISIA2JI enue A SUOISIADY 2 1o1deuo 5 1517 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen 2 Revisions 2 REVISIONS vice 2 1 SOL WATE a irre cases sas eee ees ve eso TENER OS 2 3 Software version LXXX Sa eee EE ecu viata te eee d be es 2 3 SO CWAreVersiOl 2 XXX pci m itai mU aive em dente bet aie 2 4 Service Manual 55 5 vv euo dee eee utet 2 6 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 2 l
52. ces 5 29 Cooling block MSS measuring chamber 5 61 COOX Corrections 8 8 Cover switch AutoQC 5 6 Cuvette HD aget 5 94 Cuvette Cuvette holder COOX 5 79 Data management 3 18 Data v e iesus deeds ae 6 8 DC converter AutoQC 5 5 DC X Y Z AutoQC module 5 5 Decontamination 1 6 Electrodes Measuring chamber 1 10 FallipOrt e eene e 1 7 sample drip trdy 1 7 SUF AGES user eem dem te vert 1 9 55 case 1 10 T amp D disk tod 1 8 DiS Plays x odere erem tea PEE PAG tin REINES 5 113 ECONOMY eere rere 8 9 Electrical 8 3 18 Environmental considerations Electrodes 3 18 Environmental considerations Instrument 3 17 Environmental considerations Reagents 3 18 ESD protective 2222 1 3 5 30 Fan BG tite 5 112 c ever wees 5 158 level senso
53. MEER 9 52 Valve Overloads oet ete eme deu tete de Tie eoe ore le Uie roce ENSE Eve Ue pee 9 52 Error functions not identified by the software 0 9 53 Air bubble Pr Cebus e eec e em Deere 9 53 Analyzer does not Start D ERR SERE TEE oboe 9 53 Background lighting defective 9 61 Barcod ts not scanned eo HIR DR eoe enters 9 62 BG ISE MSS tHb COOX parameter s not 9 62 Delayed function key response nee oe emet dosti cedevsbes ene t e Eee Re Se go e Re eres eR or pate 9 63 Hard disk defective en eee eee esce sucess bs Eee 9 63 ISE not calibrated RV ORE Ege Ra ve e Ri EA 9 64 Leaking out of reagents ep vele Ob bep E Eb SE EE DEDE EUR Fe Ye D PORA 9 68 PO not calibrated oett doit bs oes etur o cut or nua vet o ort De Qe bes OO 9 69 lemaWgoEDIT MEL 9 71 Sample not washed out in measuring module sample path obstructed 2 0 9 73 sample Sensor Error Ple eR RA ERE 9 74 Software LocCkupz e hdi dece e eet ete eese
54. Ne ra 121 It Ova N r 1r 1 3 s ma af ote Tu LL 89 2 su 5 82272 m D H 48 743 a B Leni Lel 9612 CD E 911 Y a l Fees 9 elo LY 4 sial 1032208 _ Lnd vi ii T gp oja x ZI TT n 91 M 2 80140 10180 gt 5 c B T wis ve 215 v vi RI IL 62 49 v2 eo 94 SGH vH CH a Fig 21 Mainboard 5 48 5 Function modules from A 2 Measuring chambers Blood gas BG measuring chamber Function MC 113 H heat control MC cover heat control to Motherboard to MC chamber J18 block HQ Gnd J9 J10 Connector board J4 J3 J2 MC Ref Pot Amp lamp 09 MCO OO O Ref JUN pH 115 111112 1718 19110 2 LP3 LP4 temp NTC fuse 66 C SG heat foil Fig 22 Wiring BG measuring chamber The BG measuring chamber consists of a two piece measuring chamber block measuring chamber tub and cover Both parts are thermostated The Connector board which also serves as a carrier printed circuit board for the electrode amplifier and the lighting is assembled on the measuring chamber tub The electr
55. ee SE PAKAI ODEN 9 103 9 Troubleshooting 1 11 12 conductivity insufficient sample is linked with the sample too small or signal not OK result from fragmented in sample 551 yes 2 no ISE separation distributor at separation contamination in measuring chamber 2 conductivity sample sep error sample could not be sample aspiration breakdown not distinguished from does not start or OK measuring chamber starts late filling contamination in measuring chamber 6 MCC MCO irregular sample Ratio between long Inhomogeneous not OK and short contact path sample or measuring is not OK chamber not properly filled 3 conductivity Ref Sol asp error sample Sol R line bubbles in sample or rise not OK could not be closed in Ref supply line check MCI 4 conductivity Ref Sol pos leaks or small level not stable error bubbles ISE wetting problem Ca dirty CI Electrode defective electrode sealing tHb or COOX 21 first light level Cuvette Not OK tHb COOX sample contamination in positioning measured detection not possible cuvette or light level below limit air too low aspiration too fast old PP tubes 22 no change of no sample detected no signal change leak in sample path light level means beginning of e g cuvet
56. thee e naa e e vene uoo 5 66 Changing the center seal for Miser e TG TW e exa test eve pu e Re eg 5 67 Changing the MC foil BG and ISE module 5 68 Changing the MC illumination foll wos sei testet toe se out etu eo t eet ee des Rx Roe eA eve ku ote 5 68 Changing the MC linge usse vite rab tees a 5 70 Changing the measuring chamber 5 71 5 11 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 5 Function modules from A Z E 5 73 POT 9700LEP1 tte ae eta bee DL PER see 5 73 AMP 97 OOEP 25 5 nm p techo Ere EO RE Rte re ERR EUR E av 5 73 REF 97200 TEE 5 74 COOX inodule AVL OMNI 3 9 idee dre tete thee ir hee 5 76 PUN c 5 77 Description of mechanical 15 5 78 Description of electronic 5 85 tHb measuring chamber and tHb cartridge AVL OMNI 2 5 and 8 ener ened 5 89 C M 5 89 Changing the measuring chamber hee rhe rennen 5 90 Changing the tHb cartridge uotis eere ER MR RIS RERO
57. BB0542 Rev BE Connector board BB0548 Rev 5B T amp D control 117 XP0079 CS F9BC BB0551 Rev 22 tHb board BB0555 Rev 66 Motherboard BB0582 Rev 45 SD heat control BB0584 Rev 02 BFR board BB0630 Rev 04 Hemolyzer board BB0648 Rev 12 Relay board XZ0111 CS 43FE I2 XZ0110 CS 43DA BB0651 Rev 11 T amp D sensor BB0657 Rev 02 Sensorprint Waste BB0663 Rev 13 PolyOx KX Control 121 XP0139 CS CC93 122 XZ0109 3 04 CS 73B6 BB0662 Rev 00 PolyOx Digital I5 XP0138 CS 1318 BB0661 Rev 02 PolyOx Analog BB0725 Rev 00 PolyOx Heat EN0311 Rev 00 PC MSMAS6V 104 SN 1500 EN0310 Rev 00 MSMAVL SN 1500 EN0309 Rev 2 5 B486SLC AT96 SN gt 1500 EN0329 Rev 7 3 AVLIFB SN 2566 replaces EN0308 and BB0723 EN0336 with and without network BB0722 Rev 22 Display IFR SN gt 1500 BB0808 IFR connector board S N 2800 EL0281 TFT LCD converter Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 N gt 2800 10 47 10 Previous revision levels Revo2 Power supply unit 0739 22 SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac 0741 45 SSE MSS Mainboard ZM0845 Rev 33 SSE MSS flexprint ZM0804 Rev 33 SSE MSS connector board BB0774 Rev 00 SSE MSS contact print AutoQC Option Id no Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no B
58. Urea NH4 J43 4 42 14 411 20 SSE MSS Flexprint 2 0845 55 65 Ref ZM0804 Ref Dummy MSS sensor Shielding B Conn board 3 x Peltier elements 3 x NTC sensors MCI Cover contact Cover contact has to be grounded properly via cover to EMC elastomer to measuring chamber ledge to shielding housing of MSS measuring chamber GLU LAC UREA Ref and Dummy GLU LAC RCon Fig 27 Wiring MSS measuring chamber The MSS measuring chamber is used for measuring glucose lactate and urea and consists of a measuring chamber for the MSS cassette multiparameter sensor the RCon reference contact electrode for glucose and lactate or a reference electrode and a dummy electrode for glucose lactate and urea and the associated control and diagnostic electronics The measuring chamber is thermostated to 25 C or 30 C adjustable with the aid of Peltier elements cooling and heating is necessary because of the specified ambient temperature range of 15 31 C For this temperature regulation 3 Peltier elements with one NTC each are used as temperature sensors Contact between the MSS cassette and the two amplifier boards is established with the aid of the contact clip via a flexible PCB Contact for the RCon or the reference electrode and the dummy electrode is established conventionally via push pins The SSE MSS Mainboard con
59. scura 2 1 SOLCWAL PRI TRECE ER 2 3 Service Man al 2 6 3 DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTIONS SPECIFICATIONS eno 3 1 Measurement parameters ewe cueeieo eren xot eu APR Eve VOR CV Po VE RENTA PRER EAE dos ERE NP 3 7 3 8 Calculated parameters sssi ree coccesesenscevsdentsenssvsssecesescdesecesascacseescces TOSS 3 9 Type of Calibrations 3 10 TY pe 0f eire eene Ioanna eaa auo De cecdecesusscdensestsecsces oe 3 10 Sample dates calibration 1 0 0 000 00 3 11 Sample volumkes 3 12 Of anticoagulants 55 3 12 3 13 eden se sea 3 17 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Contents Envir
60. mon O9oo gt gt gt gt gt gt In instruments without tHb COOX ISE and or MSS module the respective valves are not applicable Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 142 5 Function modules from A Z Changing the valve units For valve positions please see tubing diagram in chapter Functional procedures General information The components of the valves and or valve units may vary see also Tab 1 page 5 142 To be able to disassemble a valve unit if needed remove the bell housing Procedure 1 Turn the brass disk until the bell housing is moved out for max 4mm Use tool LA spindle key VD0347 to facilitate this procedure Motor spindle Brass disk 2 Use pliers to loosen the bell housing and unscrew it Bell housing The assembly tool YB2367 is used for fastening and releasing the spindle adapter of valves V5 V8 V9 V15 V16 V20 V21 V22 V23 V24 VBI VII VSI and VBO NOTE When assembling the bell housing bring the motor spindle in a position where the bell housing is not moved out more than 4 mm after assembly The spindle must be moved in completely after installation of the bell housing to avoid damage to the cassettes Pay particular attention to valve clearance and adjust with fastening screws if necessary Valve guide Sufficient clearance in all directions 77 View front of instrument with cassette removed Valve tapper Never con
61. Destroyed membrane Ref line blocked or valve defective 9 66 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Scenario 8 9 Troubleshooting 51 Mean not OK no yes Failed conductivity calibration or defective measuring chamber Change electrode Scenario 9 1P repro not ok on all parameters Call up Options Reports Service Report Electrode Potentials Potentials of all parameters vary similar no yes Problem with reference system Na amp K potentials different to Cl amp Ca no yes Problem with target values Change electrode Scenario 10 Reference aspiration problem Call up System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Fill Routines Fill Reference Electrode Check measuring chamber and left side for blockage or leakage Ref aspiration OK no yes Check Change measuring chamber cartridge reseat electrode or remove blockage 8 If all potentials vary the same amount cycle to cycle this is the indication for trouble with the reference system Reasons Defective drifting Ref electrode or lost connection between Ref and Na bubble If the variation are always vice versa between Na and Cl Na and K similar but divers to Cl and Ca this indicates unstable target values failed conductivity measurement during cycle Reasons Obstruction in the sample path very dirty Cl electro
62. M sous 5 24 lundi EE 5 24 Changing 5 24 hruunngujuu 5 24 Changing the Barcode control S RR eem x 5 24 Barcode scanner optional ee ee ee ee eres ere aeo seen aoa avra epe e eon o ae Ya eo ae eaae va 5 25 laid ER 5 25 Bypass cartridge esee eee toa eeu eere xe ep gov Pao a eed CE SENE TV LS Tee E Eee ra FPE Ye PEU EN ONSE SA ONSE ENT 5 27 Functio is ne ULM 5 27 Changing the e A A ee 5 27 Changing the cable trees flat cables single cables and optical light guides 2 5 28 General 1nform tiOD c er E HEY olan E RUNE EE EU yee pone qur RE roe E ER RO REIS 5 28 Changing the cables BK0348 valve bus DC cable tree and cables which end at the Motherboard 5 28 Container PIPES RC 5 29 TET 5 29 Changing th container pIpes ER RERO 5 29 Fan 0 111 5 30 IgM PEE 5 30 Changing th
63. Remove the two fastening screws from 14 e Remove the two fastening screws from V16 and take out the valve unit V17 e Remove the two fastening screws underneath the PP cartridge Fig 83 V17 e Gain access to the rear of the analyzer e Remove the two fastening screws for the valve bracket and take out the entire unit Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 155 5 Function modules from A 4 Remove the bell housing and the adapter of 17 as described on page 5 143 Remove the two fastening screws of V17 and take out the valve unit Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Test the switching function of the valves by switching the respective valve under System Test Component Test Valves When the valve is closed the valve plunger must be clearly visible through the cassette 5 156 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 157 5 Function modules from 2 Figures PC tower rear view AT96 AAAAAAAAAAMM AA ADA AAA AAS AAMAS ASAD BALA Fig 84 PC tower rear view 5 158 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 1 E ROS MESS Printer lever 2 REDE Paper roll axis 3 Hitec si de Thermal printer 4 ato
64. Spike to open bottle is damaged 9 6 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 FMS Volume error additional information tn 9 Troubleshooting If an FMS volume error is signaled the cause of the error can be detected with the aid of the automatic test procedure Scenario 1 Troubleshooting comprises several individual diagnostic cycles which can activated under System Util Troubleshooting FMS Volume Error During the diagnostics of the FMS volume error the following components are tested by the main control aspiration path FMS sample distributor e FMS ventilation e BG measuring chamber e Converting line e PP cartridge valve 17 More detailed information on possible causes and remedies can be displayed upon completion of the test procedure by pressing the More Details key Follow the instructions on the screen The FMS time tn see also page 9 109 indicated with an FMS volume error provides information on the cause of the error Before each calibration of the FMS solution B is aspirated and the time until the sample closes the contact path in the BG measuring chamber is measured From this time the FMS time tn is calculated If this time is too long or too short a FMS volume error occurs Possible causes for a tn lt 0 30 sample enters measuring chamber too soon e peristaltic pump too fast e Air tubing at V19 is blocked e fluid volume is changed by valve malfunction e
65. USERS USR definition file for password system AQCSETUP KX AQC setup AQCSTATE KX AQC status other files C AVL PC DOWNLOAD CFG configuration file for downloading the micro controller software GET executable file to rescue parts of AVL KX INI SETVERS EXE executable file to restore parts of AVL_KX INI WORK ARJ WORK3 ARyJ archives of installed software MEASPRO n DFL default configuration of measurement protocol for AVL OMNI n factory setting RMSETUP DFL default configuration of maintenance reminder factory setting SETDEF AVL un default settings for user correlations SETKONST AVL factory correlations don t modify SETUPFIX AVL definition file for all parameters ASCII DRV EPSLX850 DRV EPSON DRV STYLUS DRV HPIJ500C DRV drivers for external printers according to PRNLST AVL SP PROT AVL configuration file for service report don t modify TEXTE ENG GER text files containing the most general buttons and window text strings TKBD ENG GER configuration files for the on screen keyboard layout MTMORE ENG GER text files for more detail texts used in Module Test TRSHDET ENG GER text files for troubleshooting functio
66. check if there is used a PC104 in the failing instrument then update PC104 board to Rev 4b Barcodes must be good readable and contrast should be OK The codes must not be dirty or glued with a transparent gluing stripe In case of a connected keyboard press once the key respectively check if the control LED s for CAP s lock are inactive 9 76 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Valve problems From SN 5000 on linear actuators 10 attempts are made to actuate a valve via the Aktor Control Board If in case of malfunction no response occurs the LED s on the Aktor Control Board signal the defective valve see Fig 8 The respective LED remains illuminated until another valve is actuated e g during valve test or as part of a program routine LED s signal only malfunctions during data transmission or in the electronics but not errors due to mechanical causes Proper switching of the valves e g motor does not skip must also be verified by a visual and audible test of the switching procedure 880854 Aktor Control Board located on Mainboard 175 24V 2 GND Motherboard 880555 512 5V 1 1
67. yes no At least one of the voltages is too heavily loaded Scenario 3 All voltages LEDs OK but screen remains dark no yes Problem with PC Scenario 4 troubleshooting PC Some initial information on screen but bootprogram for controller is not started no yes Problem with PC hard disc gt Scenario 5 troubleshooting Bootprogram for controller is started but not properly ended Problem with controller or communication controller PC gt Scenario 6 Scenario 2 Problem with power supply or short circuit in analyzer Interrupt supply for uC part disconnect J5 and turn analyzer on again Is the PC booting 5 One of the modules is causing a short circuit gt connect J5 again and determine the defective one by successively disconnected each module Disconnect thermal printer Is the PC booting 5 Thermal printer defective change see chapter 5 Disconnect all options COOX AutoQC Is the PC booting no yes Additional module defective Disconnect cabletrees on the power supply for PC and controller and check the output voltages of the power supply with DVM Pinning see chapter 5 Power supply unit All voltages OK no yes Problem in PC area gt attempt to repeat and identify defective module with disconnected hard disc floppy drive or PC motherboard 9 54 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooti
68. 10 49 Manual revision 9 0 May 2000 sere obo 66408 60 es suus ea Seo ea ava orga 10 79 INDEX Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 V Contents Vi Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen auas j 10 OL 1e3deuo oos Jo SWIS suorveorrpour pue medar por Joye Sunso JUNI 1 GSA 58 05 5 lt US 100 0 6 AS uoistA2J 05 NS eros ojqeordde UOISIA9 1 enue uoneuruejuooeq suoneogrpour pue por Joye SUNSA Sjueuraanseoui JUNI 29142 sainsvoul GSA 58 07 lt US 16 1sn any 0 9 186 AON 0 8 86 0 0 AS 072 lt US 0051 NS SPIT NS L6 O S 196 O t 96 WIEN 0 lt 56 294 OT MIS uorstA2 08 NS o qeordde TOISIA enut A
69. 12 24 not e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 DC cabletree J5 defective change see chapter 5 e Power supply defective Scenario 4 Scenario 3 Check power fuse Fuse OK yes no Change fuse change see chapter 5 Power supply unit defective Change power supply change see chapter 5 Change PP Tubes AVL OMNI 2 3 5 6 8 and 9 only The positioning time during a Hb measurement is used to derive the load limit for the aspiration speed If this time is below 50 0 5 seconds or above 370 3 7s the system prompts the user to replace the tubing The tubing replacement including time of replacement is then entered in the maintenance database and the warning disappears Message reappears despite tubing replacement after 4 Hb measurements no yes e New tube is also defective gt Replace again change see chapter 5 e Pump head defective gt change pump head change see chapter 5 PP tubing was defective The time established is below 50 no Yes Leak or blockage in aspiration path e The system is too slow gt check tubing to tHb COOX module too long Sedimentation in cuvette perform cleaning or replace cuvette or light level too low e The system is too fast check tubing to tHb COOX module too short 9 40 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Check Cleaning Solutio
70. 8 Power supply 24 V must always light up only active when the corresponding measuring chamber is assembled The intensity is dependent upon the heating energy heater current Therefore they light up intensively during the warm up procedure thereafter only glimmer When the respective module is cooled down the LED must light brighter for a short time Barometer sensor The barometric pressure is continuously measured with a piezoelectric pressure sensor located on the Mainboard The measured barometric pressure is required for the correct display of the measured oxygen partial pressure and or for the calibration value of the oxygen partial pressure The sensor is factory calibrated by the manufacturer No further maintenance or calibration is required Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 47 Opto RS232 DIL switch HS
71. BG ISE measuring chamber Washing the measuring chamber Underpressure build up Filling during calibration 7 2 See Fig 7 During this procedure the peristaltic pump aspirates with both tubes on the measuring chamber in the clockwise direction V14 closed The valves V_I and V_O VII and VIO for ISE or VBI and VBO for BG measuring chamber are opened A pump tubing runs over an air reservoir between the PP cartridge und sample distributor exit and leads air from above back into the sample distributor Here it is mixed with same parts of FMS mixture for the washing of the measuring chamber Time a few seconds In order to enable proper filling of the Junction with the following Reference solution aspiration an underpressure peak must be created before the actual filling cycle takes place For this V21 is closed for split seconds Simultaneously V17 is switched over so that the air supply tube is switched away from the sample distributor preventing further admixture of air during the following filling procedure The filling of the measuring chambers begins with the re opening of the V21 This filling procedure must take place quickly to create underpressure by the time the calibration solution position has been detected The filling of the measuring chamber is asessed by the conductance measurement A stable no moving air bubbles and a plausible value between MCI and MCO must be measured when solution is in motion I
72. e Cover switch MSS defective change MSS measuring chamber change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 15 9 Troubleshooting Rinse error general Simultaneously in bypass and sample distributor also occurs in general as a consequence of a vacuum failure Press Continue and check the sample inlet path Normally a mixture of Solution A and air is aspirated in a ratio of about 1 3 during this washing Is Solution A aspirated yes no e Solution A not properly inserted check bottle A for proper fitting e Tube connection between backpressure valve and SD blocked e Tubing connection s are disconnected check all tubing connections tubes disconnected because analyzer is open for example Tubing between Solution A V3 and back pressure valve defective e Back pressure valve does not function gt check back pressure valve function Solution must be aspirated and should not flow back Connection between bypass nipple and bottle compartment cartridge or tHb cartridge blocked e Check the thick silicon tube inside the analyzer on the SD block in the Solution aspiration path This tubing connects the two metal heating tubes e No vacuum during the wash cycle Check the position of the vacuum suction pipe on the black Waste e Bypass nipple is obstructed check bypass nipple for free passage Only very little fluid is aspirated no yes Solution
73. oes t emendet epu eee 9 75 Touch screen defective uiuis ee euet Ie ee P e SITUE MEET 9 76 Valve TA de ea LIRE asses 9 77 From SN 5000 on linear 9 77 Waste Sensor cse eg biet RS EE etes tek uieeb trot 9 78 Wrong measurement values ee hee ese 9 79 SEPVICE PEP OL ties EI 9 84 ces E eredi 9 84 Report dO p RT Ere ATE E ER ERI 9 84 Activation of reports ieri mE ette e danas sae Sa RESCUE Le Ob bete e SE EE DE nest 9 87 Description OL oni oet aser ges NR ee EE Save oes deos des un Sd o eR 9 88 st Report Aspiration and 9 88 2nd Report Repro amp Quality ces eee eo A Ye ERR EER R meant s 9 90 9 92 4th Report parameter esee us er meen 9 94 Report Repro amp Qual
74. 41 SS5 time out for all parameters in the 555 AutoQC could during AQC requested module not detect sample aspiration during aspiration from the ampoule BG separation 11 551 yes this result is linked with not enough sample to 552 no the result from BG fill the module on the way to positioning sufficiently or sample SS1 fragmented but positioning will be attempted 13 551 time out sample distr for ISE and MSS clots or leaks on the way to error module attempt tHb SS1 measurement if requested ISE separation 08 551 552 5 this result is linked with sample fragmented normally at start of ISE the result from ISE but positioning will included in BG positioning positioning be attempted positioning 07 551 552 this result is linked with no sample fluid left at start of ISE the result from ISE for ISE but positioning positioning positioning will be attempted 11 SS1 yes this result is linked with not enough sample to 9 101 9 Troubleshooting Aspiration status tHb or COOX separation tHb or COOX Removing excess sample fluid MSS separation 9 102 Flag Code 08 11 13 13 20 Logic 553 time out 552 the way to SS3 553 yes 552 no on the way to SS3 553 time out SS2 yes on the way to SS3 SS2 do not see end of sample when tHb positioning should start SS4 time out on the wa
75. 5 V for analog measuring circuits and 15 V for CCD array are directly generated from the 24 V DC Power consumption of the entire module is approx 300 mA in standby mode and 2 A max with activated halogen lamp Lamp control With the aid of a DAC the microprocessor applies a nominal voltage to the halogen lamp 11 5 V and with the aid of a PI controller and a photodiode as an actual value transmitter constant brightness is controlled If the measuring diode is defective or not connected lamp voltage is limited to 12 2 max An additional controller signal informs the computer whether the controller is engaged and functional The lamp voltage is switched on via a ramp with an aid of a pulse width regulator In addition filament breakage of the lamp is detected with an aid of a voltage measurement Another protective circuit ensures that the lamp voltage is only active when the 5 V digital voltage is applied Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 85 5 Function modules from 2 Neon lamp supply With the aid of a cascade circuit a nominal voltage of 65 V 5 mA is generated from the 24 the trigger voltage is 135 the no load voltage of the cascade is 190 V max In case of a short circuit in the neon lamp the supply voltage collapses due to the high internal resistance of the cascade circuit preventing a thermal overload of the components Protective circuit for periphery A periphery enable sig
76. Assembly is done in reverse order Optical sensor 552 1 Disassemble the bypass cartridge as described on page 5 27 2 Remove the sample sensor from the bypass cartridge Assembly is done in reverse order 5 126 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Optical sensor SS4 AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only FW 10 11 12 13 Disassemble the SD cartridge on page 5 122 Switch off the AVL OMNI Disconnect all cables power cable barcode etc from the AVL OMNI Tip the screen in the forward direction Pull off the tubes 1 2 and 3 see Fig 58 from the sample distributor Open the Phillips screws on the back of the analyzer Remove the rear panel diagonally in the upward direction Remove the grounding plug from the rear panel Unscrew the two Phillips screws which hold the measuring chamber plate and pull up until it clicks into place Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove V29 VSI as described on page 5 149 Disconnect the optical sensor from the Mainboard Remove the sample sensor from the sample distributor Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 127 5 Function modules from A 4 Thermal printer Changing the thermal printer When changing the thermal printer see Fig 5 30 3 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5
77. Tee ee 7 18 System economy mode dem oe tp EROR ER aoreet de 7 18 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 7 Functional procedures MSS Ref calibration AVL OMNI 7 to 9 csccecsccsccccscsccscnccccscsscscnccecsscscscccscsscscescscsscscscscscscees 7 19 Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber with Solution 20 1 7 19 Washing ei RO PAUUO Ur ete 7 19 PEEL 7 19 Aspiration of Reference solution with urea 7 20 Repeating the D cycle devas ee eds ise seca lode eder Ese 7 20 Empty air reservoir SD PP cartridge via 21 HH e emere rentrer 7 20 Calculation of calibration and measurement 7 20 Wash Bypass SD converting line and empty FMS HH HH eI 7 20 MSS Int 1P SIp calibration AVL OMNI 7 09 1311 5 7 21 SLATE Status a be ete eo EURO 7 21 Prepare In IP SIp eet der Perder ete peine e deta bocce Fete px e E Er De eee beer E Ree pae gei Ee 7 21 Positioning at sample sensor 884 2 nenne hem the she hen ree 7 21 Aspirate Int 1P Slp into MSS measuring
78. amp J3 PolyOx Digital l 9700 LY2 1 1 i Photodiode PolyOx Analog 9700 LY1 cop array x J2 1 Halogenlamp Polychromator a T 1 Fig 37 Electronic Function The lamp unit contains a halogen lamp for sample measurement and a neon lamp for wavelength calibration The primary optical light guide transmits the light to the cuvette holder a prism deflects it through the cuvette and the secondary optical light guide transmits it to the polychromator Inside the polychromator the light is diffracted into its spectral components on a holographic grating and detected by a CCD charge coupled device array The already processed and digitized signal is transmitted to the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 via a ribbon cable for further processing Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 77 5 Function modules from A Z Description of mechanical components Lamp unit 5 78 NOTE Lamp unit cuvette holder and polychromator are adjusted at the factory and can only be exchanged as units The lamp unit contains two light sources e ahalogen lamp for sample detection and measurement aneon lamp for wave length calibration In addition a photo diode controls the brightness of the halogen lamp The primary optical light guide transmi
79. been tee eb eor ee pe Suess 5 91 Changing the optical Sensor 383 5 cbr aW etie UE e EE D REUS 5 92 Changing the interference filter dee ERU ERE RR e bre iet e e m pe eren 5 93 1 lt eos UG dee sarees eoe ance Sov ee des tione 5 94 l ugqnn M 5 95 Igino MO M EET 5 95 Changing the Motherboatd dicente eer heo epe re LO the codes cate db cept eves uec geo 5 95 Checking the supply voltage and the reference 5 95 Components e e e a ei e esie ud 5 96 Power supply Unilt 5 97 Technical data io ia eerie WaT tea mo 5 97 Changing the power supply Unit POR RARE ER ideis 5 97 components applicable from SN 1500 for SN lt 1500 see chapter 10 Manual revision 3 0 5 98 Directory Structure Re oe eei TLS ere MINIME IE 5 98 Setup files in C NAVIAPQ iiio nett eee etre Em cuss E aaa ERR Uo bee INEO VE EO DER SERT bad 5 99 PC tower 96 with PC B486S IER TA teet ue envies 5 102
80. j AVL OMNI 7 9 Mainboard SS6 621 2 AVL OMNI 7 9 Ji 7 J6 reserved for internal use Vacuum 0866 sensor supply Ji J2 BC0233 45V 12 24V 0292 3 Hips XE BFR board 9 Motherboard B5058 Sample 14 J6 J7 J21 J22 J23 J25 not used distributor OMNI 1 3 1945 4 Fluid level OMNI 4 6 BP1677 board OMNI 7 9 BP2290 anda BB0539 2 2 Bottle comp contact white marking opto transmitter MC Measuring chamber Solenoids Sample distributor MC panel upper MC panel left Bottle compartm BG ISE MSS tHb Hemo PP all available MC MC MC MC lyzer measuring modules BP1846 BP1755 BP1634 BP2046 BP1626 BP1819 indicated Fig 1 AVL OMNI Internal wiring 10 54 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Chapter 5 Function modules from A 2 Hemolyzer up to serial number 5000 Function Before the actual measurement the erythrocytes are destroyed with an ultrasonic hemolyzer to allow measurement of a homogeneous colored solution to J8 Motherboard Ultrasonic 10 actuator Hemolyzer board D6 Fig 2 Hemolyzer The hemolyzer consists of a resonator as well as the respective control Hemolyzer board The power supply for the quarz resonator is generated on this board The activation takes place on the Mainboard the green LED D6
81. 12V white 24 yellow Ground black 12V blue TB1 Interface connectors BK0338 at backplane 1 100 240V 2 Battery ud 3 6 V sv Floppy drive disk Fig 1 PC tower Display The PC tower in the AVL OMNI includes the following components PC board based on the 486 SLC Interface board AVLIFB Floppy drive Hard disk Barcode scanner unit Thermo printer Speaker Accu 3 6 V Power supply unit for the entire AVL OMNI Fan for the PC unit Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 7 10 Previous revision levels Changing the entire PC tower The display of the AVL OMNI is a so called active TFT LCD with the special advantage having a very large reading angle range of more than 45 vertically A flat cable from the AVLIFB from J10 runs to this FLATIF board plug connector H1 The FLATIF is screwed on the foot of the screen which then again is fastened to the upper part of the Measuring chamber plate A cable tree to the screen runs from FLALTIF plug connector H4 1 and is then divided leading to the actual flat screen the Touch panel control for the Touch screen keyboard as well as to both TFT LCD converters necessary for the back ground lighting The Touch panel control contains its own microcontroller which transforms the signals from the matrix of the touch panel in a serial signal It is located in the screen housing The two TFT LC
82. 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D CAL 1 KCl BG KCI ISE KCI MSS ee a moo m 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 7 48 Fig 22 Tubing diagram 22 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Push back residual solution in the sample distributor PP cartridge Peristaltic pump 5156 V14 16 V17 1 15 7 Functional procedures with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge
83. 9 4 Fig 9 1 updated 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 5 Text under FMS error Scenario 3 changed from bbbb 3830 to bbbb 4130 and from bbbb lt 2830 to bbbb lt 2530 9 7 tn FMS time updated 9 15 Cover Error MSS added 9 19 Fig 9 6 updated 9 21 Text added under T amp D error 48 and 49 9 22 e Text under T amp D error added e Text under Temp error added 9 27 e Voltage under SS error 3 Cause s Action s changed from gt 20 mV to 20 mV 9 28 Text under Wash error added 9 29 Text under Sample Detected modified and added 9 31 Text under Check Cond Solution Check Zero Solution added 9 32 Text under Cl Electrode Dirty Defect modified 9 35 Text under COOX No Sample Detected added 9 37 e Text under No Zero Sol added e Text under No Sample Detected modified and added e No Zero Sol deleted 9 42 and 9 43 Text under Analyzer does not start up scenario 4 and 5 added 9 48
84. Fig 5 Interfaces The AVL OMNI is equipped with four serial interfaces COM 3 COM 4 COM 5 and COM 6 for data transfer one printer interface LPT2 and further interfaces keyboard barcode etc NOTE To prevent damage to the AVL OMNI it is necessary to compare the pin assignment of the AVL OMNI with that of the customer device e g barcode scanner barcode reader external keyboard terminal etc before connecting these to the AVL AVL will not be liable for any damage resulting from nonobservance of this prerequisite For details about interfaces please refer to AVL OMNI Operator s Manual chapter Interfaces Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Photoconductor interface on COM1 Touch panel interface on COM2 Serial interfaces COM3 COM4 COM5 COM6 Keyboard and barcode scanner interface 10 Previous revision levels The transmit and receive signals of the serial interface COM1 of the PC board are designed as optical interface Only transmit and receive signals from the TTL level on light or from light on the TTL level are converted These TTL signals are shown over LED s for control purposes The signals of the touch panels are carried on the receive input of the serial interface COM2 Two IBM compatible multifunctional building elements each with two serial interfaces and one printer interface are integrated on the MSMAVL On the one hand the signals of the PC10
85. SV 3 001 ti neon 1 350 SV 3 004 ti neon 1 630 Edit Scan Edit ti Halo for testing at AVL only NOTE An accidental change in ti Halo requires a manual call up of a wavelength calibration Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 13 8 Maintenance Service area Wavelength Cal Offset Interference Control On Off Turbidity Corr On Off Special Shutdown AutoQC Option Serial Number Mechanics Revision Number Mechanics Total Measurements 8 14 If the recommended intensity values can not be reached with the lamp switched on there may be an interruption of the light path or a contamination of the cuvette Error elimination see chapter 9 COOX No Sample Detected polychromator calibration A wavelength calibration must be performed after exchanging any component in the optical path light guide cuvette etc or if an accidental change ti Halo has been made It is also performed during system calibration This function sets the offset of Hb derivatives NOTE These values are preset and must not be changed With this function default On the blood sample human blood is automatically checked for interfering substances If interferences are detected no measurement value is issued and the message Interferences appears on the screen and on the measurement report If the customer nevertheless wishes measurement values the switch can be turned Off The
86. Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 19 20 21 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 Installation Shutdown Tip the screen in the forward direction Protect the screen by inserting a foam rubber block between device cover and screen If your AVL OMNI includes an AutoQC module also insert the relief clamp for the magnetic valve see Fig 16 12 If the AVL OMNI is transported long distances the AutoQC module should be removed Removal is decribed in chapter 5 under Changing the AQC optical light guides AQC cable tree Cables and tubings protruding from the AVL OMNI after removal of the AutoQC module must be secured to prevent damage When starting up the AVL OMNI again after the AutoQC module has been removed and not been reinstalled make sure that the optical ring bus Optobus is closed again In this case install the AutoQC DemoKit GD0211 as described in the installation instructions ATO437 see also page 4 14 Fig 13 Now the AVL OMNI can be transported without any problems For a new installation please follow the instructions under section Installation page 4 1 4 Installation Shutdown Installation of the AutoQC module option NOTE The current assembly instructions apply only to devices and where the AutoQC module was part of a first installation of an AVL OMNI with a SN 2 5000 If the AutoQC module is installed as part of an upgrade action please
87. The screen shows Polarization running procedure Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 13 7 Functional procedures First evaluation Termination of filling procedure polarization or first evaluation With the aid of Solution 3 high calibration level and D reference value a first evaluation of the sensor is performed During each cycle Solution 3 is aspirated and Solution D is aspirated twice for the calculation of the slope Based on five slopes the mean of the last 3 cycles is used for the evaluation The service report shows the aspiration status report 1 and the potentials of the C2 D cycles report 6 under Pol Chk The assay ranges are BSA 1000 to 1000 mV LAC 50 to 2000 mV GLU 30 to 2000 mV NH4 15 to 75 mV K 35 to 75 mV Urea 150 to 340 mV The screen continues to display the progress of the polarization procedure If the limits for 5 GLU LAC or Urea are not reached alarm codes issued and the message window shows the following error messages 00200000 Urea is defective 00400000 Glu is defective 00800000 Lac is defective This warning can be eliminated by a successful calibration or by installing a new MSS cassette If aspiration errors occur during evaluation 6x no sample the polarization procedure is terminated i e alarm code 00100000 is issued MSS polarization not ok and the messages are displayed as under MSS cassette exchange but wit
88. This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Switches 1 AutoQC This button appears only if a network is connected Fig 3 Setup Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 6 5 6 System functions Calibration Util d Cal ES 3 f H gt Mixing System gt Service Area set password y i Util AVOPTO Save On Off Cal Sim On Off AVOPTO Report On Off Backfeed On Off Apply COOX correlations On Off AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only Illumination On Off Service Keyboard On Off MSS Temp increased p uc gt Switches 1 gt N tHb Cal pe AVL OMNI 2 and 5 only Cal AVL OMNI 3 and 6 only 7 Polychr Cal _ AVLOMNL3 and 6 only m gt System Cal O see next page AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only Economy Mode On Off AutoQC On Off Option Het On Off Temperature Correlation On Off BP Set 02 UPol Sample Counter y Reset Cal Values Show Versions gt Setup gt Hot Line Number M p Reset MSS Cal VL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only Set Serial Number Delete Data M J C Su 3 Special Tests gt Optobus pe XS New Cleaning Sol m Switches 2 gt JUN 5s p COOX module LEN M sf B Wave Length Cal S Halo Lamp On Off gt Neon Lamp On Off Edit Scan Edit ti Halo AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 onl
89. and Changing the center seal for MC added 5 72 Fig 31 updated resistor added 5 82 5 83 Fig 37 and 38 updated laying of light guides 5 88 Fig 39 updated 5 97 e Directory structure under PC components added Fig 46 47 and 50 transfered to section Interface bard Fig 44 corrected e Fig 46 network added 5 102 5 103 5 104 Section PC tower PC104 with PC MSM486V transfered to chapter 10 5 110 5 122 5 137 5 140 5 141 Section Valves NEW linear actuators 5 144 Fig 70 updated 5 146 5 147 5 150 und 5 151 PC104 transfered to chapter 10 5 152 Fig 74 updated 5 154 Fig 75 updated 5 156 Fig 76 rear view 2 deleted 5 158 Fig 77 bottle compartment backside of the analyzer open deleted 6 Sytem functions updated 7 K and urea added 7 6 Rinse sample out of the MSS measuring chamber when prompted under Measuring cycle deleted 7 14 e NH4 and urea under First evaluation added eea LEA E Upd ated aaea ae reer ene 10 50 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels 1 oo Text addition under Calibration intervals 7 19 Section Repeating the D cycle and Aspiration of Reference solution with urea only under Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber
90. e Only use proper tools and test facilities for service and repairs Replace damaged fuses with approved or original types only Electrostatic Sensitive Device Packages with this label should be opened by qualified personnel only Warnings in this Manual are marked with CAUTION and describes situations or potential dangers which can be hazardous for persons doing maintenance or service tasks Never use the analyzer near easily inflammable or explosive gases e g anaesthesic gases etc Always connect the analyzer to a grounded 2 pole socket Replace immediately a damaged power plug or cable Before opening the rear cover turn off the analyzer and unplug the main cable e Components of AVL OMNI such as tubes Waste container Fill port etc contain biological substances after use resulting in potential sources of infection Handle these components with care and avoid contact with the skin Use plastic gloves Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain remnants of biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 Introduction ESD protective measures Explanation of the Phenomenon Impact of static electricity on assemblies Why is ESD protection so important today Components sensit
91. includes the following components PC board based on the 486V Interface board MSMAVL Floppy drive Hard disk 2 5 Barcode scanner unit Thermal printer Speaker Power supply unit for the entire AVL OMNI Fan for the PC unit 10 40 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels The display TFT 03210 the AVL OMNI has the special advantage of a very large reading angle range of more than 35 vertically 50 pole cable connects the display to the MSMAVL see Fig 5 J10 via the card Display IFT J3 On the display the 50 pole cable connects to display card IFR J6 This card is necessary for the the screen keys and the conversion of the screen signals From the Display IFR board a 20 pole cable connects to the actual flat screen and a TFT LCD converter required for background lighting The Display IFR board contains its own microcontroller which converts the signals from the matrix of the touch panel into serial signals It is assembled in the screen housing The TFT LCD converter is a transformer and provide the voltage supply for the flourescent lamp located behind the flat screen in the screen housing The hard disk is attached to the PC board MSM486V with spacer bolts the floppy drive is located on the rear panel as seen from the rear panel of the analyzer U1
92. pressure valve Uu L4 WW nozzie WW nozzle PO2 Air e 4 Dock MCO gt reservoir V20 gt vso Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI v9 V 7 VIO Ref Jun Na K 21 MCC AY T Ref Jun pH PO2 Pco2 881 V22 V23 v2 v24 tHb air bubble trap iN EN SS3 552 554 554 554 tHb i v3 K Hemolyzer tHb cartridge Il Q v19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 conditonor W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 Wi i i lution D CAL 1 KCl BG KCI ISE MSS aste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution AM ME ae Al 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 21 Tubing diagram 21 7 47 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Aspirate Int 1P Slp into the MSS measuring chamber second phase fill Peristaltic pump PP cartridge of with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced RCon V14
93. sample path obstructed 10 Rev 4 0 added 11 Figures updated 10 26 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Chapter 2 Revisions 10 Previous revision levels Electronic Id no Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BA0866 Rev_3A Mainboard 9700 156 0080 CS D2E7 195 0082 5 843 121 177 XZ0109 5 573 6 0520 7 MC heat control 9700LB4 na 0521 38 Amplifier 9799LP1 9700LP1 na BB0532 11 MC ceramic heater 9700LB9 na 0533 Rev 44 Heat foil 9700LB3 na BB0534 Rev_45 MC cover heat control 9700LB8 na BB0535 Rev 5B Amplifier REF 9700LP3 9700LP3 na BB0536 Rev 45 Amplifier AMP 9700LP2 9700LP2 na BB0539 Rev 57 Fluid level detector 9700LC4 na 0542 9 Interface board 9700 1 0548 58 T amp D control 9700LTI 117 XP0079 CS 50261 BB0551 Rev 22 tHb board 9700LB5 na BB0555 Rev 66 Motherboard 9700LC6 na BB0582 Rev 45 SD heat control 9700LC7 na BB0584 Rev 02 BFR board 9700LN3 na BB0630 Rev 04 Hemolyzer board 9700LO2 na BB0648 Relay board 9700LCC I1 70111 CS 43FE I2 XZ0110 CS 43DA BB0651 Rev 11 T amp D sensor 9700LT3 na BB0668 Rev_02 LCD converter 9700LR3 na BB0657 Rev 02 Sensorprint Waste 9700LCD na BB0663 Rev 12 POLYOX KX Control 9700LY3 I21 XP0139 CS CC93 I22 XZ0109 3 01 BB0662 Rev 00 POLYOX
94. 1611 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen 7 Functional procedures 7 FUNCTIONAL PROCEDURES E 7 1 Starting the COOX drying iecit dress ge teer e e EAEE PEETRIS SE ren 7 1 Washing and filling of an AVL OMNI BG ISE measuring 2 2 7 2 W ashing thesmeasurins Chambers te bed 7 2 Underpressure build u p rte e tee er ete put ete 7 2 Filling during Calibration ote ee cha eoe Gaede ee e ERE UR HO UE Ne Un ER AER eg 7 2 Aspiration of Reference solution during calibration 7 3 Washing the converting line and preparing B C mixture 7 4 Startins the ab geese es 7 4 Mixing of calibration solution oe a ee rep e ha eve Pere eee Eve 7 4 Stopping the EM S 2 nectit RH RE Ia ERE Ie e Ie ERR eet Ua I Te rele tese bae 7 4 Positioning of calibration solution in the 7 4 Washing the converting line without preparing B C mixture sess Hee 7 5 Washing tbe conver ng Une es P pg E ege xe ei eMe eade Ye DN EHE ER ceto eeu 7 5 Follow up of the FMS onis oed tete E e SER TRE R
95. 5 77 e Disassembly of screen grid at PC tower under Changing the thermal printer added e Text added because of thermal printer adjustment 5 83 5 86 5 92 5 97 5 108 6 7 4 7 5 Text change under Measuring cycle 7 7 Text change under Aspiration of the sample in the tHb measuring chamber 7 11 Text change under Cleaning Empty Reference electrodes and Rinse Reference electrodes 7 12 e Sample sensor 554 wash water nozzle added 7 15 8 2 e Check brightness of touch screen under Recommentations added e Changing the valve tapper and cleaning the valve head added 8 3 Under Update of microcontroller software HS MM as well as PX and CCD at AVL OMNI 3 and 6 CCD deleted since CCD EPROM 8 4 e Save On Off changed to Avopto save On Off e Service print On Off changed to Avopto report On Off e Economy mode On Off AutoQC On Off and Hct On Off added 8 6 e Text added under Optobus e Special shutdown added 9 9 1 9 4 9 10 e Module error changed to System error e Rinse error general added e Bypass rinse error and SD rinse error added 9 12 Introduction of automatic FMS volume error troubleshooting procedure added 9 16 bis 9 19 e Tubing diagrams updated combination of Solutions 3 and 4 e Sample sensor 554 wash water nozzle added 9 20 MC cover error cover error 5 added 9 42 Text and Fig added under Sample not washed out in measuring module
96. 8 7 ARCA e eese e ne auae Veo e Ve au uen EE ve ue veu sone ue aa suae e ee ve Ue oe gue 8 8 9 TROUBLESHOOTING Errors identified by the software ecce eeee eese eese eee eee eee eee esee 9 1 Error functions not identified by the software cc eeee eese eese eee ee eese eese eene eene nena then tee tese eu 9 53 Service NEST TRITT ODIO DILIQ TO CDD LESTIE EPIO 9 84 10 PREVIOUS REVISION LEVELS Manual revision 2 0 December 1995 22 2 10 2 Manual revision 3 0 March 1996 ooh eee ener ne ea eno oa ein neo ree na no sa aen oa anos tesir Sun ino ne sa vo aen auae e suas 10 3 Manual revision 4 0 July 1996 1 ee erii ederent eu ea eI e eae opu ne eoo eoe a beu an eno ruben e dovuto oye ne ae 10 25 Manual revision 5 0 January 1997 1 41 10 29 Manual revision 6 0 August 1997 10 33 IV Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Contents Manual revision 7 0 1998 6 sees eese 10 45 Manual revision 8 0 November 1998 0 2
97. Aggregates AutoQC Temp Sensor 8 10 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Setup BP Set O2 UPol Sample Counter Reset Cal Values Show Versions Hotline Number Reset MSS Cal AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only Set Serial Number Delete Data Reset MSS Cal AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only 8 Maintenance Service area The barometer sensor is set with this function This slope value is labeled on the barometer sensor located on the Mainboard see chapter 5 Mainboard Components location The value must be re entered after replacement of the board Simultaneously the actual absolute barometric pressure is to be given in not the sea level reduced barometric pressure which is measured with an external barometer Factory delivery includes default settings for both values slope and actual absolute barometric pressure The polarization voltage of the PO Electrode is set with this function do this use the test device for BG measuring chamber BP2244 This setting is necessary when the BG measuring chamber or the Connector board is changed The sample counter registers every measurement The service technician can read off or turn back the sample count with this function The activation of this function resets all calibration values The activation of this function gives information over the serial number AQC version and the current program versions from SW PC MC MM TD as well as PX
98. CCD AVL OMNI 3 and 9 only The activation of this function enables the input of the respective hotline number The activation of this function resets all MSS calibration values The activation of this function enables the input of the serial number This menu allows to delete selected databases in the data manager patient calibration and maintenance databases or all databases as well as the AVOPTO files ATTENTION The activation of this function deletes all data bases irrevocable The activation of this function resets all MSS calibration values Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 11 8 Maintenance Service area Special Tests Optobus Interpretation 8 12 With the help of this function analyzer errors are shown Displayed errors indicate an error in the hardware Possible errors could be the light gates from the optobus or a module error see also chapter Troubleshooting section Service report Report structure Lost messages Number of lost messages a module attempt without success to transmit a message 3 attempts max Consequences May cause system error depending on message content Permissible limit lt 1 per week during continuous operation Remedy Replace one or more boards connected to the Optobus Mainboard T amp D control PolyOX KX control 9700 LY3 AQC control board HW instabilities Counts how often the bus was into an invalid
99. EL0281 LCD converter SN gt 2800 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 2 1 2 Revisions Revo2 Power supply unit 0739 22 SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac 0741 47 SSE MSS Mainboard ZM0845 Rev 33 SSE MSS flexprint ZM0804 Rev 33 SSE MSS connector board BB0774 Rev 01 SSE MSS contact print AutoQC Option Id no Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BB0760 AQC control board I13 XP0177 CS 2565 I23 XZ0145 CS 65E0 BB0771 Rev 00 YZ distributor board BB0772 Rev 02 Z distributor board 2 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 2 Revisions Software Software version 1 AVL OMNI 1 2 4 5 International Date of Superior PC HS MM COOX release version number version version version version Remark SN 05 09 1995 1 00 1 600 2 470 2 450 27771 First release 21000 12 10 1995 1 01 1 800 2 476 2 455 21175 19 12 1995 1 02 1 900 2 479 2 457 1150 12 02 1996 1 05 1 902 Deproteinizing 21500 MC cartridge AVL OMNI 3 and 6 International Date of Superior PC 5 release version number version version version version Remark SN 17 01 1996 1 50 1 930 2 600 2 500 1 900 First release 21500 ET 1 60 1 937 2
100. Function e To check the reagent supply during measurement calibration test and operating procedures and cause the bottle changing picture on the display if the bottle was connected to J10 Motherboard Sensorprint Waste Fluid level detector board FEDT FLD8 FLD7 FLD6 FLD5 FLD4 FLD3 FLD2 FLD1 Principle of fill level detection LED transmitter optical light guides 1 Photo diode empty full Fig 17 Wiring Filling level detection The Fluid level detector board is located on the rear panel of the bottle compartment behind the Waste container see Fig 5 33 9 The fill level control for reagents Waste and Solution A are performed with the help of reflex light barriers with a reversing prism A optical light guide leads from the light diode LED to the reversing prism and a further optical light guide from here to the photodiode If the container is empty a total reflexion of the boarder layers air prism or prism air results and the photodiode receives the light signal of the transmitter If the container is full a smaller reflexion takes place due to the almost identical calculation coefficient prism water Stray signals which are very small can be received at best The corresponding transmitter and receiver are soldered in a common plug housing on the printed circuit board A duplex LWL counterpart holds both Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 31 5 Function m
101. Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge MC cartridge Q v8 50 Pipe reservoir Vacuum D a Q of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI Suction es vii v13 n pw 2 FMS air bubble trap vio 8 Ref Jun K CI a v5 5 v21 3 OF MCO MCC E ir ME Ae MCI see VBO WE SS1 pressure s Ref Jun pH 2 2 RC valve 9 is re Air 9 ly LJ nozzle Ls E V23 v2 V24 2 C m H tHb air bubble trap 9 A A A S53 552 554 554 554 tHb i COOX H Hemolyzer tHb cartridge cO V19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5
102. Scenario 5 O Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Barometer and check the displayed barometric pressure Is the displayed value incorrect no yes e Wrong calibration of the barometer set actual air pressure see chapter 8 Util Service area Setup BP set e Wrong slope characteristic value of the barometer set correct characteristic value see chapter 8 Util Service area Setup BP set e Barometer defective gt change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Scenario 6 Scenario 6 Call up System Util Service Area Setup O2 UPol and check the set value Is the set value wrong no yes Correct setting see chapter 8 Util Service area Setup O2 UPol Scenario 7 Scenario 7 Check the air aspiration tube in the bottle compartment and the T amp D position 3 for free passage Is the air aspiration path blocked no yes e T amp D disc is clogged in Pos 3 e T amp D tubing set in tube Pos 3 is clogged e Tube in the bottle compartment is clogged The air aspiration path is free e Measuring chamber temperature error e Electrode dirty see Operators s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance section External Cleaning of the Measuring Chambers Electrode defective change see Operators s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 81 9 Troubleshooting S
103. e Information on the FMS time e Electronic mixing ratio mixing valve mix Actual mixing ratio of each module CISE The FMS post aspiration time see also Interpretation of the FMS times page 9 109 provides information on how long the calibration solution has to be aspirated longer or shorter than normally necessary into the sample distributor to be in the right position for V21 depending on Peristltic pump pump tubing and container pipe tolerances Times exceeding these values cause FMS volume error see page 9 7 The difference between electronic and actual mixing ratio should not exceed 4 e g 32 BG 32 15 39 MIX a deviation of 7 since otherwise problems with the position of the calibration points could occur The default MIX must not be outside 27 54 or 39 66 If the result CBG CISE deviates from the desired value by more than 8 a FMS error occurs see page 9 4 means that during this calibration the current position could not be updated For example AVL OMNI Service Report FMS Parameter 29 05 1998 10 59 Serial Number 2393 Range 29 05 1998 10 29 29 05 1998 10 59 Meas 29 05 1998 10 38 FMS CBG CISE Mix Optobus Error Counter 001000 E 10 40 Fill Levels M 2 2 32 89 34 77 39 00 2 33 10 34 01 39 00 Stby 10 40 FMS 0 78 lt gt MSS SOL_D 30 25 29 95 26 21 334 44 227 78 371 52
104. is a user friendly software package which allows a supervisor to remotely monitor and manage one or more AVL OMNI analyzers distributed around a hospital or hospital network From the supervisor s PC Windows 9x NT the complete analyzer status can be easily and continuously monitored without any analyzer interruption whatsoever Information about the analyzer including calibration data quality control and patient results error and maintenance logs can also be obtained For more information please contact your local AVL representative Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 L 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen aoas V snorAoJq 1e1deuo 295 UOTSTADI JO sojejs snorAoud Uone PON aspires dd Vie V yun 44 6 Po Prtoqiegoy V pines pue quey Suunsvour vie V V XOOO Vie V V SSW Vie po Vie Joquieqo 04 ses Vie V o era proque V SWA Surxrui YIM deo ayse AA 5195 25 PAST pue ue Vie e sedid
105. with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon v14 Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge MC cartridge E N 1 50 P d Vacuum Cr 25 Ref 5 GLU LAC Urea 13 o Suction fors MCO MCC vil Do Ta Ref Jun Na Ca V5 Cr v21 MCO MCC p Air V7 VBI Back OGO Ref Jun pH 2 2 20551 E 4 Dock P02 Air Si i 9 uA y 54 Os nozzle or HO V11 lt FMS air bubble trap 5 Bacteria filter tHb air bubble trap 553 552 554 554 554 tHb Hemolyzer tHb cartridge Ix v19 T amp D
106. 10 16 When changing the battery horn and fan see Fig 6 6 7 9 please proceed in the following manner 1 2 Switch off the AVL Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page on page 5 1 with the exception of 6 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the power supply and the 26 poled flat cable dataline from the Thermo printer Unscrew and the 4 cross slotted screws which hold the Thermo printer and remove Loudspeaker Press the white platine fixing lever together and pull off the support Battery Press the battery holder downward Fan Disconnect the supply line and remove the four holding screws Installation is done in the opposite sequence When changing the Floppy drive see Fig 6 2 please proceed in the following manner 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI M 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page on page 5 1 with the exception of 6 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 4 Disconnect the power supply and the dataline from the floppy drive and remove the holding screw see Fig 6 5 Push the floppy drive towards the side wall of the analyzer from the PC tower Installation is done in the opposite sequence NOTE To guarantee a troublefree operation of the floppy drive make sure that the side part does not collide with the floppy drive A
107. 2 Revisions 2 Revisions Electronic Id no Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BA0866 Rev_6G Mainboard 156 0080 CS D2E7 195 0082 CS 843A 121 177 70109 CS 73B6 0520 Rev 8D MC heat control BB0532 MC ceramic heater BB0533 Heat foil BB0534 MC cover heat control BB0539 BB0548 Rev 5B T amp D control I17 XP0079 CS SEE78 BB0551 Rev 22 tHb board BB0555 Rev 68 Motherboard BB0582 Rev 45 SD heat control BB0584 Rev 02 BFR board BB0835 Rev 35 Hemolyzer board I2 XP0263 BB0854 Fluid level detector board Aktor Control I1 XP0223 BB0856 Aktor Board 6 I1 4 6 XP0223 BB0857 Aktor Board 14 12 4 6 9 11 13 15 XP0223 BB0987 Aktor Board V23 I2 XP0223 BB0988 Rev 22 Aktor Board V24 V02 I2 XP0223 BB0986 Rev 22 Aktor Board V19 I2 XP0223 BB0984 Rev 22 Aktor Board V04 V03 I2 XP0223 0985 22 Aktor Board V13 12 0223 0651 11 T amp D sensor board BB0657 Rev 02 Sensorprint Waste Rev 13 PolyOx KX Control I21 XP0139 CS CC93 I22 XZ0109 3 04 CS 73B6 BB0662 Rev 00 PolyOx Digital I5 XP0138 CS 82B3 V3 04 BB0661 Rev 03 PolyOx Analog BB0725 PolyOx Heat EN0309 A007 B486SLC AT96 SN gt 1500 EN0329 AVLIFB AT96 SN gt 2566 BB0722 SN 1500 Display IFR BB0808 IFR connector board SN 2800
108. 5 1 2 3 4 2 solution 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 sation W A B D isis T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 CAL1 KCI BG ISE KCI MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D s Nor dad gt 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 13 Tubing diagram 13 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 39 7 Functional procedures Washing the measuring chamber surroundings washing bypass washing sample distributor vacuum Peristaltic pump with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon tft PP cartridge 17 rivis Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge 7 40 UN MC cartridge MCO v20 3 G EE 3 vs v8 Pipe reservoir Vacuum
109. An internal cleaning with Solution 6 will be performed automatically during a System Calibration after 1000 sample measurements Cleaning Activate the function program Options Cleaning Module Cleaning DE set new limits E EU Actual 45 Limit 1000 Se n Module number of 0 eee y Module RS Actual 695 Limit 5000 Se with AVL Deproteinizer ta Ach al Counters and Limits Internal Cleaning to initie te a cleaning procedure Actual 24 Limit 50 actual sample counter This button appears only if activated in the service area Fig 5 Module Cleaning Press Start external cleaning The cleaning agent is introduced in the fill port like a sample syringe or capillary Press Start internal cleaning If Solution 6 is available an internal cleaning can also be activated Wetting To wet the BG module after the cleaning process several measurements 2 3 with whole blood have to be performed If that is not possible or the decontamination cleaning procedure tripped an alarm for a complete module activate System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Wetting Electrodes Automatic Manually NOTE Use the automatic wetting routine Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 11 1 Introduction ISE measuring chamber Last for approx 1 minute Press BG Electrode Attach a syringe or a capillary filled with wetting agent to the fill port area and inject
110. CI s v5 5 v21 5 MCC a Air V7 VBI Back Gre S 551 pressure 5 valve 9 2 Dock 2 2 Air 39 WW nozzle v w T v23 tHb air bubble trap a 1 553 552 554 554 554 25 Hemolyzer tHb cartridge V19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 T Necondone Gag W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 CAL 1 KCl BG KCl MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D LL SZ EE 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 12 Tubing diagram 12 7 38 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures KCl aspiration during aspiration of sample After the sample has been aspirated the sample part Junction Ref with air is sucked away 9 over the Junction during closed VII Thereafter the Reference solution is pressed into the ee measuring chambers over Ref valves V5 V6
111. CV lt 3 Urea mmol L 0 5 to 40 0 1 2 to 10 T S Q SD lt 0 1 or CV lt 3 BUN mg dL 1 4 to 112 0 1 5 6 to 28 0 5 0 SD lt 0 3 or CV 3 20 days within run precision after NCCLS Specified for Ts tonometered blood Q aqueous QC material A Acetate Serum or Plasma 5 The instrument is designed for the measurement of parameters in whole blood and serum and the accuracy of these measurement values is tested The accuracy of measurement values in aqueous AVL Control is ensured through appropriate composition of the solutions as well as appropriate corrective measures in the QC program if needed regarding the differences between these controls and biological sample material The accuracy of measurement values in other aqueous solutions cannot be ensured e g due to unknown interference s and or missing or insufficient buffer systems and or differences in ionic strength and diffusion potential compared to biological sample material Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 7 3 Description of Functions Specifications Input values Patient code Last name First name Middle initial Insurance Number Sample type Sex Date of birth Blood type Puncture site User Technician Physician Accepted ALLEN test Time of collection Date of collection Transfer time Transfer date Location TVOL MVOL Vent Modus PIP LPM ITIME ETIME SRATE ARATE PE
112. Cartridge as well as at Service area COOX Module Offset added 8 2 Deproteinizing MC Cartridge added 8 6 e Text modification at Optics test Offset added 9 48 Appendix deleted 10 chapter Previous revision levels 11 Figures updated 10 4 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Chapter 2 Revisions 10 Previous revision levels Electronic Id no Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BA0866 Rev_3A Mainboard 9700 156 0080 CS D2E7 195 0082 5 843 121 177 XZ0109 5 573 6 0520 69 MC heat control 9700LB4 na 0521 37 Amplifier 9799LP1 9700LP1 na BB0532 _11 MC ceramic heater 9700LB9 na Heat foil 9700LB3 na BB0534 Rev 45 MC cover heat control 9700LB8 na BB0535 Rev 58 Amplifier REF 9700LP3 9700LP3 na BB0536 Rev 45 Amplifier AMP 9700LP2 9700LP2 na BB0539 Rev 59 Fluid level detector 9700LC4 na Interface board 9700 1 0548 58 T amp D control 9700LTI 118 XP0079 CS 0 61 BB0551 Rev 22 tHb board 9700LB5 na BB0555 Rev 66 Motherboard 9700LC6 na BB0582 Rev 45 SD heat control 9700LC7 na BB0584 Rev 02 BFR board 9700LN3 na BB0630 Rev 03 Hemolyzer board 9700LO2 na BB0648 Relay board 9700LCC I1 70111 CS 43FE I2 XZ0110 CS 43DA BB0651 Rev 11 T amp D sensor 9700LT3 na BB0570 Rev 22 Touch panel control 9700LR1 1 008
113. Close Bottle Compartment Cover ln piene yei on ee rec o bo ete ee pane des e ee ss 9 1 Date Invalid Please Set Date Time serene 9 1 Communication error additional information 2 9 2 deii E E a I E 9 2 Fill sensor error additional 9 3 AE tose eei etate sottile t teat tette 9 4 FMS Volume error additional information tn e eene nene 9 7 MC Cover error BG MC Cover error ISE MC Cover error 55 9 15 error general usse tet ree eur oe es ever cress sow esee reto ee dc gerade eroe eser Des 9 16 Bypass DIEI D PME E 9 17 SD Rinse CIE 9 17 eicit Devo mixti inmate mus 9 18 IDEE OUI MED 9 19 NISI 9 20 SS error additional sese nere EE EEE EEE 9 21 System error additional information 99 9 9 22 TAD EOE E M 9 23 Temperature Errors m 9 25 UC Memory Overt lows verde BS ot i e queer E Teo ely So 9 28 VACUUM ig Eumenis ete ime 9 28 Version error additional
114. Empty Ref lt gt MSS SOL D 36 28 46 27 47 49 1328 11 642 14 571 49 Regardless of whether the polarization was terminated properly completed a wash cycle of the sample path follows then all sensors will be recalibrated and the system will return to the Ready mode If the polarization procedure was completed properly the system will return to Ready mode after approx 8 minutes if polarization was terminated with the message MSS polarisation not ok Ready status is reached sooner Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures One hour without MSS Ready BG ISE and tHb COOX are now ready for measurement again and the calibrations required for these parameters are being performed Calibrations for MSS cannot be activated This phase is indicated in the message window and the electrode status report as Pol is on the service report shows a status flag 38 for Glu Lac BSA NH4 and Urea and the data manager shows Wait for cal During this time the MSS sensor is flushed with solution D Flushing with Sol D MSS SOL D This procedure is similar to Flush Ref and Empty Ref see also chapter Troubleshooting section Service report Report structure it runs in the background and can be terminated at any time This routine flushes the sensor to prevent enzyme migration Intervals depend on sensor usage beginning with reading the MSS cassette barcode and are
115. Empty sample distributor and air reservoir sample distributor PP cartridge Preparing Rinse packages in the converting line 7 Functional procedures Description see page 7 4 See Fig 7 In order to determine if the Junction cannot be completely filled for measurement series the FMS is emptied with the peristaltic pump over V17 when no further calibration cycle is necessary See Fig 5 If the converting line has not been washed it will be emptied between the modules to separate the conductive connection between the modules The sample distributor and the reservoir must be empty between the sample distributor outlet above and the PP cartridge in the standby condition This air reservoir is needed for the washing of the measuring chambers during calibration The final step in a calibration or measuring cycle is the exact emptying of the tubing unit which has been mentioned As long as the end of the liquid column is located between VBI and VSI aspiration takes place slowly The pump speed is drastically increased resulting in the emptying of the entire reservoir after the end of the column has passed VSI Approx 50 ul Rinse fluid are aspirated into the converting line between V4 and VBO This segment of rinse fluid will be needed for rinsing the converting line in the subsequent cycles Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 5 7 Functional procedures Measuring cycle Sample input 7 6 The
116. Fig 41 Wiring tHb module and tHb cartridge The measurement of tHb is performed with help of an optical measuring cell using hemolyzed whole blood For this reason a hemolyzing unit in which the erythrocytes are destroyed with help of ultrasound is switched before this optical measuring cell or tHb measuring chamber The tHb cartridge is necessary for the correct filling of the hemolyzer and the measuring chamber This consists of an optical sensor built up with optical light guides and 3 valves The single parts of the tHb module are built in in the bottle compartment The tHb measuring chamber see Fig 86 16 contains the tHb measuring cuvette located on a thermostated block 37 C 0 5 C a green LED as light source and the receiving photodiode located in the cover of the Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 89 5 Function modules from 2 Changing the tHb measuring chamber measuring chamber The control circuit located on the tHb board contains the temperature regulation circuit a constant power source which supplies the light source green LED switchable as well as the amplifier for the photodiode with a switchable amplification factor and low pass filter The thermostating takes place with help of the heating transistors which act as a cooling element in the measuring chamber block and the thermal sensor NTC A temperature fuse is provided The control and supply of the module takes place ove
117. H Bypass cartridge Fig 16 Bypass cartridge Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 27 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the cable trees flat cables single cables and optical light guides General information Changing the cables BK0348 valve bus DC cable tree and cables which end at the Motherboard 5 28 When changing all cables optical light guides or cable trees switch off the AVL OMNI and follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Now you can change the defective cable All cables and connecting points are labelled Please pay attention that the exchanged cable is relocated in the same manner cable holding clips Take notice that in the case of optical light guides the white black or black white marked plug must be connected with its white black counterpart When changing this cables the fan unit must be removed Follow the directions for Changing the fan and the filter see page 5 30 NOTE Remove the plug by pressing together lightly When reconnecting the cable BKO348 FMS be sure to connect the plug precisely to avoid damage of the contact which could occur by changing When changing the cable BK0348 lt SN 5000 BK0333 the FMS is to be removed also see page 5 42 Changing the FMS Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Funct
118. HCFT dual Temperature range 0 to 60 C Viewing angle horizontal 45 vertical 10 30 Response time 80 ms Viewing angle optimum 6 o clock Hard disk Changing the Hard disk When changing the Hard disk see Fig 6 3 please proceed in the following manner Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 1 with the exception of 6 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 2 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 3 Disconnect the power supply and the 26 poled flat cable dataline from the Thermo printer 4 Unscrew and the 4 cross slotted screws which hold the Thermo printer and remove 5 Disconnect the power supply and the data lines from the hard disk 6 Uscrew the 4 cross slotted screws on the side walls of the PC tower NOTE When re installing the Hard disk please take care that the supply line of the flat cable red is positioned next to the power supply Further pay attention that the supply line from the Thermo printer is not exchanged with that of the Hard disk plug labelling After changing the hard disk the barometric sensor and the polarisation voltage is to be newly set see Chapter 8 Service area Setup BP Set resp O2 UPOL Installation is done in the opposite sequence Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 15 10 Previous revision levels Changing the Battery Loud speaker and Fan Changing the Floppy drive
119. J5 defective change see chapter 5 e Power supply defective gt Scenario 3 Scenario 3 Check power fuse Fuse OK yes no Change fuse change see chapter 5 Power supply unit defective Change power supply change see chapter 5 Setup error This error occurs when vital setup parameters which are present in the file deedata kx are set to default or deleted Re programming these parameters listed bellow resolves the error Blood type sample container language calibration intervals units Passport QC settings economy mode settings Hct factor alarm beep setting module priority date format start time sys cal and interface setup are set to default values It is not crucial to re program these values if not needed O2 UPol Barometric pressure Baro slope Fill levels sample counter number of measurement report and AQC back flush error counter are set to zero or default It is absolutely important to re program the O2 UPol Baro pressure and Baro slope settings e Call up System Util Service Area Setup Reset to default or re program lost values see chapter 8 under Service area Setup 9 20 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting SS error additional information Each sample sensor SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4 or SS6 at AVL OMNI 7 to 9 corresponds to a number see Fig 1 which when added by 10 or only the number of the sens
120. K 1700 550 2100 4 10 130 140 6 Cl 2300 700 1700 4 120 108 0 6 Ca 2000 500 2200 4 95 87 65 6 Table 9 Electrode potentials BG ISE tHb 9 110 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Parameter Parameter Parameter Parameter Urea NH4 Parameter Lac BSA Glu BSA Reference min mV 40 265 225 159 42 18 Linearity Slope 1P Cal Mean Linearity 1P Int Cal Mean Table 10 Electrode potentials MSS Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Sigma rel max mV Int Ref x 0 35 x 50 Int Ref x 1 x 896 Int Ref x 1 x 896 Slp x 3 Slp x 8 Int x 896 100 Sigma rel max mV Int x 14 396 Slp x 4 496 Slp x 5 796 Slp x 2 Slp x 1596 Int x 1096 9 Troubleshooting Cal min max mV mV 40 40 55 650 45 500 115 190 2500 2500 2500 2500 Interference Mean min typ max mV mV mV 19 300 19 300 23 230 50 130 2500 2500 37 110 Default for Sigma rel calculation Int x 14 3 Sip x 1 1 x 1 4 51 2 x 100 Int x 100 Int x 14 3 Sip x 1 1 x 1 4 Sipx4 51 x 100 Intx 15 Sigma rel max mV Sigma max mV Parameter Mean Slope Int mV mV BSA 70 Lac 900 Glu 700 Urea 225 K 50
121. MSS icici 9 95 oth Report Electrode Pot MSS dore eie ee E E eder exe ee EVE 9 97 MSS status during polarization bete tte E e tease 9 98 measurement LAGS re i cesse oe site eive etis E qe 9 99 Aspiration status codes during 9 101 List of Calibration 11ag85 eo RE e e ego e eee 9 105 Aspiration status code during calibration 9 108 Interpretation of FMS times 0 0002 1 nennen nenne entente tente teneret enter enne 9 109 Calibration parameter limits eie ee ege tee periret 9 110 Examples for combined Aspiration status codes 9 112 9 1 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting 9 Troubleshooting Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The following errors can occur on the AVL OMNI Errors identified by the software e System stops Displayed in th
122. March 1996 scccscccccccoccsccsscossevesedsvensesssestascesesesedsdecbstesceveseedsenteseeseses essasi osese 10 3 Manual xevision 4 0 July 1996 ee 0060 aa aepo ese 10 25 Manual revision 5 0 January 1997 eee teneo ire ave aeos e sae ane eese 10 29 Manual revision 6 0 August 1997 1 10 33 Manual revision 7 0 May 1998205 na aaro E SE SE orae ae neu up ea RR ESE Pens uds 10 45 Manual revision 8 0 November 1998 Lc ec eeeee esee eese ee esee eese teet esee tese 10 49 Manual revision 9 0 May 2000 21 660 stesse eese eet 10 79 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 10 Previous revision levels 10 Previous revision levels NOTE This chapter contains only documentation of previous revision levels Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 1 10 Previous revision levels Manual revision 2 0 December 1995 modified chapters whole manual applicable from serial no on 1146 Summary Chapter Page Modification Addition Cover page Increase of revision number from 1 0 to 2 0
123. O gt of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI 8 Suction Es MCO MCC MCI v13 1 87 T 2 l i FMS air bubble trap Am vio Dp 5 Ds Ref Jun Na CI Ca V5 v21 dm 522 Air MCI 2 co EP SS1 pressure gt E Ref Jun pH 2 2 valve 4 Dock i WW nozzle 4 1 air bubble trap N 1 554 554 554 tHb tHb cartridge V1 9 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 PO2 zero solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D CAL 1 KCl BG KCI ISE KCl MSS vs erm S 0 SS6 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 14 Tubing diagram 14 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures washing or COOX drying tHb or COOX Ce vacuum Peristaltic pump PP cartridge
124. Temp LED on Mainboard dark see chapter 5 description of LED s on Mainboard no yes No heating current gt Possible failure causes e Thermal fuse e 24 V DC not OK e Module failure e Mainboard e Interconnections Check Mainboard Function description and comparisons of the used temperature controllers For further information see also chapter 5 All controllers are closed loop controllers additional features see Note 1 and Note 2 1 9 26 The fan at the rear panel strongly influences the efficacy of the thermal controllers The airflow will increase continuously with the ambient temperature between 22 C minimum flow and 28 C maximum flow Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Heating Sensor Thermal Controller on Fixed temp Remarks element fuse es BG ISE Heating foil PTC EV0148 BB0520 37 0 Supply 24 DC measuring 65 C 2 MC heat 0 2 C connections via chamber see control 42 C by Connector board to also Note 1 Software Motherboard and Mainboard Temp amplifier on 0520 ADC on 0866 BG ISE Ceramic NTC no BB0534 37 0 Supply 24 V DC measuring heater and 5 Cover heat 0 5 C Connection to chamber power control 0520 MC heat cover transistors control SD 5 2 power 0071 BB0582 37 5 Supply 24 V DC transistors 72 Distributor 0 6 C Connection to 10 hea
125. and lastly the bridge is closed with Reference solution at the Junction Thereby the contact with the sample ist established Peristaltic pump OS PP cartridge with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy replaced by RCon v14 Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge MC cartridge PA X 4 v8 VSI Vacuum a Ref 8 MCI E of FMS system Suction V13 MCI 2 FMS bubble trap RUN S E Ca 4 8 v21 5 5 zA Air l MCI 2 VBI Back OOH ressure 1 2 4 SEN P valve 9 4 4 Dock 6 5 Air 2 ang mE 2 v23 v2 24 Oe NO IY v4 tHb air bubble trap C je ues A N 1 553 552 554 554 554 tHb H v3 Hemolyzer tHb cartridge p 0 IX V19 EN T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos
126. e Check the optical light guide cable for kinks or sharp bends e Check the optical light guide connection to the Mainboard e Sensor damaged mechanically change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 21 9 Troubleshooting Is the respective cartridge assembled properly yes no Assemble cartridge properly assembly see chapter 5 e Remove the cartridge and clean the sample sensor area with a cotton swab Change the cartridge if cleaning does not help change see chapter 5 e Electronic defective change Mainboard change see chapter 5 System error additional information Error cause undefined system malfunction The error is corrected usually by switching the AVL OMNI off and on again Call up System Util Service Area Special Tests Optobus and check Optobus errors For detailed description of optobus errors see chapter 8 9 22 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting T amp D error A number always accompanies the T amp D error The interpretation of this number is listed below Number Description Possible cause 0 T amp D OK 11 Docking error Mechanical error 12 No narrow slot found within 400 steps Mechanical error 13 Narrow slot found but no edge detected within 20 steps when Mechanical error turning back 14 Narrow slot found but subsequent docking error Mechanical
127. filling sample aspiration does not start or starts too late contamination in measuring chamber 5 during end of sample det SS1 detects the end of inhomogeneous positioning the sample but the sample is aspirated SS1 has measuring chamber 15 through measuring become empty not completely filled chamber or not enough sample 6 MCO irregular sample Ratio between long inhomogeneous not OK and short contact path sample or measuring is not OK chamber not properly filled e g air bubbles inside the electrodes 3 conductivity Ref Sol asp error error message only for bubbles in sample or value rise not pH and PCO in KCL supply line OK check MCI R bottle ventilation problem Ref blocked crystallization 4 conductivity Ref Sol pos error message only for leaks or small level not stable error pH and PCO bubbles PO PCO filling problem BG defective electrode sealing ISE positioning 1 conductivity sample pos error clots bubbles or signal not sample not stable or too conductive low check V11 1 08 09 conductivity no sample detected is linked with the fragmented sample signal not OK result ISE was detected in 551 552 separation sample distributor yes at separation 1 07 10 conductivity no sample detected is linked with the no sample for ISE signal not OK result from detected in sample 551 SS2 ISE separation distributor no at
128. follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI 3 Open the cover of the AutoQC module Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by removing the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 5 Loosen screw 25 and remove the cable guide in the direction of the arrow see Fig 12 6 Open the connector locks and replace the flex cable Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE The connector of the flex cable short is not coded therefore make sure that the contacts are installed pointing toward the AVL OMNI V Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 11 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the flex cable long 5 12 When changing the flex cable long see Fig 12 36 please proceed as follows 1 8 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position Switch off the AVL OMNI Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module by removing the two screws 1 see Fig 12 Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 Loosen screw 25 and remove the cable guide in the direction of the arrow see Fig 12 Remove the cover of th
129. from the sample distributor and the SD cartridge 5 123 5 Function modules from 2 5 124 careful when removing and attaching the tubing at the upper 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 nipple to V15 Do not use a sharp edged pair of tweezers to pull off the tube Release the SD cartridge by turning the 3 holding levers see Fig 56 2 90 to the left Lift the SD cartridge on the right upper end and rotate outwards Disconnect the electrode plugs black and white see Fig 32 from the MC cartridge Open the following screws Holding screw for the sample distributor see Fig 56 7 2 screws on the side of each measuring chamber screw on the side of the sample distributor see Fig 56 C Remove the cover s above the BG measuring chamber by opening the Phillips screw Remove the MC cartridge see page 5 71 when the analyzer still has a measuring chamber which does not have space for the measuring chamber output tubes Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect all cables optical light guides and groundings from the sample distributor or from the Main and Motherboard and remove the entire unit from beneath Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Make sure that the L elastomer top right on the sample distributor cartridge is placed properly on the sample distributor block AVL OMNI 7 9 only when reassembling the SD cartridge Do not exchange the two
130. iss unr den SWA N 05019 gt is ELA uonons wayshs Sw 40 J Oa ERN ep Ney ISA x lx OSA E D X S 17 OZA OON ssed g pue SEALI ZEA T 1A Aq eie pue OvT T1O D dd onjeisued Fig 1 Tubing diagram 1 with Solution 6 7 27 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Washing the measuring chamber shown for ISE Peristaltic pump PP cartridge with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Vi5 Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge Pre packages
131. on the Hemolyzer board see Fig 5 33 provides a function control Changing the hemolyzer When changing the hemolyzer see Fig 10 15 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI M 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Pull off the tubes from the hemolyzer 4 Remove the cover of the hemolyzer by unscrewing the allen head screws Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Unplug J8 from the Motherboard 6 Disconnect the grounding from the hemolyzer 7 In order to remove the hemolyzer from the analyzer loosen both Phillips screws on the front of the analyzer Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When assembling the hemolyzer the securing screws are to be Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 tightened alternately to prevent canting 10 55 10 Previous revision levels Changing the quadrings Changing the Hemolyzer board 10 56 When changing the quadrings please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System to stop analyzer 2 Open the cover of the analyzer and remove it in an upward direction 3 Open the bottle compartment cover 4 Disconnect the tubing from the hemolyzer 5 Remove the cover of the hemolyzer by unscrewing both Phillips screws 6 Change the large quadring on the hemolyzer block 7 Unscrew the docking flange see Fig 10 15 from cover and chang
132. results Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 75 5 Function modules from A 2 COOX module AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 The COOX module consists of the following components Lamp unit Cuvette holder with cuvette Polychromator e Optical light guide primary and secondary PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 c ette Holde ees Halogen lamp Filters Bearnsplitter 7 Prism Reference Optical lamp Photodiode i fibres Bubble trap Holographic grating Hemolyzer Blood sample Flat cable PoyOx KX control Diode array CCD Polychromator 9700 LY3 Fig 36 COOX module principal of operation 5 76 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z 24VDC Ground not used Supply only for factory tests 2 6 9 J6 J11 J10 J9 85232 85232 Optobus RISM Receiver D16 81 Optobus Reset Transmitter D17 cp PolyOx KX control 700 LY EM DC Supply 970013 IET NTC 5V dig S2 45V analog 8x DIL PolyOx Heat 5V analog Switch 9700 LY4 15V analog 8x LED 15V analog J2 7 J3 J12 2 2 2 26 A A not used aa ag aoe ae
133. see Fig 39 13 off the polychromator and remove it from the cable clip 6 Disconnect the polychromator cable from connector J3 see Fig 39 9 on the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 see Fig 39 6 7 Disconnect the ground cable see Fig 39 4 8 Remove the four screws securing the polychromator see Fig 40 a 6 d 9 Remove the polychromator 10 Disassemble the polychromator carrier from the just removed polychromator and assemble it on the new polychromator in the same position Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Be sure to reconnect the ground cable after reassembly of the polychromator otherwise the measurement values may be inaccurate Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 81 5 Function modules from A Z Optical light guides The COOX module uses two optical light guides The primary optical light guide black connects the lamp unit with the cuvette holder top connector The secondary optical light guide yellow transmits the light from the cuvette holder bottom connector to the polychromator Changing the optical light guides see Fig 39 2 and 3 When changing the optical light guides please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer and replace the optical light guides observing the fo
134. tHb cartridge Ix 19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 PO2 zero solution W A B C D Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D CAL 1 KCl BG ISE KCI MSS 52 SZ 252 5 52 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 7 Tubing diagram 7 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 38 7 Functional procedures Empty sample distributor and air reservoir Peristaltic pump 5 Ko f Hil with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon cdm A vC vial via Sample distributor and
135. voltages respectively The power supply unit consists of the power jack with the fuse holder including two fuses and switches and the e all mains set power supply Technical data Primary switched mode power supply 110 W continuos output 200 W power peak Input range 100 240 VAC 50 Hz 60 Hz Outputs 5 5 12 2 12 0 24 2 5 The outputs are safe against short circuits and overloads The fan for the power unit which is built in the PC towers is not a part of the power unit components NOTE The fuses located in the fuse holder are only to be exchanged with fuses of the same type 0158 2 5 AT ololololo olooclooo PWF 12V 0 12 24V GND 5V Fig 45 Pinning of power supply connector Changing the power supply unit When changing the power supply unit please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL Open the Phillips screws on the back of the analyzer Remove the rear panel diagonally in the upward direction Remove the grounding plug from the rear panel Unplug all cables and grounding from the power supply unit Loosen the two Phillips screws above the main switch see Fig 84 10 and one on the bottom of the device see Fig 84 6 and remove the power supply unit towards the rear of the analyzer Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 97 5 Function modules from 2 PC
136. with EL0276 Change of background lighting see chapter 5 under components Display Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 61 9 Troubleshooting Barcode is not scanned in The following scenarios are built up logically and are to be performed successively until the error source is identified Scenario 1 Does the LED on barcode scanner light up 5 Scenario 2 LED on barcode scanner does not light up e Barcode scanner is not connected Barcode scanner is defective e Barcode control is defective or not connected change see chapter 5 Scenario 2 Call up for example System Setup Edit Reports Set Hospital Name Change Name and read in the barcode Barcode is not scanned in no yes e Quality of the barcode is insufficient e DIL switches on Barcode control are shifted settings see chapter 5 Barcode is scanned in improperly Caps Lock is activated on an external keyboard The scanning in of the respective barcode is answered with a beeping sound If however no listing on the screen takes place in the user program the software interprets the scanned in barcode wrong for example Caps Lock key is pressed on an external keyboard BG ISE MSS tHb COOX parameter s not calibrated Press the corresponding parameter button s and a troubleshooting action list is displayed 9 62 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 20
137. 1 5 BG ISE tHb 35 32 11 7 1357 BG ISE COOX 35 32 12 5 7 1 56 ISE tHb 39 34 11 7 1 5 ISE COOX a9 34 12 5 7 1 56 tHb 40 35 COOX 40 35 ISE 42 38 11 7 15 MSS Urea 32 30 2806 5604 5604 1 8 2 8 9 BG MSS Urea 30 29 27 26 16 6 18 4 12 6 14 9 3 3 4 3 10 BG ISE MSS Urea 30 29 26 26 16 6 18 4 12 6 14 9 3 3 4 3 ISE MSS Urea 32 30 28 26 16 6 18 4 12 6 14 9 3 3 4 3 8 tHb MSS Urea 31 31 27 27 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 4 1 8 2 8 BG ISE MSS Urea tHb 29 28 25 24 16 6 18 4 12 6 14 4 3 3 4 3 BG ISE MSS Urea COOX 28 27 25 23 18 1 19 9 12 6 14 4 3 3 4 3 if calibration interval is one hour typ calibration time 0 5 min 9 if calibration interval is one hour typ calibration time 0 9 min 10 if calibration interval is one hour typ calibration time 1 4 min Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 11 3 Description of Functions Specifications Sample volumes Activated Typical sample Typical sample Volume limitation by installed modules volumes ul volumes sample sensor ul BG 40 46 65 BG tHb 80 84 100 BG COOX 80 84 100 BG ISE 70 76 86 BG ISE tHb 110 115 140 BG ISE COOX 110 115 140 BG ISE MSS 121 129 200 BG ISE MSS tHb 161 169 200 BG ISE MSS COOX 161 169 200 typical for Hct lt 40 ids typical for 4096 Hct 7596 Type of anticoagulants Lithium heparin or balanced heparin mixt
138. 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 4 Disconnect the power supply and the 26 poled flat cable data line from the thermal printer 5 Remove screen grid only from SN 2000 on 6 Unscrew the 4 Phillips screws which hold the thermal printer and remove 7 Align the new thermal printer in the center of the paper shaft and attach loosely so that the position can still be changed 8 Place the measuring chamber plate into its original position 9 Switch on the AVL OMNI Caution When handling the AVL OMNI with its rear panel removed 10 During the warm up phase activate the function program Options 11 Insert the printer paper as follows NOTE The printer paper is heat sensitive on one side only paper advance button Ensure that the paper roll is inserted properly paper roll paper roll spindle insert here printer lever SN s 1 mounting printer Fig 59 Inserting printer paper 5 128 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Remove the paper roll spindle Put the new paper roll on the spindle Insert the paper roll in the printer and press down carefully Cut the paper edge at a right angle Push the printer lever down Thread the paper edge behind the upper rubber roller Adjust the paper in the center of the rubber rol
139. 2 seconds gt 1500 mV no yes e The vacuum build up is too fast e Tubing line between vacuum sensor and Waste container is blocked e The container pipes has not completely penetrated the bottle plug Is the mV value after 10 seconds lt 620 mV or after 60 seconds lt 1300 mV no yes e Vacuum pump not functioning optimally gt aspirate a couple of water drops into the vacuum pump via the container pipe in Waste cap T1 This usually revives the pump functioning e Improper sealing or leakage Scenario 4 e Vacuum sensor defective change see chapter 5 Repeat test system is operating on its limit or time not measured properly Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 29 9 Troubleshooting 4 Remove rear panel see chapter 5 call up System Test Component Test Sensors Vacuum Sensor After 60 seconds of switching the pump on pinch the tube between vacuum pump and vacuum sensor connection There should be a minimal drop in pressure and the mV value Drop in pressure gt 20 mV sec no yes System is leaking gt Scenario 5 Repeat test system is operating on its limit or time not measured properly Scenario 5 Remove Waste container Block the rear Waste connection container pipe with tissue risk of infection and remove rear panel see chapter 5 Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Vacuum Sensor After 5 seconds of
140. 5 GLU LAC UREA 3 16 Solution O Aisa term eet ret enero OI E Reed 3 16 Solution coner essere ERR Ue eee 3 13 icem ees coe ves Qui se OR 3 13 Solution rrr 3 13 Solution D GLU LAC eee 3 13 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Solution D 3 14 Solution Roc 3 14 Values 8 11 sample COUNET 8 11 Sample distribution Sequence of individual aspiration phases with different module priorities 7 7 Sample distributor SD 5 120 Sample distributor cartridge 5 122 Sample rates 3 11 Sample volumes r seneo ceeds 3 12 Sample sensors optical Sample 211 5 125 T amp D 5 134 Cibo aeneis 5 92 AutoQC nmodul eee t anaes 5 6 Service ar ne ec EE WE ER RT 6 6 8 8 Service ie rn Ue ce Ee 8 9 c uoce eo ped e RH Corde 9 84 SOUP MR 6 4 Shutdown 4 11 8 14 Software wad eed 8 7 SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac MSS measuring 5 62 SSE MSS Mainboard
141. 5 3 3 4 3 calibration after every sample in measurement included tHb calibration every 100 days manual 3 3 3 2 on demand 10 10 10 Electrode change on demand 19 19 19 MSS cassette change on demand 60 60 60 COOX during system calibration 1 5 1 5 1 5 MSS calibration Every 15 minutes within the first 4 hours after an MSS polarization 1 8 2 8 2P MSS calibration Every 2 hours within the first 5 hours after an MSS polarization thereafter at selected intervals 5 6 7 4 For urea every 4 hours between 5 and 24 hours thereafter at default intervals Type of measurements pH PCO potentiometric teet d ee amperometric K Gl C o direct potentiometric THD zr tees photometric lo nomm conductance COOK oae etd photometric Gl Lac inm amperometric 7 Valid with MSS with Urea BUN only 3 10 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 Description of Functions Specifications Sample dates calibration times Activated Optimal sample rate Typical calibration times Installed modules sample hours min Syringe Capillary Sys cal 2P cal 1P cal BG 40 36 11 7 155 BG tHb 36 32 1 7 1 56 BG COOX 36 32 125 7 1 56 BG ISE 40 36 1 7
142. 609 2 501 1 904 25 03 1996 1 64 1 942 2 616 2 501 1 907 21518 AVL OMNI 1 2 4 and 5 USA Date of Superior PC HS MM release version number version version version version Remark SN 05 09 1995 1 00 1 600 2 470 2 450 First release 21000 12 10 1995 1 01 1 800 2 476 2 455 21175 19 12 1995 1 02 1 900 2 479 2 457 1150 19 12 1995 1 03 1 901 2 479 2 457 USA version Hct 1150 25 12 1995 1 04 1 901 2 479 2 458 USA version stddev x2 1150 12 02 1996 1 06 1 903 Deproteinizing 21500 MC cartridge AVL OMNI 3 and 6 USA Date of Superior PC HS MM release version number version version version version Remark SN 29 01 1996 1 51 1 933 2 603 2 500 1 903 First release 21500 1 61 1 938 2 609 2 501 1 904 gt 1512 25 03 1996 1 65 1 943 2 616 2 501 3 001 gt 518 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 2 3 2 Revisions Software version 2 XXX The software versions from AVL OMNI 1 2 4 5 and 3 6 and 9 have been collected from version gt 2 0 on AVL OMNI 1 to 9 Date of Superior PC HS MM COOX release version number version version version version Remark SN 17 09 1996 2 04 2 009 2 650 2 566 1 938 Firstrelease 2155 30 09 1996 2 05 2 099 2 653 2 566 1 938 22081 15 10 1996 2 06 2 099 2 656 1 938 OMNI 1 22117 OMNI 2 22197 OMNI 3 22084 OMNI 4 22162 OMNI 5 22125 OMN
143. 8 Remove the SD cartridge as described on page 5 122 starting with item 5 9 Remove the fastening screws for the BG measuring chamber 2 on the side of the sample distributor and 1 Phillips screw left next to the measuring chamber 10 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 11 Disconnect the cable of the measuring chamber at the Motherboard 12 Pull the measuring chamber out of the locking to the left and then down and out Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE The polarization voltage is to be reset after changing the entire BG measuring module the Connector board with the PO amplifier or the PO amplifier alone see chapter 8 Service Area Setup O2 UPol Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z ISE measuring chamber AVL OMNI 4 to 9 to Motherboard to MC chamber block HQ Gnd 9 J10 Connector board J5 J3 Ref Pot Pot Ref JUN Na J7 El El El MCO MC Cover heat control LP2 LP3 vis Ceramic heater heat foil Fig 25 Wiring ISE measuring chamber Function The ISE measuring chamber only differs from the BG measuring chamber see page 5 49 in the equipping of the amplifier on the Connector board A potentiometric amplifier as well as a common reference amplifier are given for all ISE electrodes Steerin
144. 8 e Shutdown sequence changed 4 10 e Valve cap removal deleted e Text modification under releasing the pump tubes because of new PP 5 1 e Text added under CAUTION e Sequence of steps 1 11 changed 5 2 Addition under NOTE because of installation position of bacterial filter 5 5 Under Function the diameter of the bypass nipple was changed to 1 0 mm and thus its function as clot catcher deleted 5 7 5 29 5 90 5 14 5 37 5 49 5 39 5 40 and 5 41 5 56 5 62 5 68 New installation of software added under Changing the hard disk and Changing the entire PC tower 5 66 Note under Changing the battery added Number of pages revers to Service Manual Rev 3 0 March 96 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 25 10 Previous revision levels 5 69 e Manual initialization of FMS calibration deleted and pump tubing test added Text modification because of new peristaltic pump under Changing the Peristaltic pump Changing the PP head Changing the PP tubing set Changing the PP cartridge 6 69 5 71 e Fig 5 31 and 5 32 updated because of new PP 5 70 e New PP tubing exchange routine added under Changing of PP head Text changed e Text change and deletion of manual initialization of FMS calibration due to new PP tubing exchange routine 5 74 5 75 Note added under Changing the sample distributer cartridge 5 76 Notes added under Changing the entire sample distributer
145. 8 O X kr v7 1 S VBI Back 27 1241661 pressure ef Jun pH 2 Pco2 valve WW nozzle V23 v2 V24 9 VER l tHb air bubble trap 4 L 553 552 tHb M COOX TNR tHb cartridge lt tO r T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 cds W A B D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 CAL1 BG ISE MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D ZW Eu en SZ 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 2 FMS volume error errors of scenario 1 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 11 9 Troubleshooting FMS volume error errors of scenario 4 defective path X critical point Peristaltic pump PP cartridge with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced RCon M n vi Mio
146. 86 secretin et etta eeu 9 87 Bub bus 5 98 Block 2202 5 102 5 106 Interf ceDo rd z sesso 5 105 PEDO ALT ire conden 5 104 OWED Dese wich saree 5 111 ai Asi ete 5 104 Peristaltic pump PP 5 115 Polarization 2 5 Rn inde eno 7 13 Polarization voltage 8 11 Polychromator COOX 5 81 PolyOx Analog 9700 LY1 COOX module 5 88 PolyOx Digital Slave Controller 9700 LY2 5 88 PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 COOX module 5 85 Power supply unit 5 97 OO Ve 5 117 Piece lt ele e ie 5 119 Push pins MSS measuring chamber 5 61 Reagents AVL deproteinizer 1 6 3 16 Environmental considerations Reagents 3 18 Hb calibrator ie eoe e fes t er eee pex 3 16 Solution 1 GLU LAC eee 3 14 Solution 1 GLU LAC UREA 3 14 Solution tem ED es co ve QU SPP 3 15 Solution 3 GLU LAC 3 15 Solution 3 GLU LAC UREA 3 15 Solution A s eee veg eret ese arenes 3 15 Solution 5 GLU LAC eee 3 16 Solution
147. 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Sample input Injection of the sample Aspiration of the sample Peristaltic pump PP cartridge with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge v20 Cama LINES Vacuum e rh 5 Pipe reservoir 24 of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI v9 8 Suction x V13 E X Xe js m FMS air bubble trap o vo 5 I Ref Jun Ca V5 5 c m 5 v7 yen 7 MCI co VBI Back OG Ref Jun 2 2 2289 A lock f ro Air mn WW nozzle tHb air bubble trap 562 554 554 554 n Hemolyzer p 19
148. CS 1318 BB0661 Rev 02 PolyOx Analog BB0725 Rev 00 PolyOx Heat EN0311 Rev 00 PC MSMAS6V 104 SN 1500 EN0310 Rev 00 MSMAVL SN 1500 EN0309 Rev 2 5 B486SLC AT96 SN gt 1500 EN0329 Rev 7 3 AVLIFB AT96 SN 2566 replaces EN0308 and BB0723 EN0336 with and without network BB0722 Rev 22 Display IFR SN gt 1500 0808 5 N gt 2800 EL0281 10 52 LCD converter n N gt 2800 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels 0292 Rev 02 Power supply unit 0739 22 SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac 0741 46 SSE MSS Mainboard ZM0845 Rev 33 SSE MSS flexprint ZM0804 Rev 33 SSE MSS connector board BB0774 Rev 01 SSE MSS contact print AutoQC Option Id no Revision Assembly group BB0760 AQC control board BB0771 Rev 00 YZ distributor board Drawing no SW Id no I13 XP0177 CS 2565 123 XZ0145 CS 65E0 BB0772 Rev 00 Z distributor board Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 53 10 Previous revision levels Chapter 3 Description of Functions Specifications AVL OMNI Wiring and wiring without PC up to SN 5000 Optobus 1 ee 1 M1 i rS E Fan 554 AVL OMNI 1 6 T amp D module
149. Clog in the measuring module NOTE Use the syringe only to aspirate and never to inject the water through the module since the resulting overpressure could damage the measuring module Avoid overpressure in all measuring chambers as well as tubing s Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 73 9 Troubleshooting Sample Sensor Error Scenario 1 Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Sample Sensors Calibration Signal gt 20 mV and current gt 100 mA no yes Scenario 2 Check optical path and optical coupling of sensors and clean it Sample sensor connected to Mainboard yes gt Scenario 3 Connect sample sensor Scenario 2 Signal gt 4000 mV and current lt 40 mA no yes Change sample sensor or abrade a little bit the connector by means of a sandpaper Signal gt 2500 mV and current gt 250 mA yes Scenario 4 Scenario 3 Scenario 3 Sample sensor damaged or bent Connector no yes Change sample sensor Change sample sensor and or change Mainboard Change see chapter 5 9 74 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 4 Press Measurement 10 times Difference within 1 no yes OK Restart with Scenario 1 Software Lockup Software lockups can be caused by any random interferences under simultaneous critica
150. Cond Sol which means the Na electrode is warned with Flag 31 not_calibrated_condi when NO SAMPLE is detected by SS2 in addition Solution 4 PO zero solution e Releasing of a Check Solution 4 which means the PO electrode is warned with Flag 32 not calibrated O2zero when No Sample is detected by the sample sensor SS2 in addition e Releasing of a Sol 4 exhausted which means the PO electrode is warned with Flag 32 not calibrated O2zero when the measured pH value of PO zero solution is lt 5 The following reagents are synchronized Bottle B and C Only full bottles are synchronized fill level sensor detects FULL If the WARNING level is not reached by one of the bottles to be synchronized The counter of both bottles is set at the WARNING level the counter of bottle B or C is marked with SYNC the message Check Fill Levels is shown on the screen and the contents of the bottles on the bottle changing picture corresponds with the counter standing and are shown in the cyan color Only one bottle can show the SYNC condition If a counter is marked with SYNC it will not be reduced further The bottle synchronization is cancelled when e the bottle which caused the SYNC detects a BOTTLE FULL with the fill level sensor e the fill level sensor of the bottle which was synchronized detects EMPTY e this bottle was changed in the bottle changing picture After canceling a bottle synchronizat
151. Contents updated Update of the whole manual COOX module added 5 74 Because of changing the Id no of BP1800 to BP2063 typ A or BP2064 typ B list of valves actualized Number of pages revers to Service Manual Rev 1 0 June 95 10 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Manual revision 3 0 March 1996 2 008 25 555 255555555 5 55 965656 666 065666656550 8666 665650606566 666655000666 0606646 666 66 10 5 Chapter 5 Function modules from A 7 1 10 6 modified chapters 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 and 11 applicable from serial no on 1500 Summary Chapter Page Modification Addition Cover page Contents 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 6 3 10 typical for Hct 40 at Sample Volumes added 3 11 Id no of Solution 4 changed from BP1896 to BP2068 3 13 Data management 120 MB hard disk added hard disk added width of paper changed from 112 mm to 120 mm paper length changed from approx 25 m roll to approx 50 m roll permissible tolerance at voltage range changed from 10 to 6 10 3 14 4 2 4 3 e Figure 4 2 actualized Figure Interface Board PC version 104 added 5 3 5 12 5 19 5 22 5 23 Text modification at Changing the ISE measuring chamber Addition of Changing the Connector board Changing
152. D sample inlet path 6 T amp D module 7 REE T amp D RUPEE Bypass cartridge 9 Fluid mixing system FMS AEN Line for Solution A 9 Sees esee Connection for Solution B 2 Second connection of the line for Solution 3 m Bottle pipe III to the sample distributor iovis d eta Bacteria filter 5 NU S ED Hemolyzer and docking flange tHb measuring chamber and securing button COOX measuring chamber and magnetic clip D REE E Measuring chamber releasing button AEE Tubing cover a due Waste tube EERE T piece e Waste 2 2 cartridge bottle compartment cartridge 63 oeuvre BG measuring chamber AVL OMNI 1 to 9 eu dote ISE measuring chamber AVL OMNI 4 to 9 25 Measuring chamber cartridge up TS MSS measuring chamber AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 e iof suse e RED ENS PP cartridge Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 163 5 Function modules from A 4 AVL OMNI rear view Screen tiped in forward direction without vacuum pump and PC tower 16 13 12 17 10 9 Fig 87 AVL OMNI rear view 5 164 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z O T amp
153. Error e Cl Electrode Dirty Defect e Communication Error SS Error 9 12 Interpretation of error codes under SS error added e Text addition under System error 9 13 Interpretation of error codes under Fill sensor error added e Interpretation of error codes under Version error added 9 14 Valve test under Rinse error general added 9 46 Text addition under Scenario 4 9 47 Text addition under Scenario 7 9 50 Additional information under Optobus error counter added 10 Rev 5 0 added 11 Figures updated 10 30 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 Chapter 2 Revisions 10 Previous revision levels Electronic Id no Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BA0866 Rev_3B Mainboard 9700 156 0080 CS D2E7 195 0082 5 843 121 177 70109 CS 57386 0520 7 MC heat control 9700LB4 na 0521 38 Amplifier 9799LP1 9700LP1 na BB0532 _11 MC ceramic heater 9700LB9 na 0533 Rev 44 Heat foil 9700LB3 na BB0534 Rev_45 MC cover heat control 9700LB8 na BB0535 Rev 59 Amplifier REF 9700LP3 9700LP3 na BB0536 Rev 6C Amplifier AMP 9700LP2 9700LP2 na BB0539 Rev 58 Fluid level detector 9700LC4 na 0542 9 9700 1 0548 59 T amp D control 9700LTI 11
154. FMS The technology doesn t call for extreme precision because the aspiration ratio for calibrators B and C will be determined from the conductivity measurement in the measuring chambers Knowing the actual mixing ratio PCO the pH value and the concentration of the different analytes are calculated using known chemical and mathematical formulas The conductivity measurement is calibrated exactly by using the pure calibration solutions B and C There is no systematic difference in the calibration results between the prior art method and this method Solution B contains carbonate bicarbonate and electrolytes Solution C contains acids pH buffer and electrolytes The chemical nature of the solutions and the choice of the concentration of their components make these solutions insensible to exposure to ambient air during shelf storage and in use storage any influence being negligible for the quality of calibration Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 41 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the FMS When changing the FMS see Fig 86 9 please proceed as follows 1 Turn the AVL OMNI off 2 Follow steps 1 to 11 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components applicable for devices with a SN gt 5000 only Open the bottle compartment cover Remove the bottles B C and D from the bottle compartment Remove the tubing from the FMS Unscrew the 4 Phillip
155. Fig 14 4 and 5 remove the motor 9 Remove the toothed wheel and the guiding sleeve from the motor and connect it to the new motor Assembly is done in reverse order Changing the steel tube complete When changing the steel tube complete see Fig 14 13 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 2 Open the cover of the AutoQC module 3 Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 4 Disconnect the tubing of the steel tube from the barex tube see Fig 14 6 5 Use the 1 5 mm Allen wrench to remove screw 9 see Fig 14 6 Pull the steel tube out toward the bottom 7 Disconnect the tubing from the steel tube see Fig 14 10 Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Make sure that the connecting piece for the silicone tube points to the right see Fig 14 10 5 16 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 Changing the AQC maintenance kit steel tube complete wash port and tube for valve The following parts have to be changed annualy e Steel tube complete change see page 5 16 e Tube for valve see Fig 12 4 Disconnect the tubing from the angle piece and replace it with a new one e Wash port see Fig 12 30 When changing the wash port please proceed as f
156. Function 5 120 The sample distributor is responsible for the distribution and thermostating of the calibration fluids or samples in the separate measuring chambers For this a thermostated aluminum block is set upon a plastic PVC block This contains the necessary tubing the plastic tubes and T pieces shut off by valves Further the valves which pinch off the T pieces are located in the SD assembling Metal pipes are located in the aluminum block which simultaneously carry and thermostat the calibration fluids The samples themselves are thermostated with the help of a small metal block located in the lower part of the sample distributor which has thermal contact to the aluminum block of the sample distributor The thermostatization itself is performed by the 7 heating transistors located on the SD heat control and the two respective control circuit five of which T1 T5 are directly soldered to the board and two are connected on J2 A PTC serves as a temperature sensor which is adhered to the block and soldered to the connections F1 and F2 A temperature fuse is connected to S1 and 52 A microswitch SD cover contact is located in the white plastic cover for the SD heat control which signals the removal of the Sample distributor cover The connections of this microswitch run directly to Motherboard J17 The two optical sensors SS1 SS2 and SS4 AVL OMNI 7 9 for the control of the aspiration procedures run directly to the
157. GND Signal ground Pin5 Vcc 5 Pin assignment barcode scanner Pin 1 Vcc 5V Pin 2 Data Pin3 GND Signal ground Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 109 5 Function modules from A Z Printer interface LPT1 and LPT2 Flatdisplay interface Analog VGA interface NET connector optional 5 110 The AVL OMNI integrated printer is connected to the computer over the connector J9 on the logical interface LPT1 The signals of the second thermal printer board are ranked as LPT2 on the external connection LPT2 see Fig 48 and Fig 49 The signals of the active color LCD s are carried by the 128 poled VG ledge A2 on a 50 poled SCSI 2 cable J10 see Fig 48 The transfer of the color signals to an external screen takes place over this interface 15 poled SUBMIN D The PC 96 is available with a 15 poled SUBMIN D AUI network connection Use of an RJ45 network connector requires an adapter for conversion from AUI to 10 BASE T The transmission protocol used is TCP IP ASTM E 1394 software version 5 0 required Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 PC Tower PC104 with PC MSM486V Changing the entire PC tower 5 Function modules from A 2 Applicable up to serial Number 2565 see chapter 10 Manual revision 8 0 Remark Replacement of the entire PC tower and the floppy drive in a PC 104 is performed corresponding to AT96 Electrostatic Sensitive Device NOTE Befor
158. Int 1P SIp into MSS measuring chamber This cycle is always started with valid reference point e Prepare Int 1P Slp e Positioning at sample sensor SS4 e aspirate Int 1P Slp into the MSS measuring chamber e push back residual solution in the sample distributor When the measuring chamber is filled with Solution D and the MSS Ref calibration is OK the MSS Int 1P Slp calibration starts if not the MSS Ref calibration starts If another Int 1P Slp cycle is scheduled See Fig 19 Via the respective T amp D position solutions 1 3 or 5 are apsirated to sample sensor SS6 center sensor in the T amp D module After adding a small segment of solution the T amp D is undocked and the solution segment positioned at sample sensor SS2 In case of error aspiration error 14 is displayed see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement During the procedure the air reservoir is emptied If during an MSS 2P calibration solution 1 is apsirated for the first time the intially aspirated segment is fully aspirated as pre package through sample distributor See Fig 20 Aspiration takes place via sample distributor V15 and V17 If positioning at sample sensor SS2 is not possible MSS aspiration error 20 is displayed see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement This aspiration procedure starts with the sample column tip being positioned at sample sensor SS4 The peristaltic pump aspirates via VSI VSO and
159. LPT2 see Fig 2 and Fig 3 The signals of the active color LCD s are carried by the 128 poled VG ledge A2 on a 50 poled connector J10 see Fig 2 The transfer of the color signals to an external screen takes place over this interface When an external screen is connected the touch screen of the AVL OMNI 15 inactive if the external screen was connected before turning on the AVL OMNI 10 11 10 Previous revision levels 10 12 Wf L2 L1 A1 J10 J9 J8 J7 J6 A2 J5 J1 J2 J3 Fig 2 AVLIFB 1 C COM3 VGA O 5 Q Barcode COME O O LPT2 O 2 Fig 3 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the Interface board 10 Previous revision levels as the changing of the PC board see page 10 The changing of the Interface board see Fig 6 5 is done in the same manner NOTE Has your AVL OMNI for the components PC board 48651 AVLIFB and FLATIF one of the following revision levels replace in case of failure always all three boards PC board B486SLC AVLIFB FLATIF At higher rev
160. Mainboard The control and supply of the sample distributor takes place over a 14 poled flat cable from the Motherboard J12 The connections for the valves come directly from the Aktor Board 6XQK BB0856 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 from Mainboard SD heat control SN lt 5000 880582 bistable to J12 Motherboard to J17 to Motherboard J4 4 to valve bus BK0334 BV2180 SN lt 5000 SN gt 5000 552 551 554 AVL OMNI 7 9 Distributor block SN gt 5000 Aktor Board magnetic T3 valve 20 21 22 25 VBI 27 1 29 VSI contact Motherboard AVL OMNI 7 9 only Fig 54 Wiring sample distributor Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Clamping bolt for sample distributor Upper nipple to V15 Holding lever Nipple FMS air bubble trap Bypass nipple Bypass cartridge Fig 55 Sample distributor 5 121 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the sample distributor cartridge 5 122 NOTE Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth When chang
161. May 2000 5 Function modules from 2 PolyOx Analog 9700 LY1 PolyOx Digital Slave Controller 9700 LY2 This card is directly plugged into the PolyOx Digital 9700 LY2 via connectors Jl and J2 Both cards are assembled in the actual optics module and are adjustable to ensure an optimal optical adjustment of the CCD array The card contains the CCD array 512 elements and the fast 16 bit ADC 20 ms scanning time This controller card is used for fast scanning and saving of ADC data recorded in the CCD array on the PolyOx Analog 9700 LY1 Data transfer to the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 occurs after completion of a measurement cycle A 80C196KC microprocessor with 128 kB RAM and 32 kB RAM is used Communication with the main processor on the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 is established via an 8 bit parallel interface with handshake Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 tHb measuring chamber and tHb cartridge AVL OMNI 2 5 and 8 Function 5 Function modules from A 2 tHb measuring chamber to J9 Motherboard tHb MC us 8 SP1 tPfb board sp2 H Photo detector tHb SPR2 LED green temp fuse GOS NTC tHb cartridge to SS3 Mainboard opt Sensor tHb cartridge V23 V2 V24 SN gt 5000 valves with linear actuators connected via valve bus SN lt 5000 bistable magnetic valves connected to bottle compartment via cable tree
162. May 2000 6 System functions oS previous page Correlations Interfaces A C Correlation 2 ZI Setup gt Level 1 gt set Password Set fags COM 3 Assign P C Level 2 Set Default gt COM 4 Assign Reference 2502 m Level 3 gt Ranges L Limit Low COMS Assign 2 75 gt w s L mee app evel 4 h Limit High COM 6 gt Assign f oy Clear Line Assign AVL Check Rule 1 gt LPT 2 gt On Off CM External Printer On Off N p Set All Default Check Rule 2 TCP IP Setup On Off DNS tu E 20 f p Network VERRE Enable Check ASTM host Check Rule 3 On Off Test On Off N AA x Check Rule 4 X ciis Ranges Limit Low m On Off QT EE N DE Check Rule 5 L Limit High m On Off J Check Rule 6 Clear Line gt On Off Check m 2 SD Range Set All Default On Off OnOff amp LM Enable Check Lock On Off I gt Parameters onsequences On Off M Factor Set Het Factor Remove QC Locks Urea c On Off AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only Material AutoQC Materials New Amp Mat Option Ampoule State Reset Copy Ti New Ed Modify emp Remove Start Time Use Other Level Setup On Off Set
163. NH4 70 Paramter A and B Parameter min typ max Urea 0 30 10000 9 111 9 Troubleshooting Examples combined Aspiration status codes 9 112 sample volume too small for BG Measuring chamber Measuring chamber e sample pos error Measuring chamber 554 551 detects sample SS2 detects no sample 881 BG measuring chamber not enough filled 552 554 554 O Sample volume too small SS1 detects sample SS2 detects sample 554 BG measuring chamber not enough filled because of aspiration problem sample pos error Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Measuring chamber e sample distr error Measuring chamber BG ISE VBI 551 A vz2 554 LA LS 852 554 554 ver NE q v22 1 554 N 552 554 554 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 SS2 detects sample SS1 detects no sample SS2 detects sample sample distr error or 9 Troubleshooting tHb COOX SS2 detects sample SS3 detects no sample SS2 detects sample sample distr error 9 113 9 Troubleshooting 9 114 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels 10 PREVIOUS REVISION LEVELS Manual revision 2 0 December 1995 10 2 Manual revision 3 0
164. OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 59 10 Previous revision levels PC board MSM486V 10 60 The basic part of the PC is a PC board of type MSM486V The single printed circuit board PC MSM486V contains complete PC electronics including storage and driver for the floppy drive hard disk printer and flat screen It is connected on the MSMAVL with 7 plug ledges PC104 bus floppy disk drive LPT1 LPT2 VGA etc This is fastened to the rear panel of the PC tower see Fig 7 5 and includes the necessary interface expansion with the corresponding plug connectors which are located on the rear panel of the analyzer The Barcode control see Fig 7 7 serves as an interface between the barcode scanner connected on the rear panel with its own plug connector and the PC and is assembled on the left side panel of the PC tower as seen from the rear panel The printer module has a parallel Centronix interface and is connected to the respective PC interface It is assembled on the PC tower The PC board MSM486V consists of e two serial interfaces TTL gauge COMI interface for main control and COM2 interface for touch screen e a parallel interface designed as PS 2 compatible LPT 1 internal printer e a VGA compatible Local bus video interface for analog monitors active color LCD e 512 kB video RAM akeyboard interface for standard PC AT keyboards afloppy drive interface for two 3 5 floppy drives hard disk
165. OMNI 2 5 and 8 only or System Cal COOX Cal AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only Please refer also to Operator s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance 3 Monthly tHb COOX calibration Changing the PP tubing See chapter 5 C in devices with tHb COOX module the S functioning of the PP tubing is checked automatically Check smooth movement of PP head rollers Check the rollers of the PP head for smooth S movement retardation in movement indicates abnormal abrasion of PP tubing and one sided deformation For replacement of PP head and PP tubing see chapter 5 8 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 Maintenance Service area Half yearly maintenance In addition to the daily weekly and 3 monthly maintenance Changing the fluorescent lamps at devices See chapter 10 S with a serial number lt 1500 and ident number EL0261 NOTE After the useful life of the tube expires smoke development may occur Therefore the replacement of the fluorescent lamps should be included in the maintenance checklist under System Setup Miscellaneous Maintenance Actions Replacement of tHb or COOX cuvette See chapter 5 5 Cleaning of MSS tubes Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Activate C Options Cleaning Cleaning of MSS Tubes Connect the shutdown tubing set to the correponding suction tubes of Solution 1 3 5 and D see chapter 4
166. OMNI Operator s Manual introduce the sample The sample can be introduced using a syringe or capillary After removing the sample container with sample at SS2 the sample is positioned at the measuring chamber input SS4 SS1 monitors sample aspiration into the sample distributor and a sample column that is too short or inhomogenous no sample would cause a termination of the polarization procedure During the wash routine the message window first displays the sample positioning error and then the termination of the polarization MSS polarization not Flag 37 No sample Pol is printed on the service report and MSS polarization not ok 5 is displayed In the calibration data base the display Wait for cal indicates that no MSS calibration was performed see also chapter Troubleshooting under Service report MSS status It is necessary to call up the polarization procedure again After the sample having been positioned at SS4 the sample is aspirated into the measuring chamber After the calibration solution from the cooling block has filled the sensor the air bubble and sample follow The sample is aspirated very slowly into the MSS cassette Sample aspiration is monitored by 554 8s timeout After the sample path has been washed the sensor has 3 minutes to become active 1 the sensor signal drift drops below 10 and noise interference decreases so that signal evaluation is possible
167. OMNI version see also chapter 8 under Software update Module improperly connected check connection of the BG ISE MSS module to the Motherboard e Optobus connection to COOX module not established or interrupted check connections System warnings Displayed in message window and service report AutoQC Check Materials only if an AutoQC module is installed This warning shows up because only 2 ampoules of a certain level are remaining on the mat install new ampoule mat AQC Cover open only if an AutoQC module is installed AutoQC cover open no yes Close AutoQC cover Switch of AutoQC cover defective Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 31 9 Troubleshooting pos error only if an AutoQC module is installed If an AQC pos error occurs a number is printed on the service report The interpretation of these numbers is listed below 1 X home position reached too soon Horizontal slide adjusted manually Motor incremental encoder defective Motor incremental encoder defective 3 X motor blocked for more than 50ms Motor incremental encoder defective mechanical blockage of slide 2 X home position reached too late Horizontal slide adjusted manually 4 X light barrier responds unexpectedly Light barrier at AQC control board defective 5 Cover was opened during X positioning 6 X timeout action could not b
168. Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 Na con tone C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 1 BG KCl KCI MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution Solution D SZ ENS 556 AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 15 Tubing diagram 15 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 41 7 Functional procedures Washing the MSS measuring chamber with Solution D Peristaltic pump PP cartridge V15 with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge i Kn M
169. V21 In any case refer to General information on page 5 143 When changing V22 V25 VBI and or V21 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the respective valve connector from Aktor Board 0856 5 Remove the two fastening screws and take out the valve unit Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Test the switching function of the valves by switching the respective valve under System Test Component Test Valves When the valve is closed the valve plunger must be clearly visible through the cassette Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 Valves V27 VII V29 VSI and V20 have the following composition 1 5 valve actuator adapter extension short gius spindle adapter M3x20ia 5 4 adapter long Bawas bell housing 06 Dinos valve tapper Fig 74 Valve type 3 V27 VII V29 VSI V20 Changing V27 VII V29 VSI V20 In any case refer to General information on page 5 143 When changing V27 VII V29 VSI and or V20 please proceed as follows 1 Remove the sample distributor as described on page 5 123 2 Disconnect the respective valve connector from Aktor Board BB0856 3 Remove the two fastening screws and take ou
170. a description of the possible settings in this menu can be found This function can be used to setup an Avopto report This takes place on the hard disk under the data name AVOPTO TXT This file uses a lot of memory capacity and should therefore be compressed regularly under System Util Analyser Actions File Actions Service Archive Archive AVOPTO approx every second or third day Export the Avopto approx every 3 to 6 days under System Util Analyser Actions File Actions Service Archive Export AVOPTO so that the file does not exeed the memory capacity of the disk NOTE If this function is used frequently check the remaining memory capacity on the hard disk regularly This function brings the analyzer back to the Ready status after a minimum of aspiration cycles The calibration values are simulated You have the possibilty to observe single calibration procedures by activating a calibration after turning on the Cal Sim NOTE Do not forget to deactivate this function after service Otherwise the AVL OMNI provides improper measurement values This function enables the printout of the Avopto report on the thermal printer With this function the printer paper is automatically drawn in before a new printout is started This permits consecutive printouts without interruption NOTE In thermal printers with revision number 1 1 and 1 2 this function should not be is ON With this function the internal m
171. a separate circuit diagram These circuit diagrams and more detailed information about the modules can be found in chapter 5 Function Modules from A 7 The central wiring element of the analyzer is the Motherboard The Mainboard with both of the functional units main control with measurement modules is directly connected to the Motherboard with the connector J1 J2 J3 Only the photoconductor connection for the Optobus and to the optical RS 232 interface of the PC and photoconductor connection to the optical sensors 551 to 554 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 are directly connected to the Mainboard The transmitter plugs are either white or marked with white at the optical data connections Peristaltic pump PP The stepper motor of the pump is directly connected to the Motherboard at J11 The control for the stepper motor is located on the Mainboard Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 5 3 Description of Functions Specifications 3 6 The vacuum pump is connected at J13 The pre switched BFR board suppresses disturbances which can be caused by the vacuum pump direct current motor The fan is located on the rear of the analyzer and the corresponding plug on the Motherboard is J15 A further fan is located in the PC tower The vacuum sensor for the under pressure control of the wash cycles is connected at J14 on the Motherboard The control switch for the cover of the bottle compartment is connected at J17 of
172. actualized approx every 0 5 seconds in the test program System Test Component Test Sensors Fill Level Sensors Permanent scanning in every 30 ms and actualization of the voltage values every second Border values gt 500 mV is the same as bottle EMPTY Lightness value 50 mV gt Dark value o k otherwise FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ERROR SYS STOP If this error occurs the artificial value of 5396 mV or 1 mV for Waste is shown in the test program Fill Level Sensors Dark value greater than 4000 mV also gives a FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ERROR SYS STOP If this error occurs the artificial value of 5000 mV or 0 mV for Waste is shown in the test program Fill Level Sensors 5 35 5 Function modules from 2 Following actions to bottle change A vacuum test takes place in any case after closing the bottle compartment cover In addition e When bottle 1 2 3 4 5 A B Cor D was changed an aspiration of the solution is performed e Additional when bottle C and D was changed a calibration of the mixing system is performed e When RI R2 and or are changed a filling of the Reference electrode is performed Subsequently all necessary calibrations will be performed 5 36 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Signal strobing FULL EMPTY 500 mV dark smaler than 4000 mV 50 mV 2 200 us Joms 4 ca 200
173. adjust the calibration parameters to the new Settings System calibration and updating setup values is recommended especially after exchanging the following components e Bypass cartridge e FMS Mainboard O2 UPol Baro 5 value actual barometric pressure Measurement modules set O2 UPol e PC tower and hard disk print status report All data manager values and customer settings will be lost O2 UPol Baro S value actual barometric pressure COOX offset values sample counter hotline number serial number AutoQC serial and revision number as well as number of total measurements PP tubes e Sample distributor incl SD cartridge Barometer sensor Baro 5 value Please switch off the AVL OMNI before installing or mounting mechanical or electronic components If the AVL OMNI is turned off for less than 24 hours please press System and turn off the device It is also recommended to perform a shutdown procedure with the shutdown tubing set so that no residual fluid may enter the AVL OMNI during assembly A shutdown with the shutdown tubing set is necessary when the AVL OMNI is turned off for more than 24 hours In this case please activate System Util Analyzer actions Shutdown and follow the instructions on the screen see also Service Manual chapter 4 under Shutdown Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 1 5 Function modules from 2 5 2 The follow
174. around the PP head do not cross the tubes NOTE Use the white tubing holder BP2228 exclusively Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 cartridge Function 5 Function modules from A Z 7 Close the plexiglass cover tension lever The tubing holder is then pressed into the PP cartridge sealing part 8 Close the PP cover and tip the screen in the upward direction 9 Press the key Continue NOTE Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth The main function of the PP cartridge is to couple the 4 tubing connectors of the peristaltic pump to the system depending on desired aspiration function Since the pump rotates to the left and right this system incorporates several options The left tubing connectors are already connected to the pump connector and are thus controlled as a unit They are connected to the converting line and can also be switched to the Waste see tubing diagram Chapter 7 Functional procedures via V14 The right tubing connectors are connected separately The bottom tube on this side is directly connected to the Waste the top tube on the right side is either connected to V15 16
175. as follows GLU LAC 0 2 every 5 minutes 2 240 every 15 minutes 24 oh every 60 minutes GLU LAC UREA 0 2h every 5 minutes 2 oh every 10 minutes The interval counter will be restarted with every MSS SOL_D cycle or calibration cycle with Solution D Procedure and signal evaluation After the sample distributor has been emptied via FMS V21 Solution D is prepared in the upper sample distributor area pushed back to SS4 ventilation again via FMS V21 and approx 40 ul are aspirated in the measuring chamber If SS4 detects nothing no aspiration in the measuring chamber will occur A no sample evalution is currently not available The sample distributor channel is emptied again After positioning in the measuring chamber is completed the sensor signals are detected and evaluated These sensor signals can be seen on the service report sequence BSA LAC GLU NH4 K UREA If the reference potentials C2 signal for urea of all MSS sensors are within one window 3 BSA 200 3 LAC 250 3 GLU 200 Urea gt 200 first evaluation an 2P MSS calibration can be activated early i e electrodes status flag 38 is replaced with flag 8 and the first calibration is started In 99 of the cases it will take 50 minutes before the first calibration starts Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 17 7 Functional procedures Calibration intervals System stop economy mode During the first 5 hour
176. at the outer rim only see Fig 38 d 6 Carefully insert the cuvette and place it in position see Fig 38 e 7 Push down the fastening clip until it engages 8 Close the cover of the cuvette holder Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 79 5 Function modules from 2 Fig 38 Changing the cuvette Activate program System Cal COOX Cal Initiate a COOX calibration see Operator s Manual Chapter 6 Calibration COOX Calibration by pressing the Start key 5 80 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Polychromator The polychromator diffracts the light transmitted by the secondary optical light guide into its spectral components on a holographic grating The spectrum is imaged on a CCD charge coupled device and converted into electrical signals The electronics unit integrated in the polychromator is responsible for amplification and analog digital conversion of the signals and communication with the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 via the ribbon cable Changing the polychromator see Fig 39 10 When changing the polychromator please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove the screws from the lamp holder see Fig 40 5 and 6 5 Pull the optical light guide
177. blown Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Check access to floppy drive if not e Check cable connection to floppy drive e Change floppy drive change see chapter 5 e Change PC board B486SLC change see chapter 5 If all procedures up to this point have been unsuccessful if possible connect with an external monitor EXT VGA Change screen change see chapter 5 Scenario 5 Program is not started One of the following information appears on the display System Disk no yes Hard disk defective gt change hard disk change see chapter 5 104 SN 1500 2565 Inissing operating system 5 e Check Setup if revision of PC is gt 4b e BIOS hard disk parameters not correct e Hard disk defective change hard disk change see chapter 5 AT96 GetDriveParameters no yes No power supply AT96 Booting SysVue yes Data line interrupted or hard disk not formatted or defective gt change hard disk change see chapter 5 of type PC104 up to Rev 4b are not equipped with an automatic HD detection feature This was realized only from Rev 5b onwards In case of data losses of the built in CMOS RAM the setup data of the HD have to be corrected and restored to EEPROM See also MSDOS system can t read from the disk Update to Rev 4b however avoids the CMOS
178. chamber 7 21 Push residual solution back 1n SD oe ecc teer pee abeo 7 22 Phases of diverse AVL OMNI actions 2 22 00 nn se tesa nn sete 7 23 Mixing system calibfation isse tree cece iste jet ert dere edd ee Cor debe pur 7 23 Calibration of conductance for Solution heme me he he he se rennen ener nnne 7 24 Calibration of conductance for Solution eene 7 24 Q Zero caliDratron o orte eee ek eese hee Gaede cc ire 7 25 Os TIP calibration uh esee aedium utes v t ERR OE ES 7 25 Auto cleaning with Solution Ove e ceto t de TW e a RE Tu a eo ver quce e Re Tee ned 7 25 ConditiobIDng i ochenta me e trees eta e ee p E E 7 25 Empty Reference electrodes enssins taie ob ee REESE e tee Pes ete deste ort 7 25 Rinse Reference electrodes s eie sea e Pe ER qe erbe ete qe vob ge 7 26 TUDIN GCA SAMS 7 27 7 11 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 7 Functional procedures 7 Functional procedures Calibration cycle Starting the tHb or COOX drying NOTE Symbols such as V2 MCI VBI 551 etc in this chapter relate to Fig 1 page 7 27 There are two dis
179. closes the system detects insufficient filling of the measuring chamber and displays aspiration error 2 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes at calibration Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 19 7 Functional procedures Aspiration of Reference solution with urea only Repeating the D cycle Empty air reservoir SD PP cartridge via V21 Calculation of calibration and measurement slope Wash Bypass SD converting line and empty FMS 7 20 At the beginning of this procedure the measuring chamber valve output VSO is still open and the measuring chamber valve input VSI is already closed Before the Reference solution valve V8 is opened the peristaltic pump creates some mbar of under pressure to prevent the flow back of the Reference solution column when the Reference solution valve is opened After the Reference solution valve has been opened the solution is slowly aspirated until the exchange of the rear mixture column against the Reference solution is detected by virtue of a significant increase in conductance between MCI and MCO If the necessary increase in conductance is not detected within the time limit aspiration status code 3 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes Finally the Reference solution valve and the valve output VSO are closed If an obvious change in the conductance occurs the aspiration status code 4 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes is given In the calibration
180. converting line To produce a rinsing effect to minimize carryover air is added via V17 and V15 through a return PP tube at the beginning of the aspiration process see Fig 21 The aspiration process is monitored via the flow of calibration solution conductivity If the flow is not interrupted at a certain time MSS Aspiration Error 2 is displayed see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement V17 is switched from rinsing to filling see Fig 22 Positioning of the solution is controlled via contact path If the preset timeout 15 exceeded MSS aspiration error 1 is displayed see chapter 9 Aspiration Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 21 7 Functional procedures status codes during measurement The positioning process of the solution is completed when VSI and VSO close Push residual solution back in SD See Fig 23 To empty the sample path for the subsequent MSS Ref cycle solution residues are pushed back in the sample distributor to about VII 7 22 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Phases of diverse AVL OMNI actions Mixing system Mixing system calibration Solution B FMS measurement or B preparation BG initial filling ISE initial filling until a result is reproduced or the cycle limit has been reached Rinse BG if already ok alternative waiting time Rinse ISE if already ok alternative waiting
181. cycle after Solution 3 and in the measurement cycle after samples with high concentrations 12 mmol L the Solution D cycle is repeated for faster sensor recovery Only this second Solution D cycle is used for the calibration or measurement value calculation See Fig 18 This air reservoir is necessary for all MSS calibrations Since the sample inlet path is filled aspiration takes place via V21 and FMS V19 After completion of the signal detection the last reference value ist used to establish the calibration and measurement slope of the previous MSS Int 1P Slp calibration or measurement Thus aspiration or calibration problems calc 3 during the reference cycle appear in the MSS Int 1P Slp calibration or measurement as Ref n which results a repetition of the Int 1P Slp with a reference point cycle Reproducibility problems in the reference point only increase the reference point calibration cycles and are not used for slope calculation To complete MSS calibration See Fig 14 To return to Ready the sample paths must be washed and dried This is done with an abbreviated wash cycle To establish a complete Standby mode the converting line must be washed vacuum V3 V14 and the FMS must be emptied V17 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures MSS Int 1P SIp calibration AvL OMNI 7 to 9 Start status Prepare Int 1P SIp Positioning at sample sensor SS4 Aspirate
182. e ist phase after sensor insertion e during system stops e economy mode The intervals depend on how long the MSS cassette is used in the instrument GLU LAC e 0 2 every 5 minutes 2 24h every 15 minutes e 24 h every 60 minutes GLU LAC UREA e Q 2h every 5 minutes e 2 every 10 minutes Activation of reports Reports can be activated and deactivated on a separate screen which is also accessible to the user The System Setup Edit Reports Service Report menu calls up a screen with 6 keys On Off You can use these keys to activate one or more service reports which will then be printed with each measurement and calibration report The printout of service reports for a randomly selectable period of time is activated in the Options Reports Service Report menu which again pulls up a screen with 6 keys In addition a time window can be set for the printout The default value is Complete history which generates a printout covering the preceding 4 days Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Description of reports 1st Report Aspiration and Conductivity 9 88 Printout under Options Report Service Report Displays aspiration problems conductivity temperatures and alarms HL1 Designation e g Cal M Wash Ref date time HL2 Aspiration Status Conductivity Aspiration Temp HL3 BG ISE MSS tHb BG ISE MSS BG ISE MSS IL Cycle nam
183. error 15 Light gate interrupted after approaching home position light gate problems re initialize 16 Time out 1 T amp D SW error 17 Time out 2 T amp D SW error 41 Sample container shortly removed reattached during measurement Loose contact during removal of sample container 42 Time out 3 T amp D SW error 45 Undocking error Mechanical error Level for successful undocking could not be detected within 400 steps 46 Undocking error if T amp D is already in the desired position and Mechanical error has to be undocked only 47 Undocking error immediately before horizontal turn origin not 0 or 1 Mechanical error target is position other than current one but not 0 or 1 48 and 49 After undocking the disk blocks the sample container detection light gate problems in devices with serial number lt 7 016 only gt re initialize 50 A position lt gt 0 was successfully approached The sample disk not installed container detection is however not interrupted after docking sample container detection defective stuck between 0 1 52 General docking error Mechanical and or electronic error 53 Docking error if it stops in same position Mechanical and or electronic error 54 Docking error at desired position during horizontal turn Mechanical and or electronic error 56 During turn the disk moved the maximum number of steps but Mechanical error the desired number of slots was not found 57 Slot width not OK Mechan
184. example do not use sprays Visual check whether screen brightness is sufficient for local conditions If necessary replace the fluorescent lamp see chapter 5 Open measuring chamber cover and remove electrodes Cleaning with NaOCl for example do not use sprays Insert electrodes and close measuring chamber cover Open bottle compartment cover remove Waste container wipe fill level sensor dry insert Waste container close bottle compartment cover Optical control Optical control when cleaning is necessary call up testprogram Options Cleaning Interrupt for Cleaning Cleaning method damp cotton swab or a 3 NaOCl solution for example For details please refer to Operator s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance Deproteinizing with testprogram System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Deproteinizing MC Cartridge For details please refer to Operator s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing of accumulator PC types AT96 with ident number 0290 only 8 5 8 Maintenance Service area Cleaning the Chlorid electrode Cleaning with deproteinizer or with cleaning set C see chapter 9 under Electrode Dirty S Defect Checking the wash water nozzle Press Options Wash and observe the air bubbles For details please refer to Operator s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance This type of cleaning proced
185. flat cable from the hard disk Remove the hard disk see Fig 7 3 and its carrier plate Disassemble hard disk from carrier plate Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When reassembling the hard disk please take care that the red Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 line of the flat cable is positioned next to the power supply Further pay attention that the supply line from the thermal printer is not exchanged with that of the hard disk plug labeling After replacement of the hard disk restore data manager data if possible customer settings and instrument specific values O2 UPol Baro 5 value actual barometric pressure COOX offset values sample counter hotline number serial number AutoQC serial and revision number as well as number of total measurements and perform a software update see Chapter 8 section Software update and Service area Data previously saved by the operator can be restored in the menu Data Manager Maintenance More Restore 10 63 10 Previous revision levels Interface board MSMAVL 10 64 Q PC 104 2 Q 5 e BOARD 2 2 coms come 2 IS eooo eooo 2 S QUO 2 amp CORED B 2 S 2 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNANNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNANNNNAN
186. following description applies to the following module priority BG tHb ISE MSS e Sample input e Sample distribution Positioning at sample sensor SS2 Positioning in the sample distributor SS1 Positioning a sample segment for the tHb or COOX measurement when requested and filling the converting with Solution A e Aspiration of the sample in the BG measuring chamber when requested e Aspiration of the sample in the ISE measuring chamber AVL OMNI 4 5 and 6 only when requested e Aspiration of the sample in the MSS measuring chamber AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only when requested Remove sample excess into the sample distributor without MSS only e Aspiration of the sample in the tHb or COOX measuring chamber e Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber with Solution D e Start the FMS and wash the measuring chamber environment e Wash tHb or COOX and mix FMS solutions e Dry sample inlet path sample distributor and mix FMS solutions e Empty tHb or COOX module e Calibration cycle After detecting a sample container on the T amp D the AVL OMNI either waits for a signal from 552 AVL OMNI 5 and 6 only or the pressing of the Aspirate Sample key The injected sample is introduced into the sample inlet path by closed V22 over SS2 V24 SS3 and V23 into the Waste e The aspirated sample is introduced into the sample inlet path by closed V23 over 552 V22 OK V15 and V17 with the pe
187. for instance opening the bottle compartment cover or measuring chamber cover etc e Check levels of Sol 3 Sol D amp Ref Sol 3 for urea and check if the aspirations are OK e Check that the Waste container is not nearly full If nearly full replace e Arrange for adequate volume of fresh whole blood and repeat the polarization e Activate Options MSS Pol Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 49 9 Troubleshooting Perform Cleaning This warning flashes when automatic cleaning is not activated and the number of measurements exceeds the preset limit for cleaning Solution 6 installed no yes e Activate automatic cleaning under System Util Service Area Switches 2 New Cleaning 501 e Manually activate internal or external cleaning e Manually activate system calibration e Wait for next system calibration which will perform a cleaning of the respective module Manually activate external cleaning Poly Cal not OK This warning flashes when the COOX calibration has failed e A usual cause is a dirty tHb cuvette Clean the cuvette with deproteinizer see Operator s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance section Cleaning the COOX module e If the contamination is persistent gt change cuvette change see chapter 5 Perform Polychr cal and COOX cal again Call up System Cal Polychr Cal And System Cal COOX Cal If the calibration
188. g V3 e Tubings used in the FMS path are not original i e of wrong dimensions Possible causes for a tn gt 1 70 sample enters measuring chamber too late e peristaltic pump too slow e leakage or clog Rinse solution Solution A used instead of Solution If the error cannot be located with the aid of the automatic test procedure please continue with the steps described below The following scenarios are built up logically and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 7 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 2 Call up System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Fill Routines Aspirate Sol repeatedly and check for the fluid packages on the FMS air bubble trap Normally the aspirated fluid packages are separated by large air packages Are the fluid packages separated by large air packages yes no e FMS ventilation is incrusted e V19 defective change see chapter 5 The aspirated fluid packages contain small air bubbles no yes e Tube connection between FMS metal pipe and FMS SD pipe leaky e Slight leakage at FMS air bubble trap e Slight leakage of V19 when the air tube is pinched Is the aspiration of the fluid packages OK yes no e Bottle not properly inserted e FMS ventilation leaky V19 e Check position of blue coupling piece on MC cartridge and tube holder of peristaltic pump PP tubi
189. gt 40 C just prior to switching on Call up System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Temp Sensor Typical values between 23 to 28 C Temperature 10 no yes Temperature is below the permissible range Caution the evaluation is based on a weighted value of the last few hours the display shows the current temperature Ensure that the ambient temperature lies within instrument specifications Check if AQC cover is closed Temperature gt 40 C and lt 200 C 5 Temperature exceeds the permissible range Caution the evaluation is based on a weighted value of the last few hours the display shows the current temperature Ensure that the ambient temperature lies within instrument specifications Check if AQC cover is closed Temperature 200 C Temperature sensor is not installed or does not emit data e Check cable sensor connected e Replace sensor Replace AQC Control Board e SN lt 500 Upgrade of temperature sensor was not made was not retrofitted properly temperature sensor is not installed but mistakenly switched on in the software under System Util Service Area Switches AQC Temp Correlation is 9 36 NOTE Do not install or remove the AQC temperature sensor when the system is connected to power Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 AQC Wash error only if an AutoQC 9 Troublesho
190. hemolyzer to allow measurement of a homogeneous colored solution to J8 Motherboard Ultrasonic 10 actuator LT Hemolyzer board Fig 19 Hemolyzer 1 The hemolyzer consists of a resonator as well as the respective control Hemolyzer board The power supply for the quartz resonator is generated on this board The activation takes place on the Mainboard Full hemolyzer power will be switched on 25ms after sample contact detected by the hemolyzer circuit Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 43 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the hemolyzer When changing the hemolyzer please proceed as follows Fig 20 Hemolyzer 2 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Pull off the tubes from the hemolyzer Remove the cover of the hemolyzer by unscrewing the Allan head screws 5 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Unplug J8 from the Motherboard see Fig 44 Disconnect the grounding from the hemolyzer 7 In order to remove the hemolyzer from the analyzer loosen both Phillips screws on the front of the analyzer Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When assembling the hemolyzer the securing screws are to be tightened alternately to prevent canting Do not exchange the two tubes on the hemolyzer when reconnecting 5 44 Service Manu
191. includes the following components PC board based on the 486V Interface board MSMAVL Floppy drive Hard disk 2 5 Barcode scanner unit Thermal printer Speaker Power supply unit for the entire AVL OMNI Fan for the PC unit 10 58 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 CNA Barcode scanner ni CNB unit sv Pen 10 Previous revision levels The display TFT LQ10D42 with 2 cold cathodic fluorescent tubes has the advantage of a high brightness and a very large reading angle range of more than 35 vertically 50 pole cable connects the display to the MSMAVL see Fig 4 J10 via the card Display IFT J3 On the display the 50 pole cable connects to display card IFR J6 This card is necessary for the screen keys and the conversion of the screen signals From the Display IFR board a 20 pole cable connects to the actual flat screen and a TFT LCD converter required for background lighting The Display IFR board contains its own microcontroller which converts the signals from the matrix of the touch panel into serial signals lt is assembled in the screen housing The TFT LCD converter is a transformer and provides the voltage supply for the fluorescent lamp located behind the flat screen in the screen housing The hard disk is attached to the PC board MSM486V with spacer bolts the floppy drive is located on the rear panel as seen from the rear panel of the analyzer Service Manual AVL
192. ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability BP 2278 Solution for calibration of glucose and lactate 1 package contains 6 ready to use container with 100 ml each Water Electrolyte buffer components glucose lactate 2 25 Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 2194 Solution for calibration of glucose lactate and urea 1 package contains 6 ready to use container with 98 ml each Water Electrolyte buffer components glucose lactate urea ammonium 2 25 Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 2562 Cleaning solution for BG ISE electrodes and COOX MSS module not for MSS cassettes 1 package contains 2 ready to use container with 23 ml each Water Sodiumhypochlorite lt 1 active chlorine Neodisher MA 0 35 2 30 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 0521 Cleaning solution for sample path 1 package contains 1 ready to use container with 125 ml Water Sodiumhypochlorite lt 2 active chlorine 15 30 Expiration date amp lot number are printed each container label Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 Description of Functions Specifications Hb Calibrator Order Number BP 1360 Use Solution for calibration of tHb Contents 1 package contains 5 ampou
193. lasts approx 2 5 minutes and cannot be interrupted After activating the standby mode in the service area you can select automatic or manual standby mode activation Automatic standby mode Activate program System Setup Miscellaneous Times and Intervals Economy Mode You can activate the standby mode for hourly or daily periods Manual standby mode Activate program Options Economy Mode Exit by pressing the Manual EXIT key Timer 1 and Timer 2 can be activated simultaneously After exiting the standby mode the next calibration due is performed This function can be used to activate and deactivate the AutoQC module option This function can be used to deactivate the hematocrit value NOTE After the Hct is reactivated it is necessary to turn the AVL OMNI off and back on again Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 9 8 Maintenance Service area AQC Temp Correlation If the switch is On the ampoule ambient temperature is measured by the temperature sensor located inside the AutoQC module The value is used for correction of QC measurement values PO and pCO2 only The calculated ampoule temperature is indicated on the QC report The measured data is transferred digitally to the AQC control board Only AutoQC values are being corrected not values from manual QC measurements The measured value and the status of the temperature sensor can be read under System Test Component Test
194. light gate for damage e Disconnect light gate on PC and check if a red flash is visible if yes error in receiving element from PC 9 58 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 8 No connection to measuring module Analyzer is turned on D3 Mainboard DIL switch HS lights up simultaneously with D2 and D4 no yes Optobus is OK Error lies on controller measuring module Scenario 9 D3 remains dark Optobus is interrupted at some place Be sure that a receiver is connected with a transmitter gt check cabling Check T amp D module e Check voltage supply e Jumper J11 on T amp D control Components location see chapter 5 must not be set Check COOX module optional e Check voltage supply e DIL switch 1 must be in the OFF position Check AutoQC module optional e Check voltage supply e DIL switch 1 must be in the OFF position Attempt to short circuit Optobus directly on Mainboard D3 Mainboard DIL switch HS always lights at the same time with D2 and D4 yes Error is located in one of the submodules check again NOTE A module can also be bridged by disconnecting the transmitting and receiving line and by connecting the two photoconductors with another photoconductor directly D3 remains dark Error on Mainboard change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 59 9 Troubleshooting
195. low LED lights up see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard no yes Start up AVL OMNI again Temperature too high low LED pulses every second see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard no yes Change BG module change see chapter 5 Temperature too low LED remains dark see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard no yes Check connections J18 J19 on Motherboard J7 on Connector board e Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 e Change BG module change see chapter 5 e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 Check MC cover temperature MC cold room temperature no yes e Supply interrupted check connection 6 pol flat cable inside measuring module e Change MC cover change see chapter 5 MC luke warm 37 C yes MC cover OK MC hot NTC interrupted gt change the BG ISE module change see chapter 5 Scenario 2 Check voltages on Motherboard with DVM Testpins see chapter 5 Checking the supply voltage and the reference voltage Reference voltage 2 5 V not OK but supply voltages 5 V 12 V 24 V are OK no yes Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 39 9 Troubleshooting Reference voltage 2 5 OK but supply voltages 5
196. lt gt Empty Ref lt gt Flush Ref Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5th Report Repro amp Qual MSS 9 Troubleshooting Printout under Options Report Service Report Displays Repro Calc 3 mean electrode quality HL1 Designation e g Cal M Wash date time HL2 Electrode Status Flag Standard Deviation HL3 BS LA GL NH UR LF BS LA GL NH K UR IL Cycle name calibration flag parameter standard deviation of precalculation parameter alarms Optobus errors Measurement Calibration flag by parameter BSA Glu Lac K UREA Electrode status according to Table 2 and 4 Electrode Status Flag see page 9 99 and 9 107 Standard deviation of precalculation by parameter BSA Glu Lac K UREA The standard deviation of the precalculation gives information on the signal quality of the adjustment curve of the electrode potentials typical values are lt 0 2 and is a decisive criterion on whether a precalculation can be performed The MSS counter displays the usage time of the MSS cassette in seconds A means that during this calibration the current position could not be updated For example AVL OMNI Service Report Repro amp Quality MSS 29 05 1998 10 59 Serial Number 2393 Range 29 05 1998 10 29 29 05 1998 10 59 Meas 29 05 1998 10 38 Electrode Status Flag Standard Deviation Calc BS LA GL NH K UR LF BS LA GL NH K UR lt gt
197. lt AS 0 AS 072 lt AS AS 41108 0005 NS 0051 NS SPIT NS 10 NS Jequinu 21195 86 AON 0 8 186 0 L6 0 9 116 O S 196 96 WIEN 196 294 OT UOISIA9J enue suonounj jo 590 1611 Z 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen auas UONIppe M N SNOTADI 1e1deuo 295 UOTSTADI JO SARIS snorAoud 98100 onsnooy SILINI 1891 WSPOM uorsuowq UOTJCOTJISSETD eje q o suuaurambor V sjuasvay jueumjsu SUOHeJoprsuoo juouro1nseo A V sue nseo xnue jo od o dureg o dureg sjuouroJnseoui Jo suoneJqi e Jo ed T srojouresed pomeo son eA Vie po quouramsray uoneoyddy 05 5 lt AS AS 19qumu 1 5 NS 1198 ojqeordde 00 06 enue A 3 Description of Functions Specifications 3 DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTIONS SPECIFICATIONS Application 2 2 11e
198. lt US US 0 lt US 0 lt lt US 0 lt US AS 1 05 000S NS 0051 NS NS 10 NS Joquinu erras oqeordde 186 AON 0 8 86 O L L6 0 9 L6 O S 196 AINE O 96 HILT Is6 294 OT TOISTA 5 9 5 1517 0002 Ae 0 6 wININO TAY enue 893S 6 System functions 6 SYSTEM FUNCTIONS 6 1 A E EE MM 6 2 idee A 6 4 Calibration Util 6 6 QC measurement Data manager 6 8 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 6 1 6 System functions 6 System functions This chapter gives an overview of all available system functions of the AVL OMNI A description of these functions can be found in the AVL OMNI Operator s Manual The system functions in the service area are secured with a password and are only accessible by service technicians and other authorized persons These are described in the chapter 8 Maintenance Service area General view Ready
199. mixing system 1 1 1 5 41 uineis 5 41 8 MERE ae DR ERR cds PR ERN 5 42 Changing the EMS air bubble trap e RR e re aer teet on ee e EE eo RR ee ded 5 42 Hemolyzer applicable from SN 5000 on for SN lt 5000 see chapter 10 Manual revision 8 0 5 43 FUNCTION cU 5 43 Changing the hemolyzZ6 t oe IR eo Ee ede Ree ret ne Eo E e edes Idee d 5 44 5 45 e EN aedi 5 45 Changing the DE Bree PO EE 5 45 Description of the DIL switch and LED s the 5 46 Barometer Sensor DPI 5 47 Components location ceto reset app 5 48 Measuring chambers eie eee ve essere e caassssedssvsensscsssd ecccossesacsdesdcdessevesoasses sasesedesconaecssdsaveeedntsagessv ices 5 49 Blood gas BG measuring chamber 5 49 s n o d e 5 49 Fluid detection in the measuring chamber and condu
200. not properly inserted check bottle A for proper fitting Damaged or dirty fill port and or T amp D disk gt clean or change fill port and or T amp D disk when damaged cleaning see chapter 1 change see chapter 5 Leakage in the T amp D area e Bypass nipple is obstructed gt check bypass nipple for free passage Solution A flows as an almost complete fluid column no yes Wash water nozzle clogged Solution air mixture approx 1 3 and washing function OK Sample sensor 2 defective Call up System Test Component Test Valve Test and check V15 16 V17 V22 V23 and 24 1f available Change valve if defective change see chapter 5 9 16 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Bypass Rinse error Press Continue and check the Bypass path Normally a mixture of Solution A air is aspirated during this wash cycle Is Solution A aspirated yes no Bypass is clogged or blocked Only very little fluid is aspirated yes e Back pressure valve leaky after longer pauses Solution A flows back towards the bottle e Bypass partially blocked SS1 and SS2 are exchanged SD Rinse error Press Continue and check the SD path Normally a mixture of Solution A air is aspirated during this wash cycle Is Solution A aspirated yes no e Tubing set at SD cartridge output not connected e Pump tubing set not connected e V15 V16 or V22 do
201. oF FMS air bubble trap QA 6 E V 18 Ref Jun K CI Ca l s 5 v21 l Air 3 1 VBI Back Ref Jun pH 2 S21 7 4 Dock 7 2 9 w Om VG 6 O FOO I tHb air bubble trap A 553 552 554 554 554 tHb i i vac Eg Hemolyzer tHb cartridge jJ IX V19 ee eee eect ee oe T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 ck W A C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 Ka BG KCl ISE KCI MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D S Zw az 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 5 Tubing diagram 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 31 7 Functional procedures Preparing B C mixture PP cartridge Peristaltic pump ZON
202. of the T amp D flap see Fig 7 10 Pull off the clamp see Fig 7 11 Pull the barex tube out of the T amp D module from the back 12 Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts 13 Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module by removing the two screws 1 see Fig 12 14 Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 15 Remove the cover of the AQC control board by removing screws 6 and 35 see Fig 12 16 Open the cable clip see Fig 12 33 17 Disconnect the two optical light guides and the power supply cable from the AQC control board see Fig 12 7 and 38 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 13 5 Function modules from 2 18 Remove Phillips screw from the horizontal slide siehe Fig 12 16 disconnect barex tube from the tubing at the steel tube 19 Pull off the AQC wash tube from the the elbow nipple see Fig 12 5 20 Loosen the fastening screws of the AutoQC module on the bottom of the AVL OMNI and remove the AutoQC module 21 Unscrew the right side panel side of the floppy drive The screws are accessible from the inside 22 Open the cable clip at the side panel of the AVL OMNI 23 Remove the light guides from the T amp D control and from the Mainboard AVL OMNI 1 2 4 5 7 and 8 or the PolyOx KX control AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 24 Remove the power suppl
203. on assembly and disassembly of components Please pay attention which fill level sensors are to be changed according to Fig 87 When changing the fill level sensors please proceed as follows Changing the fill level sensors FL5 FL6 FL7 and FL8 Fig 87 1 Remove the Reference solutions R from the bottle compartment 2 Remove the REF seal 3 Grip the fill level sensor and turn them 90 or 90 using the tool VD0229 or pointed pliers 4 Disconnect the corresponding sensor from the Fluid level detector board see Fig 87 11 and remove through the front NOTE Be careful that the tip of the new fill level sensor is not damaged Assembly is done in reverse order Changing the fill level sensors FL1 FL2 FL3 and FLA Fig 87 1 Unscrew the right side panel the screws are accessible from the inside 2 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 3 Remove the 3 fixing screws for the PC tower 2 on the side panel one on the bottom of the device and pull out the PC tower approx 70 mm in direction of the rear panel of the device 4 Grip the fill level sensor and turn them 490 or 90 using the tool VD0229 or pointed pliers 5 Disconnect the corresponding sensor from the Fluid level detector board see Fig 87 11 and remove through the front NOTE Be careful that the tip of the new fill level sensor is not damaged Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Chan
204. on the measuring chamber cartridge and remove it NOTE Before replacing the electrode plugs clean their coupling piece on the measuring chamber with cotton swab NOTE Do not use a sharp edged pair of tweezers to remove the tubing Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth The measuring chamber tubing can be connected easily by disassembling the electrode holder After reassembling a MC cartridge please confirm the display on the screen with Continue and change back to the Ready screen 5 72 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Amplifiers POT 9700LP1 AMP 9700LP2 5 Function modules from A 2 Amplifier Measuring Blood gas ISE chamber 9700LP1 97001 2 9700LP3 The POT 9700LP1 is an amplifier for the voltage supplying electrodes Na etc The dipolar PCO electrode is connected directly on the inputs ELIN and REF The unipolar electrodes receive their reference voltage from the Reference electrode over the reference amplifier on the REF input of the contact ledge J1 100 100 kOhm 5 16 b
205. packaging material until the damage has been clarified NOTE Dependent upon the country of destination the accessories can differ slightly to those listed on the following pages Ask your AVL representative for your specific accessory list Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 1 4 Installation Shutdown 4 2 Procedure D Fig 1 Installation 1 Remove packaging foam rubber adhesive tape etc 2 Open the peristaltic pump cover 3 Screw down the peristaltic pump cartridge 2 4 Open the plexiglas cover tension lever of the peristaltic pump and push the linear clamp white plastic part D in the direction of the arrow see Fig 1 and Fig 2 5 Place the tubing set see accessory kit around the roller do not cross the tubes 6 Close the plexiglas cover tension lever The tubing holder is then pressed into the PP cartridge sealing part Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Fig Fig 4 Installation Shutdown Pump head Linear clamp Tube holder PP cartridge sealing part 2 Installation of PP tubing Close the peristaltic pump cover Tip the screen in the upward direction Remove the analyzer cover by lifting it on the left side until the cover switch is released and pulling it out toward the left If your AVL OMNI in
206. pem tHb air bubble trap 553 552 554 554 554 B tHb cartridge V19 d T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 Ne condoner T W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 CAI Kar B KCl MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D i NZ L XZ EL 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 11 Tubing diagram 11 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 37 7 Functional procedures Sample distribution tHb or COOX ISE 1 Separation of tHb or COOX 4 Removal of excess sample 2 Separation of ISE 5 Positioning of tHb or COOX 3 Positioning of ISE Peristaltic pump 55 cartridge ler gt v with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Om Om m vi vi 16 Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge i MC cartridge MCO v20 Wo Vacuum ress o m of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea 55 v9 9 Suction 57 4 IMCI V13 X Q 4 3 I FMS air bubble trap d om 8 Ref Jun Na
207. respective valve actuator and take out the valve unit For disassembly of V2 slightly loosen the upper fastening screws of V23 and 24 Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Test the switching function of the valves by switching the respective valve under System Test Component Test Valves When the valve is closed the valve plunger must be clearly visible through the cassette Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 151 5 Function modules from A 4 MC cartridge group For composition of valves V30 VSO V11 V28 VIO and V7 refer to Valve types Fig 76 page 5 150 Valves V26 VBO V5 and V9 have the following composition 15e valve actuator 2 adapter extension dun spindle adapter M3x25ia adapter short bell housing 6 valve tapper Fig 78 Valve type 6 V26 VBO V5 V9 as well as V15 and V16 Valve V8 has the following composition 1 valve actuator 21g adapter extension uie adapter extension cs 4 spindle adapter M3x50ia 6 adapter short 6 bell housing m7 rm valve tapper Fig 79 Valve type 7 V8 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 152 Changing the 5 Function modules from A Z cartridge valves In any case refer to General information on page 5 143 Fig 80 Measurin
208. software update see Chapter 8 section Software update and Service area Data previously saved by the operator can be restored in the menu Data Manager Maintenance More Restore Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 111 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the loudspeaker and the fan When changing the loudspeaker and the fan see Fig 85 6 8 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the power supply and the 26 poled flat cable data line from the thermal printer 5 Unscrew the 4 Phillips screws which hold the thermal printer and remove 6 Loudspeaker Unscrew the Phillips screw and remove the loudspeaker 7 Fan Disconnect the supply line and remove the four holding screws Assembly is done in reverse order Changing the floppy drive When changing the floppy drive see Fig 85 1 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the power supply and the data line from the floppy drive and remove the holding screw see Fig 85 2 5 Push the floppy drive towards
209. switching the pump on pinch the tube between vacuum pump and vacuum sensor Drop in pressure gt 20mV sec 5 System is leaking between vacuum pump Waste container Tubing or V13 leaking Pre requisite Leakage was found in Scenario 3 e Waste coupling parts are leaky e System is leaky between Waste container and V23 or V23 does not seal properly e System is leaky between the Waste container and the peristaltic pump cartridge plug or connection of the peristaltic pump tubes 9 30 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Version error additional information The additional information given in case of a version error provides more detailed information on why the microprocessor software and the PC software do not match The cause of the error may be that the AVL OMNI software version does not match the existing hardware configuration The displayed message for example is Version error UC OMNI 4 and PC OMNI 6 but your device is an AVL OMNI 4 The message means that the microprocessor software recognizes an OMNI 4 and the PC software an OMNI 6 In this case call up System Util Service Area Switches 1 and turn Service Keyboard On Change to the DOS level by pressing F10 and enter e g for AVL OMNI 4 setvers 4 Switch off the AVL OMNI and on again Software version OK yes no Perform setvers X or install software with correct AVL
210. the fan unit 5 Disconnect all cables from the Motherboard 6 Press down both ejection flaps see Fig 87 3 the Mainboard is separated from the plugs of the Motherboard 7 Loosen the 4 securing screws of the Motherboard Assembly is done in reverse order Testpoints for the different supply voltages as well as the reference voltage over the Mainboard plug connector are provided 12V GND2 12V protective ground x x x x x x x x x 45V 4 25V 42 5 24 V Ref Ref The allowed tolerances are given for the respective supply voltages 5 In the case of reference voltages or 2 500 V 10 mV is valid when measured against the analog grounding GND2 This is only for control purposes A setting of the reference voltage P1 on the Mainboard may only be done when measurement is performed by the described check points opposite GND ST5 Setting accuracy at 1 mV It is to be noted that the setting must be made with an at least 5 digit tested DVM since this setting influences all absolute temperatures of the temperature regulation Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 95 5 Function modules from A 2
211. the side panel of the analyzer from the PC tower Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE To guarantee a troublefree operation of the floppy drive make sure that the side panel does not collide with the floppy drive Adjust the side panel if necessary 5 112 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Display Technical data Changing the entire touch screen Changing the fluorescent lamp 5 Function modules from A Z The display of the AVL OMNI is a TFT LCD display type Sharp LQ10D42 Applicable from SN 2800 on for SN lt 2800 see chapter 10 Manual revision 3 0 and 6 0 Pixel format 640 x 480 Dot pitch 0 11 x 0 33 mm Backlight type 2 cold cathodic fluorescent tubes CCFT dual Viewing angle optimum 12 o clock When changing the touch screen please proceed as follows 1 Pull the screen forward and remove the 4 Phillips screws to remove the screen housing 2 Remove the Phillips screw from the cable clip and disconnect the 50 pole cable from the screen see Fig 50 4 3 Pull off both tubes see Fig 86 2 on the sample distributor and remove from the securing clips 4 The touch screen can now be disassembled by removing the five Phillips screws see Fig 86 e to i Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Do not exchange the two tubes on the sample distributor when reconnecting When changing the fluorescent lamps please proceed as follows 1 Pullthe screen forward and rem
212. the two fastening screws M4x8 DS0168 12 Close the cable clip 13 Remove the protecting caps from the connectors of the AQC control board and connect the optical light guides see Fig 14 and Fig 16 4 The transmitter TX is labeled with a white dot AVL OMNI Mainboard T amp D control PolyOx KX control control t 5 board AutoQC module Fig 14 Laying of light guides 14 Put the power supply cable through the cutout in the AQC control board cover and connect it to the AQC control board see Fig 16 13 15 Place the barex tube see Fig 16 5 through the boring in the horizontal slide see Fig 16 6 and under the attachment screw see Fig 16 7 and tighten the attachment screw The barex tube should protrude from the holder approx 4 mm up to the label 16 Connect the tube from the steel tube to the barex tube see Fig 16 14 NOTE Make sure that the tube is not bent Adjust position of barex tube if necessary 17 Connect the AQC wash tube to the elbow nipple see Fig 16 2 and 3 18 Remove the red relief clamp from the magnetic valve The relief clamp can be easily removed by pushing down on the magnetic valve direction of the arrow see Fig 16 12 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 15 4 Installation Shutdown 19 Remove the fastening strap and the two fastening screws see Fig 15 HINWEIS fastening screws are used solely for securi
213. the wash water nozzle see Fig 66 T amp D disk and fill port adapter must always have revision level 2 01 After reassembling the tubing set and or the disk confirm the information the screen with Exit If the position of the T amp D disk is centered confirm with Yes and change back to the Ready screen 5 136 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 Wash water nozzle blue marked tube red marked tube Solution 3 7 ANT SEN Solution 2 Solution 4 x 5 E Solution 1 Dock U Solution 5 PO2 air cal H p CP Solution 6 Solution Wash water nozzle AutoQC modul option Nipple ledge left side Nipple ledge right side Fig 66 T amp D disk Wash water nozzle Nipple ledge After a possible change of the stepper motors the following adjustment is to be performed l 2 3 4 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 After a stepper motor has been changed switch on the AVL Call up System Remove the holder from the shaft Call up the test program Test Component Test Aggregates T amp D System Changing Tubes The shaft is centered at position 0 by the controller and is then held in this position with the stepper motors for a maximum of 3 minutes Assemble the holder so that the slit loca
214. this calibration the current position could not be updated Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting For example AVL OMNI Service Report Aspiration amp Conductivity 29 05 1998 10 59 Serial Number 2393 Range 29 05 1998 10 29 29 05 1998 10 59 Meas 29 05 1998 10 38 Aspiration Status Conductivity Aspiration Temp BG ISE MSS BG ISE MSS BG ISE MSS lt gt Optobus Error Counter 001000 lt E gt 10 40 Fill Levels M 0 1 0 2500 0 386 0 05 0 05 N 0 0 1578 1058 0 19 0 14 D 0 802 26 42 dD 1P 0 0 1574 1054 0 07 0 08 Stby 10 40 FMS 0 78 lt gt MSS SOL_D 30 25 29 95 26 21 334 44 227 78 371 52 lt gt Empty Ref lt gt Flush Ref Explanation At 10 38 a m a status 1 occurred for ISE during sample aspiration According to Table 3 page 9 104 this means sample pos error on the measurement report Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 89 9 Troubleshooting 2nd Report Repro amp Quality 9 90 Printout under Options Report Service Report Displays Repro Calc 3 mean electrode quality HL1 Designation e g Cal M Wash date time HL2 Electrode Status Flag Standard Deviation Calc HL3 02 CO Na K pH O2 CO Na K Cl IL Cycle name calibration flag parameter standard deviation of precalculation parameter alarms Optobus errors Meas
215. time Completion follow up Solution C C preparation BG initial filling ISE initial filling until a result is reproduced or the cycle limit has been reached Rinse BG if already ok alternative waiting time Rinse ISE if already ok alternative waiting time Completion follow up O Zero calibration O 1P calibration Cleaning Conditioning Empty Reference electrodes Rinse Reference electrodes calibration This calibration mainly consists of 3 parts Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Calibration of conductance for Solution B when calibration with BG including FMS measurement Calibration of conductance for Solution C liquid calibration for electrode conditioning 7 23 7 Functional procedures Calibration of conductance for Solution B FMS measurement or B preparation BG initial filling ISE initial filling Completion follow up Calibration of conductance for Solution C 7 24 A FMS measurement is performed even when the conductance measurement path on the BG module is calibrated Otherwise only the aspiration of Solution B is prepared FMS measurement This procedures begins with the emptying of FMS over V19 air cross piece FMS air bubble trap and V17 Then the aspiration path for measurement is switched through V19 cross piece FMS air bubble trap V21 VBI and VBO After a brief equalization of pressure approx 2 seconds the time me
216. transducer integrated in the motor The absolute position is determined by light barriers in the home position wash position Valve driver the monostable valve is triggered by a Darlington transistor The switch on time of the valve is limited by the software to 30 seconds maximally Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 5 5 Function modules from A 4 Sample sensor Light barrier Cover switch Temperature Sensor YZ distributor board 5 6 Sample detection is performed via a light barrier located on the Z distributor board To compensate for mechanical tolerances scattering and ageing the send LED can be operated with a constant current from 0 25 to 60 mA It is calibrated before each measurement The switch on time of the LED is limited to 560 us by the electronics A transmissive photointerrupter is used in all 3 axes The light barrier for the X direction is directly on the AQC control board The cover of the AutoQC module is monitored by a hall sensor When the cover is opened all mechanical actions are stopped by the software except actions in the Component Test The ampoule ambient temperature is measured by the temperature sensor and used for correction of QC measurement values and pCO2 only The measured value and the status of the temperature sensor can be read under System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Temp Sensor The measured data is transferred digitally to t
217. version HS 2 427 MM 2 412 NOTE All switches are to be set at OFF for normal operation Main control HS left row seen from the rear eg 1 OFF ON CHIP EMULATION MODE deactivated 2 not used 3 El not used 4 not used 5 not used 6 OFF burn in test deactivated 7 OFF OMNI tester switch test deactivated 8 OFF OMNI tester switch test deactivated Rocker switch 1 OFF uC ON CHIP EMULATION MODE 2 not used 3 TEM not used 4 OFF warm up with MC overheating activated 5 not used 6 not used 7 OFF OMNI tester switch test deactivated 8 OFF OMNI tester switch test deactivated Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 10 57 10 Previous revision levels PC tower with PC104 up to serial number 2565 PC tower PC104 with PC MSM486V Display TFT To Motherboard 0447 50 0344 79 TB2 18 Opto RS232 Power supply BK0348 PER MSMAVL PC104 5V red Bus PC MSM486V 12V white 24V yellow Ground black 12V blue 100 240V Interface connectors at backplane J1 Hard disk drive 2 5 disk V drive Fig 3 PC tower version 104 The PC tower of the version PC104 in the AVL OMNI
218. 0 Interference sensor sigma not OK Flag 4 1 Call wetting routines 2 Unacceptable sample type used Calibrate for ready 3 Replace MSS cassette IfS Limits nOK 71 Interference sensor sigma and mean value not OK Flag 5 A replace MSS cassette IfS Calc 1 72 Interference sensor calculation error 1 UC Flag 6 A re barcode the MSS reagents IfS Calc 2 73 Interference sensor calculation error 2 UC Flag 7 A re barcode the MSS cassette IfS SP invalid 74 Interference sensor six pack not OK Flag 8 calibration was cancelled check reason and calibrate for ready IfS Calc 3 75 Interference sensor precalculation not performed not valid Flag 11 1 Call wetting routines 2 Replace MSS cassette IfS Ref nOK 76 Interference sensor reference point not OK Flag 14 reference point Cal Sol D A calibrate for ready IfS ADC error 77 Interference sensor ADC hardware problems Flag 26 IfS Mean nOK 78 Interference sensor six pack mean value not OK A replace MSS cassette IfS ADC Overf 79 Interference sensor readings exceed ADC upper limit A replace MSS cassette IfS ADC Underf 80 Interference sensor readings exceed ADC lower limit A Service Manual AVL OMNI replace MSS cassette Table 4 List of calibration flags Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 107 9 Troubleshooting Aspiration status code during calibration List and interpretation of flags occurring in the AVL OMNI during aspirati
219. 00 9 Troubleshooting Delayed function key response Database too large gt regular backup delete database after backup e Turn on cache in BIOS only for PC104 SN 1500 2565 Avopto activated no yes Press System Util Service Area Switches 1 and switch off AVOPTO Save e Press System Util Service Area Switches Service Keyboard and switch to DOS to enter dbrep in the c AVL PC directory The index files are automatically recreated e Performing defragmentation in c DOS directory by entering defrag Caution defragmentation can take very long Hard disk defective Change hard disk change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 63 9 Troubleshooting ISE not calibrated Scenario 1 Call up Options Reports Electrode Status Slope Alarm no yes Scenario 2 1P Repro not OK 5 Scenario 3 Mean not 5 Scenario 4 1P No Sample yes Scenario 5 1P Calc3 yes Scenario 6 Ref aspiration problem no yes Scenario 7 For other errors refer to the respective error Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Scenario 2 9 Troubleshooting 51 Mean not OK no yes Scenario 8 no yes e Failed calibration during last 2P calibration e Reported slop
220. 0263 BB0854 Rev 11 Aktor Control I17 XP0079 CS SEE78 I1 XP0223 BB0856 Rev 11 Aktor Board 6XQK I1 4 6 XP0223 BB0857 Rev 22 Aktor Board 14 12 4 6 9 11 13 15 XP0223 BB0987 Rev 11 Aktor Board V23 I2 XP0223 BB0988 Rev 11 Aktor Board V24 V02 I2 XP0223 BB0986 Rev 11 Aktor Board V19 BB0984 Rev 11 Aktor Board V04 V03 I2 XP0223 0985 11 Aktor Board V13 12 0223 BB0651 Rev 11 T amp D sensor board I2 XP0223 BB0657 Rev 02 BB0663 Rev 13 BB0662 Rev 00 Sensorprint Waste PolyOx KX Control PolyOx Digital I21 XP0139 CS CC93 I22 XZ0109 3 04 CS 73B6 I5 XP0138 CS 1318 BB0661 Rev 02 PolyOx Analog BB0725 Rev 00 PolyOx Heat EN0309 Rev 2 5 B486SLC AT96 SN 1500 EN0329 Rev 7 3 AVLIFB AT96 SN 2566 BB0722 Rev 22 Display IFR SN 1500 BB0808 Rev 00 IFR connector board SN 2800 EL0281 00 TFT LCD converter SN gt 2800 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 81 10 Previous revision levels Revo2 Power supply unit 0739 22 SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac 0741 47 SSE MSS Mainboard ZM0845 Rev 33 SSE MSS flexprint ZM0804 Rev 33 SSE MSS connector board BB0774 Rev 01 SSE MSS contact print AutoQC Option Id no Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no
221. 16 amp open V15 disconnect tube from FMS pipe on the upper SD end and connect a syringe To check the function of V17 switch V17 and check the underpressure sealing in both positions Leakage detected no yes e V17 defective change see chapter 5 e PP cartridge defective change see chapter 5 Other possible problem locations e SD cartridge defective change see chapter 5 electrodes obstructed e V25 VBI or V21 clogged 9 10 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting FMS volume error errors of scenario 2 defective path X critical point Peristaltic pump PP cartridge with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy replaced RCon ES vid 16 Sample distributor Bypass cartridge MC cartridge v8 VSO Pipe reservoir Vacuum We of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea v9 7 Suction v11 v13 Ta es 20 i i N m FMS air bubble trap AR wo pcr 8 Ref Jun Na CI 4 v5 5 v21
222. 19 please proceed as follows 1 2 3 Remove the FMS system as described on page 5 42 Disconnect the valve connector from Aktor Board BB0986 Remove the two Phillips screws and take off the valve head see Fig 72 Remove the valve cap see Fig 72 by pushing it down firmly in the direction of the arrow Remove the clamping part see Fig 72 Remove the two fastening screws and take out the valve unit Assembly is done in reverse order Changing Mix valve In any case refer to General information on page 5 143 When changing the FMS Mix valve please proceed as follows 1 2 3 Remove the FMS system as described on page 5 42 Disconnect the valve connector from the valve unit Remove the valve cap see Fig 72 by pushing it down firmly in the direction of the arrow Remove the clamping part see Fig 72 Remove the two fastening screws and take out the valve unit Assembly is done in reverse order Valve head Valve cap Clamping part Fig 72 V19 and Mix valve Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 A Z 5 147 5 Function modules from A 4 Sample distributor group Valve types Changing V22 V25 VBI V21 5 148 Valves 22 V25 VBI and V21 have the following composition valve actuator 2 4 spindle adapter M3x25ia adapter long bell housing valve tapper Fig 73 Valve type 2 V22 V25 VBI
223. 191 ra 119 vid tO 89 a E T Scr dha gagga ega i cupo Lr m rur n z5 uu Sx P x dui 9518 40119 3 708 o 2 losis 242 eju Ove 2 cu Se CL SS ETO F 625 502 SJ Sees ra 5 n vH 602 Or S 2 6 z gb Z9 oo 560 2 eee ogy _ T 9 9 d H n Jall c ae LA 70159018 SOLS POLS o Spe 292 0612 tu Ec FBS ce 862 20181018 etu 0913 464 S62 v62 all 60 _ 260 H sels FF 31 685 880 750 94 980 mu PE 9v BS Is Go 2 24 235 O88 Shy ZEO vs v s 2 F 4 20 080 P g Eu 325 ae z zo i 5 9 9 2 5 DE 2 9 415 5 E 5 5 y z 072 690 dL 10 p a n 244 742124 990 950 ol secu 598 5 155 TE cow 2212 zou 9988 EL Soa g a 5 m 754 8 divide 2 lt 4 4 sso wl 69 A ES Eu Oe Sp sio te hase all vf N 2 8 I Tie n gt OyO eo 25 5 amp 2 T f Y 129 662 e RES SSS
224. 2000 10 33 10 Previous revision levels 4 15 Fastening strap added 5 e Change of AQC optical light guides AQC power supply cable and AQC wash tube AQC cable tree combined e Note added MSS measuring chamber added 5 1 Text modification and figure added Table of default settings of DIL switches at Barcode control corrected all switches 5 26 e Text under Changing the container pipes modified because of additional container pipes MSS e Text modification under NOTE 5 28 Fig 5 13 updated 5 29 Text modified 5 31 Text under Alarm behavior in containers without fill level detection added and modified 5 33 Text modification under Following actions to bottle change 5 35 Text under Changing the fill level sensors modified because of additional fill level sensors MSS 5 43 Table of DIL switch assignment on Mainboard updated 5 49 Changing of BG measuring chamber modified 5 52 Changing of ISE measuring chamber modified 5 58 Fig 5 24 updated 5 78 Changing the optical sensor 553 added 5 82 Power supply unit fuse 0047 3 15 AT replaced by 0158 2 5 5 83 e Fig 5 36 updated e AT96 modifications added Display IFT is no longer applicable PC modifications battery hard disk option network connection at AVLIFB added 5 84 5 90 5 97 display 5 86 5 92 5 96 Note added
225. 3 Insert the electrodes from left to right according to the color code BG module Ref Jun pH PCO ISE module Ref Jun Na K Cl Ca Installing the Reference electrode Ref and the Junction electrode Jun Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Insert the Reference electrode Connect the white connector to the measuring chamber cartridge Insert reference tube in upper tube guide of the left locking lever and in the tube holder of the cover hinge see Fig 8 Insert the Junction electrode Connect the gray connector to the measuring chamber cartridge Insert tube of Junction electrode in the tube guide of the Reference electrode the bottom tube guide of the left locking lever and in the tube holder of the cover hinge see Fig 8 Close the locking lever Check whether the electrodes are properly seated and electrical contact is established Close the cover of the measuring chamber and scan the barcode printed on the package of each electrode Follow the instruction on the screen 4 7 4 Installation Shutdown 4 8 MSS measuring chamber setup for glu lac operation reference contact electrode RCon for glu lac urea operation reference electrode dummy electrode MSS cassette dummy cassette installed in new instruments The following procedure describes the installation of a RCon The installation of a reference electrode and dummy electrode for glu lac urea is analog with the i
226. 3 6 V disk 12v drive 3 5 BK0343 100 240V 5V drive 5V Fig 1 PC tower version AT96 The PC tower of the version AT96 in the AVL OMNI includes the following components PC board based on the 486SLC Interface board AVLIFB Display IFT board Floppy drive Hard disk 3 5 Barcode scanner unit Thermal printer Speaker Accu 3 6 V Power supply unit for the entire AVL OMNI Fan for the PC unit Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 37 10 Previous revision levels 10 38 The display TFT 03210 the AVL OMNI has the special advantage of a very large reading angle range of more than 35 vertically 50 pole cable connects the display to the AVLIFB see Fig 2 J10 via the Display IFT board J3 On the display the 50 pole cable connects to Display IFR board J6 This card is necessary for the screen keys and the conversion of the screen signals From the Display IFR board a 20 pole cable connects to the actual flat screen and a TFT LCD converter necessary for background lighting The Display IFR board contains its own microcontroller which converts the signals from the matrix of the touch panel into serial signals It is assembled in the screen housing The TFT LCD converter is a transformer and provide the voltage supply for the flourescent lamp located behind the flat screen in the screen housing The hard disk is assembled on the inside
227. 3 U12 J9 i J10 H J7 J11 1 J5 1 J1 Fig 5 MSMAVL 1 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 41 10 Previous revision levels Display Technical data Changing the entire touch screen 10 42 The display of the AVL OMNI is a TFT LCD display type Sharp LQ10D321 Panel size 10 4 Pixel format 640 x 480 Dot pitch 10 11 0 33 Outline dim 246 5 x 179 4 x 9 5 mm Active area 211 2 x 158 4 mm Backlight type Cold cathodic flourescent tubes CCFT dual Colors 512 Temperature range 0 to 50 C Contrast 100 1 Viewing angle Response time Viewing angle optimum horizontal 35 vertical 10 30 When changing the touch screen please proceed as follows 1 Pull the screen forward and remove the 4 Phillips screws to open the screen housing Remove the Phillips screw from the cable clip and disconnect the 50 pole cable from the screen see Fig 6 Pull off both tubes on the sample distributor and remove from the securing clips The touch Screen can now be disassembled by removing the five Phillips screws Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE reconnecting Do not exchange the two tubes on the sample distributor when Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Changing the flourescent lamp When changing the
228. 4 bus are transferred to these building elements on the other the signals of the serial interfaces are conducted over the RS232 V24 level converter on 9 poled SUB MIN D bush The signals of the printer interface are carried out This printer board can be reached as a LPT2 see bellow Pin assignment Pin DCD Data carrier detected Pin2 RxD Receive data Pin3 TxD Transmit data Pin4 DTR Data terminal ready Pin5 GND Signal ground Pin6 DSR Data set ready Pin7 RTS Request to send Pin8 CTS Clear to send Pin9 RI Ring indicator The barcode scanner used allows the mixed operation of the scanner unit together with a standard PC AT keyboard To assure this operation the signals from the keyboard are carried out by an external connection Keyboard on the connector J7 The signals of the scanner unit are carried out over the external connection Barcode on the connector J5 see Fig 4 Pin assignment keyboard Pin clock Pin2 Data Pin4 GND Signal ground Pin5 Vcc 5V Pin assignment barcode scanner Pin 1 Vcc 5V Pin2 Data Pin3 GND Signal ground Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 65 10 Previous revision levels Printer interface LPT1 and LPT2 The AVL OMNI integrated printer is connected to the computer over the connector J9 on the logical interface LPT1 The signals of the second thermal printer board are ranked as LPT2 on the external connection LPT2 see Fig 4 and Fig 5 Flatdisplay in
229. 486SLC 12 AVLIFB 51 FLATIF 7 3 At higher revision levels the components can be replaced seperately When changing the flourescent lamps please proceed in the following manner 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Open the 4 cross slotted screws on the Touch screen and remove the rear wall of the Touch screen Loosen the screws on the Touch panel control and disconnect these cables Remove all other cables of both supply platines Remove the 4 distance bolts and open up the screen plate Remove both sheet metal strips which cover the flourescent lamps Remove all cables of the flourescent lamps out of their guidings and pull off 8 Remove the flourescent lamps Installation is done in the opposite sequence When changing the entire Touch screen the fan unit is to be dismounted Please follow the directions for Changing the Fan and the Filter see chapter 5 After dismounting the fan unit please proceed in the following manner 1 Remove all cables from the FLATIF 2 Remove both tubes see Fig 7 2 on the Sample distributor and remove from the securing clips 3 The Touch Screen can now be dismounted by removing the five cross slotted screws Installation is done in the opposite sequence NOTE Do not exchange the two tubes on the Sample distributor when reconnecting Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 LCD Display 1 10 Previous revision levels Backlight type Hot cathodic flourescent tubes
230. 5 o k o k not o k 5396 mV 1 1 30ms gt Fig 18 Strobing Border values First point in time After 10 ms during light off the scanning in of all fill level sensors and the question if the dark value is lt 4000 mV is performed If this is not the case a Fill error SYSTEM STOP is given In the test program the System Test Component Test Sensors Fill Level Sensors the artificial value of 5000 mV for Waste is shown Second point in time After Light on and a waiting time of 20 ms the scanning in of the lightness value takes place The difference between the lightness value and the darkness value must be gt 500 mV so that the sensor can detect empty The difference between the lightness value and the darkness value must be lt 500 mV but gt 50 mV so that the sensor can detect full If the difference is lt 50 mV a Fill error SYSTEM STOP is given In the test program System Test Component Test Sensors Fill Level Sensors The artificial value of 5396 mV is shown Differences between 0 and 49 mV are shown as Diff 0 mV Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 37 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the fill level sensors 5 38 With the help of the shutdown tubing set put the AVL OMNI out of operation see chapter 4 under Shutdown and follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information
231. 6 is calibrated before each action Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the T amp D module 5 Function modules from A 2 Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the entire T amp D module see Fig 86 6 please proceed as follows 1 2 oN OQ tan Boe Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Pull sample drip tray down and out Press the T amp D flap see Fig 86 7 downward Remove the fill port adapter see Fig 65 by turning it downward Remove the T amp D sample inlet path see Fig 86 5 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect all excluding D1 D2 and J1 connections from the T amp D control see Fig 62 and SS4 from the Mainboard After unscrewing the 4 Phillips screws on the T amp D module on the front of the analyzer the T amp D module can be removed ler ARI T BA TS 1 ke ER R55 R53 REL R60 59 Fig 62 T amp D control without T amp D sample sensor board Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 133 5 Function modules from A 2 Changing the optical sensors SS4 or SS6 554 554 554 b c SS6 556 at AVL OMNI 7 to 9 554 at AVL OMNI 4 T amp D housing with motor for turning movem
232. 6056 06 6 066 60 66666666666 6 6666 6666 3 12 C ER 3 13 Measurement M R 3 17 Environmental considerations Instrument 3 17 Environmental considerations 3 18 Environmental considerations Reagents 1 2 lt esset 3 18 Electrical requirements 3e ete coqseiecdsscicesecssccensdeccechsesscnsceadasieesecsseeasdesdoceacedsesacsesdosesasesseasscces 3 18 Data Manag MEM M 3 19 ClassificatiOn 3 19 3 19 fari 3 19 T st c rtiliCates 3 20 ACOUSTIC NOISE level eos ee eee eee ouv o ens dea eoa oou eo n ea e Eno ena EU en oua eu VS 3 20 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 l 3 Description of Functions Specifications 3 Description of functions Specifications Application The AVL OMNI is a modular fully automatic multi processor controlled Critical Care Analyzer It allows the measurement of blood gases total hemoglobin electrolytes hematocrit and metaboli
233. 7 XP0079 CS 50261 BB0551 Rev 22 tHb board 9700LB5 na BB0555 Rev 66 Motherboard 9700LC6 na BB0582 Rev 45 SD heat control 9700LC7 na BB0584 Rev 02 BFR board 9700LN3 na BB0630 Rev 04 Hemolyzer board 9700LO2 na BB0648 Relay board 9700LCC I1 70111 CS 43FE I2 XZ0110 CS 43DA BB0651 Rev 11 T amp D sensor 9700LT3 na BB0668 Rev_02 LCD converter 9700LR3 na BB0657 Rev 02 Sensorprint Waste 9700LCD na BB0663 Rev 13 PolyOx KX Control 9700LY3 I21 XP0139 CS CC93 I22 XZ0109 3 04 CS 73B6 BB0662 Rev 00 PolyOx Digital 9700LY2 15 138 5 51318 0661 02 PolyOx Analog 9700LY1 na BB0725 Rev 00 PolyOx Heat 9700LY4 na EN0311 Rev 00 PC MSMAS6V 104 EN0310 Rev 00 MSMAVL EN0309 Rev 2 5 B486SLC AT96 EN0308 Rev 00 AVLIFB BB0723 Rev 22 Display IFT 9700LR7 BB0722 Rev 22 Display IFR 9700LR6 BB0737 Rev 33 IFR Comm Board 9700LRA EL0273 Rev 00 TFT LCD Converter Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 31 10 Previous revision levels 10 32 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Manual revision 6 0 August 1997 Chapter 2 0 8 5525 255555555 5555606 60 566660065666 61509065 666666566 660666696068 56066 60666 666 10 36 Chapter 5 Function modules from A 7 1 0 0 1 1 10 37 modified chapters all applicable from soft
234. 7 06 NS 119quinu eros ojqeordde 00 0 6 UOISIA3 I enue W Vie V V ayepdn V V V ooueuojure 0 5 lt US Sr lt AS 07 lt US AS Joquinu 1 IIBMJJOS 0005 NS 0051 NS NS 10 NS elas opqeordde 186 AON 0 8 186 O L 116 Sny 0 9 L6 uel 0 5 196 AME Ot 96 PIEN O E S6 2294 9 UOISIA9 I Bale BDIAIABS 9 1611 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen 8 Maintenance Service area 8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE AREA P 8 1 Daily maintenance ssi eese eI Pte 8 1 Weekly Mani nen ance 8 2 3 monthly maintenance eu 8 2 Half yearly maintenance eaters tar its ocho exi ae e pu os gerne uUa en PORE Tae eal 8 3 Yearly maintenance eicere neg ER vete tete PEE idet leuc 8 4 Yearly maintenance at AutoQC module nennen 8 4 Every 3 years iine osito ip ere Eyre e Roe ee n oe Pee eese e 8 5
235. 8 14 WEL ENE t bet teret ede y eee rines 3 19 WATTS 35e cere trac E 5 28 YZ distributor board Changing the YZ distributor board 5 10 YZ distributor board AutoQC module 5 6 2 Z distributor board Changing the Z distributor 5 11 Z distributor board AutoQC 5 7 u controller AutoQC 5 5 Index 4 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000
236. 8 CS 13A8 BB0668 Rev_02 LCD converter 9700LR3 na BB0657 Rev 02 Sensorprint Waste 9700LCD POLYOX KX Control 9700LY3 I21 XP0139 I22 XZ0109 3 01 BB0662 Rev 00 POLYOX Digital 9700LY2 I5 XP0138 BB0661 01 POLYOX Analog 9700LY1 na 0725 00 POLYOX Heat 9700LY4 na EN0290 Rev 2 2 PC EN0289 Rev 82 FLATIF EN0288 Rev 61 AVLIFB EL0230 TFT converter Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 5 10 Previous revision levels Chapter 5 Function modules from A 2 Changing the power supply unit When changing the power supply unit please proceed as follows Switch off the AVL OMNI Open the 6 cross slotted screws on the back of the analyzer Remove the rear wall diagonally in the upward direction Remove the grounding plug from the rear wall Unplug all cables and grounding from the power supply unit Loosen the cross slotted screw see Fig 5 9 and remove the power supply unit towards the rear of the analyzer Installation is done in the opposite sequence 10 6 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels PC components PC tower J1 J3 J2 J4 Flat dcr Thermo printer Touch panel V 5 24V To Motherboard J5 52 1 18 Opto J10 RS232 Power supply BK0337 to Mainboard AVLIFB 1 6 Inter PC B486SLC CNA face Bus Barcode wand 5V CNB Pen 5V red
237. 800 COOX HW error 16 no yes Supply voltage error gt change PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 change see chapter 5 Alarm on Avopto report 00000000 00000800 COOX HW error 32 Cuvette heater error gt change Cuvette holder and or PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 change see chapter 5 9 44 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting COOX Slave error AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only Call up System Util Service Area Switches 1 Avopto Report Alarm on Avopto report 00000000 00001000 COOX slave error 8 Communication error between PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 and polychromator Flat cable of the polychromator not connected no yes Connect flat cable Replace polychromator change see chapter 5 COOX Temp error AVL OMNI 3 6 9 only Cuvette heater connected flat cable from cuvette holder to PolyOx KS control 9700 LY3 no yes Measure voltage at NTC on PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 J8 4 J8 I1 desired value 300 2150 mV Call up System Util Service Area Switches 1 Avopto Report Alarm on Avopto report 00000000 00000800 COOX temp error 32 NTC shorted or interrupted gt change cuvette holder change see chapter 5 Connect cuvette heater and reset PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 Glu is defective Lac is defective Urea is defective AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only See also MSS status page 9 98 This alarm is f
238. 9 25259 25243 25232 25234 25239 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 2 5 2 Revisions Date of Superior PC HS MM COOX release version number version version version version Remark SN 13 03 2000 5 50 5 520 5 541 5 610 5 025 OMNI 1 gt 5960 OMNI 2 gt 5961 OMNI 3 25977 OMNI 4 25966 5 25936 OMNI 6 25991 OMNI 7 25922 OMNI 8 25925 OMNI 9 25969 Service Manual Edition May 2000 Rev 9 0 2 6 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen aoas 10 SNOTADI 1e1deuo 295 SARIS snorAoud estou onsnooy SIII 1591 WSPOM uorsuounq UONLIIJISSEJ D juouroSeueur sjuouromboi Pomp Ve sjuaSvay suomeioprsuoo V Ve Ses 8 SuOneJopIsuoo alal e SJUISVIY V sjuejnseoynue Jo od L seum oA o dureg V Vie soyep V sjuouroJnseoui Jo add Ve V suoneqipeo sIojoure1ed pore no e son eA sIojoure ed juouroJnseo uoneorddy V o V 07 lt lt AS US 0
239. 914 5915 5916 gt 5917 gt 5718 gt 5936 AVL OMNI 4 AVL OMNI 5 AVL OMNI 9 5927 gt 5928 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the PC board B486SLC 5x86 A007 5 Function modules from A 2 Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the PC board see Fig 85 4 please proceed as follows 1 2 6 Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove the 2 Phillips screws see Fig 84 10 securing the power supply unit Remove the 3 Phillips screws see Fig 84 a b securing the PC unit AVLIFB PC board B486SLC and panel slightly lift the PC unit and carefully swivel it to the side Pull off the PC board from the Interface board Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE If PC board B486SLC and AVLIFB have the following revision Changing the Interface board AVLIFB levels the boards have to be replaced together in case of malfunction PC board B486SLC 1 2 AVLIFB 34 At higher revision levels the components can be replaced separately Electrostatic Sensitive Device The changing of the Interface board see Fig 85 5 is done in the same manner as the changing of the PC board see above 1 2 3 Disconnect all cables from the PC unit Remove
240. AVL OMNI Software is recommended See System not correct on HD or HD may have bad clusters Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 57 9 Troubleshooting Transmitting LED Mainboard not no yes Error on Mainboard Scenario 9 Receiving LED on PC lights in the same rhythm as the transmitting LED on Mainboard no yes Data transfer from Mainboard to is Receiving LED on PC remains dark no yes Problem with data transfer from Mainboard to PC check light gate e Cable laying e Check light gate for damage e Disconnect light gate on PC and check if a red flash is visible if yes gt error in receiving element from PC Transmitting LED on PC lights in the same rhythm as transmitting LED from Mainboard or receiving LED from PC access to the hard disk takes place at each light flash error protocol no yes PC receives data and responds properly Transmitter LED on PC remains dark yes e Error PC change AVLIFB change see chapter 5 e Change PC board B486SLC change see chapter 5 Receiving LED on Mainboard lights in the same rhythm as transmitting LED no yes Booting process should actually function Error on Mainboard EPROM or PC install software again see chapter 8 under Software update Receiving LED on Mainboard remains dark Problem with data transfer from Mainboard to PC check light gate e Cable laying e Check
241. Aspiration Status Conductivity Aspiration Temp BG ISE MSS tHB BG ISE MSS BG ISE MSS lt E gt 10 44 Zero Solution lt E gt 10 44 Fill Levels lt E gt 10 44 MSS Polarization Running Stby 10 45 FMS 0 50 lt gt Empty Ref lt gt MSS SOL D 36 28 46 27 47 49 1328 11 642 14 571 49 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 15 7 Functional procedures Wash cycle Example of an Electrode Pot MSS report after termination AVL OMNI Service Report Electrode Potentials MSS 29 05 1998 10 59 Serial Number 2393 Range 29 05 1998 10 29 29 05 1998 10 59 lt gt Empty Ref Pol Chk 29 05 1998 10 32 Potential Standard Deviation BS LA GL NH K UR BS LA GL NH K UR lt E gt 10 32 Zero Solution lt E gt 10 32 Fill Levels lt E gt 10 36 MSS Polarization Running C2 22 807 834 42 53 241 D 20 124 88 1305 618 553 2 6 780 815 37 49 234 35 141 90 1324 637 567 2 9 774 813 40 52 236 36 143 95 1334 648 578 2 8 770 816 40 50 236 34 144 97 1343 656 586 2 7 761 816 39 49 236 34 145 100 1350 663 594 Stby 10 43 FMS 0 50 MSS Counter 620 Wash 29 05 1998 10 43 Potential Standard Deviation BS LA GL NH K UR BS LA GL NH K UR E 10 32 Zero Solution E 10 32 Fill Levels E 10 36 MSS Polarization Running Stby 10 45 FMS 0 50 MSS Counter 714 lt gt
242. B0630 Rev 04 Hemolyzer board 9700LO2 na BB0648 Relay board 9700LCC XZ0111 CS 43FE I2 XZ0110 CS 43DA BB0651 Rev 11 T amp D sensor 9700LT3 na BB0668 Rev 02 LCD converter 9700LR3 na BB0657 Rev 02 Sensorprint Waste 9700LCD na BB0663 Rev 13 PolyOx KX Control 9700LY3 I21 XP0139 CS CC93 I22 XZ0109 3 04 CS 73B6 BB0662 Rev 00 PolyOx Digital 9700LY2 15 138 5 51318 0661 02 PolyOx Analog 9700LY1 na BB0725 Rev 00 PolyOx Heat 9700LY4 na EN0311 Rev 00 PC MSM486V 104 EN0310 Rev 00 MSMAVL EN0309 Rev 2 5 B486SLC AT96 EN0308 Rev 6 4 AVLIFB BB0723 Rev 22 Display IFT 9700LR7 BB0722 Rev 22 Display IFR 9700LR6 BB0737 Rev 33 IFR Comm Board 9700LRA EL0273 Rev 00 TFT LCD Converter 10 36 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Chapter 5 Function modules from A 2 PC components applicable from SN 1500 to 2560 for SN lt 1500 see this chapter under Manual revision 3 0 PC tower AT96 with PC B486SLC Display TFT To Motherboard 0447 5 50 BK0344 TB3 TB2 18 Power supply 0345 J10 AVLIFB COM1 98 PC B486SLC SNA face Barcode scanner unit RS232 to Mainboard 45V red 12V white 24V yellow Ground black 12V blue 1 CNB Pen connectors 2 2 Hard disk
243. B0760 AQC control board I13 XP0177 CS 2565 I23 XZ0145 CS 65E0 BB0771 Rev 00 YZ distributor board BB0772 Rev 00 Z distributor board 10 48 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Manual revision 8 0 November 1998 Chapter 2 ReyislOnS ees ees eere era cen eee ev se penu eaae e ua Na ee Pee a ees EEEE EEES aee a aa E Ve ea ERES ae ers 10 52 Chapter 3 Description of Functions 2 nee nete 10 54 Chapter 5 Function modules from 7 0 1 esee sese noe 10 55 Chapter 9 1 1 s sees esas senes tenen 10 78 modified chapters all applicable from software version 5 0 Summary Chapter Page Modification Addition Cover page Contents 1 10 2 5 3 1 and 3 2 3 5 3 7 3 9 BUN and SO c under Calculated parameters added 3 10 Type of calibrations updated under of measurements added 3 11 Sample dates and calibration times updated 3 13 3 14 Reagents for Urea added Solution 1 3 5 and D 3 16 Storage conditions in original packages for reagents updated 3 18 Acoustic noise level reduced to 55 dB 4 2 Fig 1 updated 4 3 4 4 Insertion of bottle compartment cov
244. BB0760 AQC control board I13 XP0177 CS 2565 I23 XZ0145 CS 65E0 BB0771 Rev 00 YZ distributor board BB0772 Rev 01 Z distributor board 10 82 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Acoustic noise level 2 eere e a 3 20 Activate deactivate urea 4 5 8 15 tentes 5 3 E rin ees 5 73 AOC cable treec ii eere edes 5 13 AQC control board orenera ettet 5 5 Changing the AQC control board 5 7 maintenance 5 17 AQC optical light guides 5 13 AQC power 5 13 AQC temperature correlation 5 6 5 18 8 10 AQC wash tbe 5 13 Aspiration status codes during 9 108 during 9 101 Examples etcetera Tee PERSE 9 112 AutoQC 8 15 AutoQC module 5 4 Adj stment oe et ber eeu tei 8 15 El CttOnic iu rrt IEEE eS 5 4 FONGO ee d o 5 4 AVL deproteinizer 1 1 6 3 16 AVE thin cede Oe ert 4 18 ER 8 8 Bacteria filter tt Rte e eg 5 24 5 163 Barcode control rre 5 24 Barcode scanner 5 25 Barcode types esee tete 5 25 Bar
245. BP1937 should be installed between Waste container and vacuum pump Check bottle connectors Visual check for cleanness to make sure the K electrical insulation is not impaired 5 Check bottle spikes Visual check for contamination and damage K 5 Check container tubes for Solution 2 and 4 Visual check for corrosion K 5 Check sensor for Waste cover T2 Visual check for damage K 5 Yearly maintenance at AutoQC module option Steel tube Wash port and thw tube at valve are parts of the AQC maintenance kit Changing the steel tube See chapter 5 C 5 Changing the wash port See chapter 5 C 5 Changing the tube at valve See chapter 5 C 5 Check whether steel tube is centered in If not activate K ampoule System Util Service Area AutoQC 5 Adjustment Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 5 Unscheduled Cleaning the bottle compartment Cleaning the touch screen Checking brightness of touch screen Half yearly or during an electrode change checking the measuring chamber for dirt Cleaning the fill level sensor for Waste Check the thermal printer paper supply in the printer Check the fill port for dirt Deproteinizing the MC cartridge 8 Maintenance Service area For details please refer to Operator s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance Cleaning with testprogram Options Cleaning Clean Display Caution clean damp with 3 NaOCl solution for
246. C cartridge ES ua reservoir Vacuum Pipe reservoir of FMS system pump GLU LAC Urea Suction MCI V13 FMS air bubble trap 8 5 5 21 5 MCC Air Y MCI V VBI Back OO 6 7 pressure 2 Ref Jun 2 gt 2 Ee SER valve gE ON 4 Dock Air LI Ww nozzle 7 V23 v2 V24 E MS n Or HO tHb air bubble trap 553 552 554 554 554 tHb Hemolyzer tHb cartridge o O T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 Waste RINSE Solution B Solution Solution D CAL 1 KCI BG KCI ISE KCI MSS I Er A e az 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 7 42 Fig 16 Tubing diagram 16 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Filling the MSS measuring chamber with Solution D Peristaltic pump iO PP cartridge 7 Functional procedures
247. COOX ISE tHb 1 separation of ISE 2 separation of ISE 2 separation of tHb COOX 3 positioning of ISE 3 positioning of ISE 4 removal of excess sample 4 removal of excess sample 5 positioning of tHb COOX 5 positioning of tHb COOX BG tHb ISE MSS separation of BG BG ISE tHb MSS separation of BG 2 separation of tHb COOX 2 positioning of BG 3 positioning of BG separation of ISE separation of ISE 3 separation of tHb COOX 4 positioning of ISE 4 positioning of ISE 5 separation of MSS 5 separation of MSS 6 positioning of MSS 6 positioning of MSS 7 positioning of tHb COOX 7 positioning of tHb COOX BG ISE MSS 1 separation of BG tHb ISE MSS 1 separation of tHb COOX 2 positioning of 2 separation of ISE separation of ISE 3 positioning of ISE 3 positioning of ISE 4 separation of MSS 4 separation of MSS 5 positioning of MSS 5 positioning of MSS 6 positioning of tHb COOX BG tHb MSS separation of BG tHb MSS 1 separation of tHb COOX separation of tHb COOX 2 separation of MSS positioning of BG 3 positioning of MSS separation of MSS 4 positioning of tHb COOX positioning of MSS positioning of tHb COOX ISE tHb MSS Un amp T2 separation of ISE separation of tHb COOX positioning of ISE separation of MSS positioning of MSS positioning of tHb COOX Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 7 7 Functional procedures Position
248. Ca According to Table 2 page 9 99 this means sample pos error During the aspiration cycle of the recalibration a flag 9 occurred for CO According to Table 4 page 9 107 this means PO2 recalibration difference too great or the printout NE Diff on the electrode status report Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 91 9 Troubleshooting 3rd Report Electrode pot 9 92 Printout under Options Report Service Report Displays electrode potentials standard deviation of the calibration values HL1 Designation e g Cal M Wash date time HL2 Potential Standard Deviation HL3 pH 02 CO Na K pH O2 CO Na K Ca IL Cycle name six pack value 1 parameter standard deviation parameter alarms Optobus errors Six pack value 1 measured value The latest valid calibration value is displayed for each parameter In the 1P calibration this is the basic potential in the 2P calibration the slope and in a measurement it is the measured value Limit and typical values can be found on page 9 110 Calibration Parameter Limits Standard deviation of calibration values by parameter For limit values page 9 110 Calibration Parameter Limits High standard deviations for all parameters in one measuring chamber indicate a reference problem Standard deviations increasing with the distance to the reference electrode indicate crosscurrents Increased values for just on
249. D control 2 IE FLATIF canceled at devices SN gt 1500 3 Ejection flaps Fan and filter 5 Vacuum sensor 6 staves Peristaltic pump 7 tHb COOX module Container pipe 9 Hemolyzer board LEES Connection tubes to vacuum pump 9 sees Fluid level detector board 2 AQC cable tree AutoQC supply 3 DUNS Container pipe Mix line Mya eR Se Use Fluid mixing system FMS 5 ERAT Container pipe ERES Buffer line to ventilate Solution B Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 165 5 Function modules from A 4 5 166 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 UOTSTADI 0 0002 Ae 0 6 wININO TAY enue 891S 20 M N V 1e3deuo oos uorsiAo1 JO 597015 uomneoripo A vje T 2 Vie mo uoneaqme V dms 1591 05 5 lt 5 YS UOISTAIA 41 08 NS eLros 100 ABW 0 6 TOISIA enuen V V Vie Vie vyeq juoeurounseour 2 Vie V V V V V V gt y o V V Ve V Ve 41155 V V V V V V ise V V V V Vie M LIUN l 0 5
250. D converters are transformers and provide the voltage supply for both flourescent lamps located behind the flat screen in the screen housing The hard disk is fastened to the innerside of the PC tower the floppy drive on the rear side of the PC towers seen from the rear wall of the analyzer see Fig 6 2 and 3 When changing the entire PC tower please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 1 with the exception of 6 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Unscrew the right side part the screws are accessible from the inside Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Unplug all cables of the PC tower nn Loosen the two cross slotted screws on the side wall and at the bottom of the analyzer and remove the PC tower towards the rear of the analyzer Installation is done in the opposite sequence Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 10 Previous revision levels PC B486SLC The basic part of the PC is a PC board of type B486SLC The single printed circuit board PC B486SLC contain complete PC electronics including storage and driver for the floppy drive hard disk printer and the two types of flat screen It is connected on the AVLIFB with 2 plug ledges AT96 bus and interfacebus This is fastened to the rear wall of the PC tower see Fig 6 5 and includes the necessary interface expansion with the corresponding plug conn
251. Digital 9700LY2 I5 XP0138 CS 1318 BB0661 Rev 02 POLYOX Analog 9700LY1 na BB0725 Rev 00 POLYOX Heat 9700LY4 na EN0311 Rev 00 PC MSMAS6V 104 EN0310 Rev 00 MSMAVL EN0309 Rev 2 5 B486SLC AT96 EN0308 Rev 00 AVLIFB BB0723 Rev 22 Display IFT 9700LR7 BB0722 Rev 22 Display IFR 9700LR6 BB0737 Rev 33 IFR Comm Board 9700LRA EL0273 Rev 00 TFT LCD Converter Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 27 10 Previous revision levels 10 28 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Manual revision 5 0 January 1997 2 8 55252 5525555 5 5855 066 056666065666 656558926566 6666666 660666656506 980656066 6666 660 10 31 modified chapters all applicable from software version 3 0 Summary Chapter Page Modification Addition Cover page Increase of revision number from 4 0 to 5 0 Contents updated 1 6 Decontamination of AutoQC module outside surfaces added 2 1 Revision numbers updated 3 2 Fig 3 1 updated 3 3 Text under AutoQC module added 3 9 Duration of calibration changed from 2 5 minutes to 1 5 minutes e Text modification under Type of measurements 3 10 Text added under Type of anticoagulants e Volume of Solution 2 4 changed from 30 ml to 25 ml Deproteinizer and Hb Calibrator added AutoQC module under Dimensions and Weigh
252. EP Glu Lac BUN Temp a f R FIO P50 Tg ctHb E 2 free definable customer lines so called respiration dates only used when the patient is connected ic Only at AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 a calculated parameter tHb replacement value if tHb could not be measured Only at AVL 1 to an input value suitable input parameters e g patient ID operator ID can also be entered with the aid of the barcode scanner Comments Accession Code Department to a respirator k 3 8 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 Description of Functions Specifications Calculated parameters Range pH at patient temperature pH I DAT 8 Standard pH value tere ecce pHs 8 5 PCO at patient temperature 9 PCO c sinet 200 mmHg PO at patient PO 742 mmHg Hydrogen ion cH 1000 nmol l Hydrogen ion concentration at patient temperature 1000 nmol l Bicarbonate concentration lt 100 mmol l Standard cHCO i 100 mmol l Total CO concentration in ctCO P 100 mmol l Total CO concentration in
253. Fig 56 6 5 Remove the fill port adapter see Fig 56 5 by turning it downwards 6 Remove the T amp D cover by pressing the lower edges in an upward direction and pull it off toward the top 7 Remove the sample inlet path see Fig 56 4 8 Push the bypass cartridge see Fig 56 b in the direction of the arrow downwards and remove the bypass nipple see Fig 56 a 9 Pivot the FMS air bubble trap see Fig 56 3 towards the right outside NOTE Make sure that the FMS air bubble trap is fully swiveled out to make the nipple accessible 10 Pull off the tube see Fig 56 1 from the sample distributor and the SD cartridge NOTE Be careful when removing and attaching the tubing at the upper nipple to V15 Do not use a sharp edged pair of tweezers to pull off the tube 11 Release the SD cartridge by turning the 3 holding levers see Fig 56 2 90 to the left 12 Lift the SD cartridge on the right upper end and rotate outwards 13 Disconnect the electrode plugs black and white see Fig 32 from the MC cartridge 14 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 15 Disconnect the flat cable of the MSS module from the Motherboard and the ground cable 16 Open the following screws Holding screw for the sample distributor see Fig 56 7 screw on the left side of each measuring chamber screw on the side of the sample distributor Fig 56 C 17 Swivel the sample distributor block measuring chamber unit car
254. HS board and activate above test again Does the LED remain dark no yes Check connection J8 on Motherboard e Change HS board change see chapter 5 e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 Reconnect the connector J2 between hemolyzer and HS board and activate the test again Does the LED still remain dark Change hemolyzer change see chapter 5 9 46 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 2 Check voltages on Motherboard with DVM Testpins see chapter 5 Checking the supply voltage and the reference voltage Reference voltage 2 5 V not OK but supply voltages 5 V 12 V 24 V are OK no yes Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Reference voltage 2 5V OK but supply voltages 5 V 12 V 24 V are not OK e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 DC cabletree J5 defective change see chapter 5 e Power supply defective gt Scenario 3 Scenario 3 Check power fuse Fuse OK yes no Change fuse change see chapter 5 Power supply unit defective Change power supply change see chapter 5 ISE Temp error AVL OMNI 4 to 9 only Troubleshooting like BG Temp error page 9 38 Lac is defective AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only See page 9 45 Maintenance pending A maintenance procedure has to be performed gt Perform maintenance corresponding AVL OMNI Operator s Manual chapter 9 Maintena
255. I 6 22166 3 018 OMNI 1 22370 OMNI 2 22323 OMNI 3 22415 OMNI 4 22390 OMNI 5 22434 OMNI 6 22403 3 018 OMNI 1 22411 OMNI 2 22446 OMNI 3 22455 OMNI 4 22429 OMNI 5 22471 OMNI 6 22459 3 055 OMNI 1 22408 OMNI 2 22445 OMNI 3 22462 OMNI 4 22489 OMNI 5 22527 OMNI 6 22536 3 055 OMNI 1 22411 OMNI 2 22446 OMNI 3 22455 OMNI 4 22490 OMNI 5 22532 OMNI 6 22523 18 08 1997 4 04 4 041 4 094 4 065 4 003 Release OMNI 7 22651 AVL OMNI OMNI 8 22692 7 to 9 only OMNI 9 22682 27 01 1997 3 05 3 036 3 107 24 03 1997 3 10 3 504 3 112 12 05 1997 3 31 3 048 3 569 02 06 1997 3 32 3 048 3 569 2 4 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 2 Revisions 18 11 1997 Date of release PC version Superior version number HS version MM version version 4 117 4 084 4 003 Remark 23069 22762 23035 23120 23015 23008 gt 3111 23010 23063 20 04 1998 19 05 1998 4 50 4 215 4 218 5 061 5 044 4 010 5 061 5 044 4 010 23340 23209 23349 23340 23344 23352 23322 23324 23315 23403 23399 23377 23405 23401 23390 23321 23382 23388 18 11 1998 22 03 1999 5 02 4 322 5 10 4 330 5 517 5 594 5 023 5 531 5 602 5 024 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25270 25172 25256 2520
256. IL switch MM Reset key
257. LAC Urea MCI v9 Suction A v11 v13 5 Lc MCI XN FMS air bubble trap ch c 375 Ref Jun CI Ca v5 5 mco NM d Air V T MCI Ney Y VBO VBI Back OO ressure Ref Jun pH 2 2 gt 4 Dock Air 9 LJ J l M v23 v2 V24 2 nome Q L3 7 air bubble trap SS N 553 552 554 554 554 tHb i 5 tHb cartridge TUN cO 19 Pos 8 Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 Neondone W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 CAL 1 KCl BG KCI ISE KCl MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D NS SZ 2_ pic 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 5 FMS volume error errors of scenario 6 test of V17 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting MC Cover error BG MC Cover error ISE MC Cover error MSS Is the MC cover BG ISE MSS open no yes Close MC cover Is the problem with the BG or ISE measuring chamber no yes Hall sensor BG ISE defective gt change MC module change see chapter 5 MSS measuring chamber Cover switch MSS dirty clean cover switch
258. LED s on the Mainboard Room temperature lt 15 C Check connections J20 on Motherboard or J7 on Connector board Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Change MSS module change see chapter 5 Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 9 48 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 2 Check voltages on Motherboard with a DVM Testpins see chapter 5 Checking the supply voltage and the reference voltage Reference voltage 2 5V not OK but supply voltages 5V 12V 24V are OK no yes Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Reference voltage 2 5V OK but supply voltages 5V 12V 24V are not OK e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 DC cabletree J5 defective change see chapter 5 e Power supply defective gt Scenario 3 Scenario 3 Check power fuse Fuse OK yes no Change fuse change see chapter 5 Power supply unit defective Change power supply change see chapter 5 MSS polarization not ok AVL 7 to 9 only Possible error causes volume of the blood sample used for polarization was either not enough or had air bubbles included e Immediately after the blood polarization the initial Sol 3 Sol D or Ref Sol 3 for urea aspirations show sample e Alarm is also caused due an automatic or manual termination of the polarization process due to
259. MS Tubes st 1 Install Uninstall AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only Urea J Troubleshooting P EMS Volume Error I Vacuum Error AutoQC Wash Error This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Switches 1 AutoQC Fig 4 Calibration Util Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 6 7 6 System functions QC measurement Data manager Options siehe Abb 6 1 Y CR v Measurement F 7 a Data Manager Options 4 M d Level 1 evel ge y 4 Sample Qc Maintenance Wash gt Level 2 y s t Vacuum Cleaning P X Interrupt for Cleaning gt Zoom gt Zoom Show All Edit Cleaning Clean Display f N M E 9 iw J Cleaning of MSS Tubes Z n H gt Level3 x x 2 1 4 P gt Search Search H gt Accepted Search Calibration for iN J P gt 4 Ready Level 4 d E 5 gt Sort Sort Mark Sort J S 2 J Done gt Maintenance gt Skip _ _ _ Miscellaneous gt 4 s c UN M
260. MSS calibration added and duration of calibration updated 3 11 e Sample dates and calibration times added and updated e Text added under Sample volumes 3 13 3 1 Contents Sol 1 4 changed from 25 ml to 40 ml 3 15 3 1 Values of temperature humitity for instrument and electrodes added MSS temperature range adjustable between 25 C and 30 C 3 16 Transport conditions of MSS electrodes in original packages changed from 38 C to 50 4 Options added 4 7 bis 4 8 Installation of MSS cartridge actualized 4 9 item 47 activation of the AQC temperature sensor added 4 19 Fig 22 updated temperature sensor added added 5 1 Text added 5 3 Fig 2 updated temperature sensor added 5 4 Fig 3 updated temperature sensor added 5 5 Temperature sensor added 5 6 Note under Changing the AQC control board added 5 16 Changing the AQC temperature sensor added 5 17 Fig 9 updated temperature sensor added Number of pages revers to Service Manual Rev 6 0 August 97 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 45 10 Previous revision levels 5 22 Table of default settings of DIL switches at Barcode control actualized 5 52 Text added under MSS measuring chamber Function because of adjustable MSS measuring chamber temperature 5 56 5 97 5 105 5 146 5 148 6 7 1 3 7 6 Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber with Sol un
261. MSS measuring chamber 5 62 Steel tube AutoQC 5 16 Synclironiz tioD 3 oet exer x eee eel 5 34 9 1 System c e de eae RI GE 9 1 T amp D disks s Ibn ui mie 5 136 5 130 T amp D tubing 0 00011 5 136 Temperature sensor AutoQC 5 6 8 10 Test certific tes 5 eos ee 3 20 Test eere 6 2 tHb RIGEN 5 91 tere eee eR 5 128 Toothed belt long AutoQC module 5 20 Toothed belt short AutoQC module 5 20 9 a 9 1 Tubing diagrams 7 27 Type of 2 221 3 10 Vacuum 5 138 Vacuum pump 02010 5 139 Vacuum sensor 5 140 Valve bus rue eie Te eei 5 28 5 141 b AM tds wel rosie tus ce ous 5 141 Val Ve ead ra EP HT 5 139 VP VALVE eit item 5 139 Wash water nozzle tee e Ra 5 137 Waste cap completely eerte eere oen 5 40 Waste Cap 2 5 39 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Index Wavelength cal COOX module
262. Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Aerosol trap applicable from SN 5000 on Function The aerosol trap is used to prevent fluids waste or solid particles from being aspirated into the vacuum pump Changing the aerosol trap When changing the aerosol trap please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 1 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 2 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 3 Pull off the tubels from the aerosol trap Open the cable clip Fig 2 Aerosol trap NOTE Assure correct installation position of the aerosol trap The tubes must point upward see figure Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 3 5 Function modules from A 4 AutoQC module optional Function Electronic 5 4 NOTE When transporting the AVL OMNI with AutoQC module installed do not use the AutoQC module to carry the instrument Never operate the AutoQC module with open cover The AutoQC module is a unit which in conjunction with the AVL OMNI performs automatic quality control measurements at times pregrogrammed by the user The module consists of the ampoule holder for 120 ampoules maximally and a steel tube which after being positioned by motors in Y Y and Z direction breaks the bottom of the ampoule and withdraws QC fluid The aspirated QC fluid is transp
263. NI Activate System Setup Time amp Intervals Date Time Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 41 9 Troubleshooting Check Levels One of the reagent bottles is nearly empty gt a bottle change must be made soon Check MSS Solutions One of the MSS reagent bottles is nearly empty gt replace bottle soon Electrode Dirty Defect This alarm is flashed when the slope of the Cl electrode falls below 100 mV This is usually resolved by cleaning the electrode Activate System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Cleaning Routines Activate the ISE module and press Start External Cleaning Introduce the external cleaning agent in the fill port After the cleaning routine is done stay in Fluid Actions Call up Wetting Electrodes ISE Electrodes Perform a wetting with a wetting agent e g whole blood The system automatically starts a calibration after exiting the program Another manner to resolve this error is to clean the Cl electrode with the dental floss provided in the cleaning kit In the Ready mode open the ISE MC cover and remove the Cl electrode Gently pull the dental floss as described in AT0427 through the electrode once Re insert the electrode close the measuring chamber and wait for the warm up to complete When the AVL OMNI returns to Ready activate System Cal System Cal 9 42 Service Man
264. NI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 Introduction Commercial disinfectant Decontamination Sample drip tray Fill port A commercially available alcoholic disinfectant containing aldehyde should be used e g Meliseptol Please refer to the product description of the surface disinfectant NOTE Do not use the disinfectant for internal decontamination For external decontamination AVL Deproteinizer is especially recommended You may also use a commercially available alcoholic disinfectant containing aldehyde In case of heavy contamination the sample drip tray may be exchanged and discarded in accordance with local regulations Before exchanging the sample drip tray decontaminate it using a cotton swab saturated in disinfectant Lift the drip tray and pull it out toward the bottom The sample drip tray prevents contamination of the bottle compartment in case of improper sample introduction Decontaminate a dirty sample drip tray using a cotton swab saturated in disinfectant Procedure 1 Activate the function program Options Cleaning Interrupt for cleaning Open bottle compartment cover Pull sample drip tray down and out Clean decontaminate and decontaminate or replace it Close bottle compartment cover Bo Press the key Interrupt upon completion of this maintenance procedure The system performs a washing drying procedure and will return to the Ready screen Decontaminate fill port using a cotton sw
265. OX 4 Positioning of ISE Peristaltic pump CX 6 Positioning of MSS 7 Removal of excess sample 8 Positioning of tHb or COOX 7 Functional procedures PP cartridge v with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Cm Xu C AP AB Sample distributor and 5 Bypass cartridge S MC cartridge MCO v20 c VSO i ee Vacuum co 6 Pipe reservoir of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea v9 Suction MCO MCC vii X V13 2 4 FMS air bubble trap Q om 5 Te Ref Jun Na K CI s v5 5 Oe MCO MCC NER E ir V 2 VBI s 90 Ref Jun pH 2 12159 E 1 2 Dock f 3 P02 Air 1 V23 v2 5 Op
266. Optobus Error Counter 001000 E 10 40 Fill Levels M 0 0 0 11 11 11 0 N 3 2 E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 014 0 22 0 06 0 05 0 06 0 05 0 0 0 0 0 0 D 5 5 Stby 10 40 FMS 0 78 MSS Counter 931522 lt gt MSS SOL_D 30 25 29 95 26 21 334 44 227 78 371 52 lt gt Empty Ref lt gt Flush Ref Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 95 9 Troubleshooting Explanation At 10 38 a m a status 11 occurred during sample aspiration regarding parameters NH K and UR According to table 4 page 9 107 this means Calc 3 9 96 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 6th Report Electrode Pot MSS 9 Troubleshooting Printout under Options Report Service Report Displays electrode potentials standard deviation of the calibration values HL1 Designation e g Cal M Wash date time HL2 Potential Standard Deviation HL3 BS LA GL NH K UR BS LA GL NH K UR IL Cycle name six pack value 1 parameter standard deviation parameter alarms Optobus errors Six pack value 1 measured value The latest valid calibration value is displayed for each parameter In the MSS Ref calibration this is the basis potential for the MSS Int 1P Slp calibration it is the respective slope Limit and typical values can be found on page 9 110 Calibration Parameter Limits Standard deviation of calibration values by parame
267. P EMULATION MODE deactivated not used not used not used not used burn in test deactivated valves equipped with linear actuators not used Measuring module control MM right row seen from the rear Rocker switch 1 nly ny gt not used not used amplifier interchanged short warm up after power on not used not used OMNI tester switch test deactivated OMNI tester switch test deactivated Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 Main control HS left row seen from the rear LED 1 is on the left LED 1 Reset should only light up briefly when turning on 2 Optobus transmitter HS lights slightly glimmers 3 Optobus receiver HS 4 Optobus transmitter MM 5 IRQ HS for Opto RS232 blinks similarly to the large LED s on the left 6 RISM HS only for R amp D tests normal dark 7 IRQ chart recorder MM only for R amp D tests is always blinking 8 NMI RISM MM only for R amp D tests normal dark Measuring module control MM right row seen from the rear LED 1 Temperature regulator BG MM 2 Temperature regulator ISE MM 3 Temperature regulator MSS MM 4 24 V tHb module supply temperature fuse 5 Temperature regulator SD 6 ower supply 5 V must always light up 7 power supply 12 V must always light up
268. RINSE lution B lution Solution D GAS Ke BG KCl ISE MSS aste S Solution Solution uti AS A5 EL NE M 556 AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 2 Tubing diagram 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 7 28 7 Functional procedures Filling during calibration Peristaltic pump ZO PP cartridge with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge MC cartridge T E V c FEN v8 4 E A Pipe reservoir LA of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI Suction MCC FMS air bubble trap
269. Ref Jun pH 2 2 1 581 valve 5 o oj WW nozzle f V23 O LW tHb air bubble trap y 552 554 554 554 tHb ri K m cart idge 2 W19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 2 solution Cal 3 Na conditioner Cal 2 Cleaning solution W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C Solution D CAL 1 KCI BG KCI ISE KCl MSS S pec eM 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 18 Tubing diagram 18 7 44 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Prepare Int 1P SlIp PP cartridge Peristaltic pump tH eo eel Sg V17 m V15 7 Functional procedures with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge
270. Remove the fill port adapter see Fig 3 by turning it townward Washer Fig 3 Fill port adapter 5 Decontaminate the washer of the fill port and the whole fill port using a cotton swab saturated in disinfectant 6 The fill port adapter can now be used as a tool Insert the fill port adapter into the slit of the holding disk and turn the holding disk a fourth of a turn to the right or left At the same time hold the T amp D disk firmly 7 Remove clean and decontaminate T amp D disk 8 Assemble T amp D disk in reverse order 9 Assemble sample drip tray 10 Close bottle compartment cover and analyzer cover 11 Press the key Interrupt upon completion of this maintenance procedure The system performs a washing drying procedure and will return to the Ready screen Procedure 1 Activate the function program Options Cleaning Clean display The keys on the screen are deactivated for about 10 seconds NOTE Decontaminate with damp cloth only using a disinfectant Do not use sprays After 10 seconds the screen will return into the active condition Decontaminate all outside surfaces including all covers e g measuring chamber covers bottle compartment covers as well as the outside surfaces of the AutoQC module if available with the disinfectant according local regulations Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 9 1 Introduction MSS tubes Electrodes Measuring Chamber Decontami
271. Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Follow up of the FMS empty lower FMS pipe empty FMS air bubble trap Peristaltic pump E PP cartridge M Q 1 with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy replaced by vial Sample distributor Bypass cartridge n Hemolyzer i a MC cartridge lt gt 25 Ri Pipe reservoir 54 nee E of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea MCI 9 8 Suction i MCI V13 ey 7 FMS air bubble trap o ca 5 Ref Jun Na K CI V5 21 8 12 MCO MCC 8 D yen 1 MCI VBO VBI Back PSs 551 pressure 2 5 s Ref Jun pH 2 2 valve vA Dock 9 J NS mee 9 2 nozzle v23 v2 V24 2 2 4 tHb air bubble trap A S53 552 554 554 554
272. Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge MC cartridge v20 d gt Pipe reservoir Vacuum of FMS system pump Ref GLU LAC Urea 8 Suction 7 I m FMS air bubble trap Yh ch x B 2 Ref Jun Na CI 4 5 5 O4 em E MCI 1 Nis ch VBI OO zl Ret Jun pH 3 89 ges 5 4 Dock 5 a Air 10 V22 WW nozzle N v23 v2 24 WW i tHb air bubble trap 553 552 554 554 554 tHb Hemolyzer tHb cartridge 3 121 b V19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 Nacondionar dated W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 R1 R2 R3 Ww INSE lution luti CAL1 KC ISE MSS aste RINSI Solution Solution Solution D SS6 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Fig 3 FMS volume error errors
273. Scenario 9 Problem at least one of the two controllers on the Mainboard Remove rear panel and fan see chapter 5 Reset Mainboard Reset key listen to the summation ton and observe the LED s D31 and D5 near 186 and 135 respectively NOTE LED and summation ton are always activated at the same time however only one summation ton is present which is driven by both controllers Immediately after letting the Reset key go both LED s light briefly either 1 or 2 times no yes Bootprogram from the controller is properly started e LED blinks once a program is loaded in the program memory LED blinks twice no program is loaded At least one of the two LED s remains dark no yes The respective controller cannot start the boot program e Check DIL switch 1 If ON the CPU is put into a testmode and is deactivated to a greater extent Check EPROM version poling e Check 5 V voltage with DVM After about 5 10 seconds both LED s light up briefly once or twice However if no sign is sent gt error in transmitter diode area gt change Mainboard change see chapter 5 no yes Checksum of the program is checked or a RAM test is performed LED blinks once a faultless program is loaded in the program memory e LED blinks twice checksum is incorrect program is properly corrected by the PC during next successful activation of avstart At least of the two LED 5 re
274. See Fig 6 This phase lasts about 3 seconds and serves as the Carry Over elimination in the FMS For this 2 pre packages are mixed which condition the pipe reservoir of the FMS These pre packages wash out an old mixture of the same level or mixtures of another level To achieve air bubble division V19 is positioned and the mixer valve is stopped Solution B is pinched off See Fig 6 During the actual mixing procedure a pump tube over V17 aspirates on the FMS The mixing valve switches at the proper time between Solution B and Solution C V19 clamps off the air flow and releases Solution C at the same time See Fig 6 Here the mixing procedure is stopped exactly after the mixing valve cycle is completed and the mixture column is absorbed by the cross piece It causes the separation of B column from C column See Fig 6 The fluid mixing must be in a defined position to the FMS air bubble trap at the beginning of the measuring chamber wash filling procedure In order to compensate the tolerances of the FMS reservoir and the pump conveying capacity a positioning time is determined at each mixing system calibration At each calibration the mixture will be aspirated according to the pre determined time and positioned in this manner Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Washing the converting line without preparing B C mixture Washing the converting line Follow up of the FMS Emptying the converting line
275. TEM FUNCTIONS 222220009886 6 1 eI E 6 2 ces 6 4 Calibration 11 1 1 6 6 QC measurement Data manager Options 6 8 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 Contents 7 FUNCTIONAL PROCEDURES Calibration E 7 1 E 7 6 MSS polarization ini tied eee 7 13 MSS Ref calibration AVL OMNI 7 to 9 0 7 19 MSS Int 1P SIp calibration AVL OMNI 7 09 1 41 66 7 21 Phases of diverse AVL OMNI actions 0 7 23 LLIDTOLLLILTLILLOLLZOLLLIOLILLLIIILITLI 7 27 8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE AREA Maintenance tuse exe eben O Qe esp UN 8 Software NEU r
276. Text under Sample not washed out combined with Rinse error general 9 55 e Report 5 and 6 under Service report added e Reports and Tables updates 9 61 Tolerance limit of value changed from 5 to 8 9 67 Kalibrierparametergrenzen aktualisiert 1P cal Sigma max for PO and LFB Mean max for BG 9 66 Values under Interpretation of 5 times tn updated 10 Rev 6 0 added 11 Figures updated Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 35 10 Previous revision levels Chapter 2 Revisions Electronic Id no Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BA0866 Rev_3B Mainboard 9700ACI 156 XP0080 CS D2E7 I95 XP0082 CS 843A 21 177 XZ0109 CS 73B6 BB0520 Rev 7C MC heat control 9700LB4 na BB0521 Rev 39 Amplifier POT 9799LP1 97001 1 0532 11 MC ceramic heater 9700LB9 na 0533 44 Heat foil 9700LB3 na BB0534 Rev_45 MC cover heat control 9700LB8 na BB0535 Rev 6A Amplifier REF 9700LP3 9700LP3 na BB0536 Rev 6C Amplifier AMP 9700LP2 9700LP2 na BB0539 Rev 58 Fluid level detector 9700LC4 na 0542 Connector board 9700 1 0548 59 T amp D control 9700LTI I17 XP0079 CS 020F BB0551 Rev 22 tHb board 9700LB5 na BB0555 Rev 66 Motherboard 9700LC6 na BB0582 Rev 45 SD heat control 9700LC7 na BB0584 Rev 02 BFR board 9700LN3 na B
277. X measuring chamber sss 7 10 Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber with Sol D 7 11 Starting the FMS and washing the measuring chamber surroundings 2 21 7 11 tHb or COOX washing and mixing of the FMS solution 7 11 Drying of the sample inlet path sample distributor and mixing the FMS solution 7 12 Empty tHb or COOX mod le etai etate 7 12 MISS POlani za ge M ePD I 7 13 General antormatiOn deepest eS VU ee EMIT e dese tives E eder bite PEE EO M ERE 7 13 MSS polarization os ERR ee o Susp Po vue rox cer Regu 7 13 MSS cassette exchange eg xa t xu e 7 13 Filling the measuring chamber ite i ERE RE 7 13 Polarization c ec oie etie Gui ses deo eek 7 13 First evaluation Dope E Er eed 7 14 Termination of filling procedure polarization or first 7 14 Wash eycle sc eec fond te eerta PN RE RR ERR ERR E MR ese eis 7 16 One hour without MSS eric oS nee rye eye be tuo sti dpi ee 7 17 Flushing with Sol D MSS SOL 9 7 17 Calibration mtervals rd det e gui ee dua RE ER pu
278. a Data previously saved by the operator can be restored in the menu Data Manager Maintenance More Restore 5 107 5 Function modules from A 4 Interface board AVLIFB C N N NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN N N OO 2 PC 96 2 09 5 BOARD 2 COM5 M 2 fe 9 Co 9 2 LPT2 NET Fig 49 Interfaces The AVL OMNI is equipped with four serial interfaces COM 3 COM 4 COM 5 and COM 6 for data transfer one printer interface LPT2 and further interfaces keyboard barcode etc NOTE To prevent damage to the AVL OMNI it is necessary to compare the pin assignment of the AVL OMNI with that of the customer device e g barcode scanner barcode reader external keyboard terminal etc before connecting these to the AVL AVL will not be liable for any damage resulting from nonobservance of this prerequisite For details about interfaces please refer to AVL OMNI Operator s Manual chapter Interfaces 5 108 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Photoconductor interface on COM1 Touch panel interface on COM2 Serial interfaces COM3 COM4 COM5 COM6 Keyboard and barcode scanner interface 5 Function modules from A Z The transmit and receive signals of the serial interface COM1 of th
279. a PORE REPE eee 7 5 Emptying the converting line i soot erre reU vege repete ed pre sh Peer Pere deed 7 5 Empty sample distributor and air reservoir sample distributor PP 7 5 Preparing Rinse packages the converting 7 5 Measuring 1 5 5 66 SEEE ET S EESE 7 6 Sample input Ld 7 6 Sample distribution d ooo Ete 7 7 POSIMONING 21 552 7 8 Positioning in the sample distributor 551 separate BG 2 0 20 02 7 8 Positioning of a sample segment for the tHb or COOX measurement and filling the converting line with Solution 2 7 8 Aspiration of the sample the BG measuring chamber positioning 2 7 9 Aspiration of the sample the ISE measuring chamber AVL OMNI 4 9 7 10 Aspiration of the sample in the MSS measuring chamber AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only 7 10 Removal of excess sample into the sample distributor 7 10 Apiration of the sample in the tHb or COO
280. ab saturated in disinfectant Procedure 1 Activate the function program Options Cleaning Interrupt for Cleaning 2 Decontaminate fill port 3 Press the key Interrupt upon completion of this maintenance procedure The system performs a washing drying procedure and will return to the Ready screen Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 7 1 Introduction Open bottle compartment cover 2 Pull sample drip tray down and out 3 Remove the fill port adapter see Fig 1 by turning it downward Washer Fig 1 Fill port fill port adapter 4 Decontaminate the washer of the fill port the whole fill port and the top surface of the sample inlet path using a cotton swab saturated in disinfectant 5 Assemble the fill port and the sample drip tray 6 Close bottle compartment cover 7 Press the key Interrupt upon completion of this procedure The system performs a washing drying procedure and will return to the Ready screen T amp D disk Fig 2 Decontaminate T amp D disk 1 8 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 Introduction Touch screen Surfaces Decontaminate the individual T amp D positions as follows Procedure 1 Activate the function program Options Cleaning Interrupt for Cleaning 2 Open bottle compartment cover and analyzer cover 3 Pull sample drip tray down and out Clean the sample drip tray under running water and decontaminate it 4
281. ackplane J13 Pen Scanner J4 not used J2 GY0367 GY0434 Keyboard 44 2049 Hard disk drive PC Tower BP2275 J2 Floppy disk 5V 12V PC without net PC unit BP2268 PC with network alternative PC unit BP2269 5V drive GY0375 5 102 BBO791 5V BB0694 5V 12V GY0326 Panel YB2155 96 0309 Interface board 0329 Panel YB2155 96 0309 Interface board 0336 Fig 47 PC tower version AT96 The PC tower of the version AT96 in the AVL OMNI includes the following components PC board based on the 486SLC Interface board AVLIFB 2 variants with and without network connector Floppy drive Alternative 2 5 or 3 5 hard disk Barcode scanner unit Thermal printer Speaker Power supply unit for the entire AVL OMNI Fan for the PC unit Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z The display TFT LQ10D42 with 2 cold cathodic fluorescent tubes has the advantage of a high brightness and a very large reading angle range of more than 35 vertically 50 pole cable connects the display to the AVLIFB see Fig 48 J10 On the display the 50 pole cable connects to Display IFR board J6 This card is necessary for the screen keys and the conversion of the screen signals From the Display IFR board a 20 pole cable connects to the actual flat screen and a TFT LCD convert
282. acro command which is intended for the T amp D module and sends the information further to the Optobus In this case the T amp D module performs the test and transmits the o k or the error report in the same manner Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 3 3 Description of Functions Specifications 3 4 One exception pertaining to the flow of communication exists at the main control and measurement control module concerning the valve gear Both controls have their own control circuit for the valves and a so called wired or circuit which allows the turning on with both controls when necessary for reasons of speed It is to be noted that the valve gear for the valve test is only performed by the main control The communication on the optical ringbus Optobus allows an automatic hardware echo which means that the transmitted information will be received after running through the loop where it is checked for correctness At the same time an interruption will be recognized immediately With the help of the software handshake and checksum the communication between the PC and the main control is checked for correctness during transmission In addition the connection is continuously controlled The PC gives the superior functions and the main control the specific commands in accordance to the work cycles further to the modules Therefore the measurement module for example gives pre calculated voltage values during measur
283. act with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Recommendation only when exchanging a center seal of a BG or ISE measuring chamber Activate System Cal Mixing System The AVL OMNI performs calibration of the fluid mixing system Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 67 5 Function modules from 2 Changing the MC foil BG and ISE module only Changing the MC illumination foil The changing of the MC foil is done in the same manner as the changing of the measuring chamber heating see above After disassembling the measuring chamber electronics remove the MC foil under the MC prism NOTE When reassembling the foil pay attention to the assembling position see Fig 30 The foil is coded and must be inserted into the measuring chamber cover so that the slanted edge is positioned in the direction of the measuring chamber hinge MC foil Fig 30 Measuring chamber cover When changing the MC illumination please proceed as follows 1 To disassemble the MC illumination foil first remove the BG ISE or MSS measuring chamber Follow the instructions on page 5 52 BG page 5 55 ISE or page 5 59 MSS 2 To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left 3 Open the locking lever and the contact clip at MSS module see Fig 29 4 Remo
284. age is to be reset after changing the Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Connector board of the BG measuring chamber see chapter 8 Service Area Setup O2 UPol 5 Function modules from 2 Changing the measuring chamber cover heating measuring chamber electronics BG and ISE module only Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the measuring chamber cover heating please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Remove the analyzer cover and remove in the upward direction 3 To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left Loosen both Phillips screws and remove the connection strip 5 Loosen the tension relief of the flat cable which leads to the measuring chamber cover and remove from the plug with a pair of tweezers 6 Lift the measuring chamber electronics from the measuring chamber cover with a flat screwdriver at the points marked with arrow in Fig 30 Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When reassembling the measuring chamber electronics pay attention to the assembling position see Fig 30 of the MC foil The MC foil is coded and must be inserted into the measuring chamber cover so that the slanted edge is positioned in the direction of the measuring chamber hinge Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the 5 Function modules from A Z MC cover completely When changing the MC cover completely please p
285. ain switch hematocrit main switch lock QC parameters main switch MSS temp increased main switch AQC temperature correlation main switch turbidity correction main switch urea correction main switch net mode main switch thermal printer main swotch Solution 6 AVOPTO switch switch for service report switch for paper backfeed switch for paper take up unit selected language AVL OMNI type software version PC software version video mode button window edit styles fonts net transmission of LF Values LF Values measurements maintenance SETUP1 AVL default values for input parameters default values for measured parameters SETUP2 AVL selected input parameters selected calculated parameters SETUSER AVL all user definable correlations internal correlations f Hb derivatives SETUPR AVL reference critical ranges switches for reference critical ranges SETUPRD AVL reference critical ranges default Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 99 5 Function modules from A 4 CISETUP KX definition of custom lines DBSTATUS KX data base status DEEDATA KX sample type blood type sample counter intervals of calibrations start time of sys cal format of the date calibration values of COOX selected measurement report baro settings times of next calibrations interface sett
286. ainer and scan the barcode from the Waste label The symbol of the Waste container starts blinking on the screen 26 Insert the bottle and press it down NOTE You have the possibility to insert bottles which are already opened In that case make sure that any spillage in the bottle compartment area is strictly avoided Furthermore consider that due to the storage of the reagent bottle with an open cap the chemical formulation might be changed and may cause problems Therefore AVL does not recommend to use bottles which are already open Enter the filling level as accurately as possible or the error message Check Fill Levels will appear although the bottles are not empty This applies only to bottles without fill level sensors Solutions 1 2 3 and 4 27 After inserting the corresponding bottle press the key Set 28 Enter the corresponding fill level in a scaling on the bottle label gives an approximate value 29 Press the key Enter The screen shows the fill level entered 30 Close the bottle compartment cover The AVL OMNI starts a vacuum test NOTE Do not tilt the AVL OMNI with bottles inserted 31 Open the cover of the measuring chamber module by pushing the right side of the cover to the left with your finger and then pulling it up Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 Installation Shutdown Locking lever Fig 8 Insert electrodes 32 Open the locking lever 3
287. al AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Temperature Errors Scenario 1 AVL OMNI modules are outside the permissible temperature range Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Temperature Room temperature gt 31 C no yes Room temperature must be lower than 31 C Temperature errors are intermittent no yes Scenario 2 Temperature deviation small 36 38 C no yes Scenario 3 Check actual temperature of failing module with thermometer inside the module Temperature indicated is same as measured no yes Scenario 4 temperatures measured are not OK see Table 1 page 9 27 no yes Check change Mainboard and check temperature again Check change individual uC module and check temperatures again Scenario 2 Intermittent temperature errors occur suddenly during sample measurements no yes Check revision of Connector board gt must be Rev 9C or higher Scenario 3 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 9 25 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 3 Filter dirty no yes Clean change filter change see chapter 5 Check fan power supply and connector Scenario 4 Temperature is about 47 C no yes Switch unit off and on and check module temperatures again If not OK again check Mainboard failing module interconnections Temperature is about 35 C
288. al AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Mainboard Function A detailed description of Mainboard functions can be found in Chapter 3 Description of functions Specifications Changing the Mainboard Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the Mainboard please proceed as follows Switch off the AVL OMNI Open the Phillips screws on the back of the analyzer Remove the rear panel diagonally in the upward direction Remove the grounding plug from the rear panel Disconnect all cables and optical light guides from the Mainboard amp WN Press down both ejection flaps see Fig 87 3 the printed circuit board is pushed out a little from the top and can be removed easily Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE After changing the Mainboard the barometer sensor is to be reset see chapter 8 Service Area Setup BP Set Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 45 5 Function modules from A 4 Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard 5 46 Applicable from software revision number gt 4 5 The following description is valid from the hardware version Rev 25 and from the software version HS 2 427 MM 2 412 NOTE All switches are to be set at OF F with the exception of switch 7 for normal operation Main control HS left row seen from the rear Rocker switch 1 nt T ny 2 gt uC ON CHI
289. alue 27 00 Further regulation of the mixing ratio is not possible The regulation range has been utilized Scenario 5 Scenario 5 Remove bottle B and check air ventilating connection Is the ventilation hole correctly punctured no yes e Bottle has slipped out a little bit Air tube is clogged e Container pipe has been pushed back into the analyzer e Check the Mix valve and related tubings The air ventilating connection is not punctured Re insert Bottle B correctly e Spike to open bottle is damaged Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 5 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 6 Call up calibration and read the line on the service printout FMS Parameter Typical value 33 2 Value lt 39 00 no yes An automatic regulation of the mixing ratio is still possible Re insert B C bottle read barcode and call up further calibration Value 39 00 Further regulation of the mixing ratio is not possible The regulation range has been utilized Scenario 7 Scenario 7 Remove bottle C and check air ventilating connection Is the ventilation hole correctly punctured 5 e Bottle has slipped out a little bit Air tube is clogged e Container pipe has been pushed back into the analyzer e Check the Mix valve and related tubings The air ventilating connection is not punctured Re insert Bottle C correctly
290. alyzer Remove the rear panel diagonally in the upward direction Remove the grounding plug from the rear panel Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Pull off the tubes from the vacuum pump Open the 4 screws on the vacuum pump head and the 2 screws on the valve head Remove the valve and pump head For disassembling the valve tapper loosen and remove both Allan head screws on the valve head NOTE Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 139 5 Function modules from A 4 Vacuum sensor Function Changing the vacuum sensor 5 140 The vacuum sensor checks the under pressure in the vacuum system This is performed by a piezoresistive vacuum sensor which measures the pressure between the vacuum pump and the Waste container When changing the vacuum sensor see Fig 87 please proceed as follows 1 2 nn A Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the anal
291. and disassembly of components 2 2 5 1 Aerosol trap applicable from SN 5000 1 0 5 3 AutoQC module optional eee eese eee eee eee eene sonst eese 5 4 Bacteria fleri ooo cease 5 24 sssri susar 5 24 Barcode scanner Optional 6 08668666566 00 5 25 Bypass CaVtrid GO descacedesesessdeedsesceessoeededcoaeseseceeessbscesesuesseetesiesesccecees 5 27 Changing the cable trees flat cables single cables and optical 1 5 28 Container PIPES sssscvaccdscccesccssncescccesevesessevesseesseeessscavvees SE N E E seen 5 29 cs cs deduce ete Tato lodectusssuesececededencsduesececeliahucdevesecuseadesecedvese 5 30 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 Contents Fill level sensors Waste cap with fill level detection 2 1 5 31 Fluid mixing system FMS cccscssscssscsescssscssccesccescceseescces
292. and pasted back in 10 Press the illumination foil down with a rounded tool 11 Coat the edge of the illumination foil on the measuring chamber with sealing wax 400 NOTE Without ventilator the sealing wax must sit for 12 hours with ventilator at least one hour 12 Remove excessive wax with a dry gauze pad NOTE Do not use solvents for cleaning Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 69 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the MC hinge 5 70 When changing the MC hinge please proceed as follows 1 5 To disassemble the MC hinge first remove the BG ISE MSS measuring chamber Follow the instructions on page 5 52 BG page 5 55 ISE or page 5 59 MSS To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left Slightly pull up the MC cover press it down turning it slightly to the right The MC cover disengages from the hinge Press the turn lock fasteners in the direction of the arrow see Fig 31 and turn them 90 Remove the hinges Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When reassembling the hinges pay attention to their assembling position see Fig 31 top hinge along tubing guide bottom hinge along chamfer The MSS module has reinforced hinge springs Make sure to use the same type of springs for replacement Fig 31 MC hinge Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the
293. ario 2 AutoQC no yes Bubble free aspiration Check in the glasstube Sample type correct yes no Adjust Check calibration database Unstable 1P values no yes Scenario 4 Scenario 3 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 71 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 3 yes no Adjust Is the temperature of the measuring chamber or measuring chamber cover OK yes no Change measuring chamber Moisture in sample inlet path bypass nipple V22 or SS1 Check tubing for obstruction Scenario 4 Unstable 1P values Corresponding Baro plausible no yes Scenario 3 Baro mV reading yes Adjust Baro slope Change Mainboard 9 72 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Sample washed out in measuring module sample path obstructed 9 Troubleshooting Call up System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Wetting Electrodes BG ISE MSS Electrodes and try to eliminate the obstruction with a syringe tHb COOX open all valves of the sample path see tubing diagrams chapter 7 and proceed as listed below 1 2 3 Procedure see Fig 7 Replace the tube on the right of the tHb or COOX module with a tube placed in a container with deionized water if available Remove tube from hemolyzer Using a syringe draw the water through the module Fig 7
294. ark gt Mark Print Mark V J J J Electrode Status E E gt Reports Service Report gt Print Print o More Print 7 CLE Sas e M p A Status Report NEED Rejected QCM 4 HOP Reagent Fill Levels Toggle Display Toggle Diaplay Delete gt More J _Backup Restore B i f f f gt gt i Delete H gt AVL Support 7 Zoom b a Ns J MUT RAS am ven 4 2 ME gt V X oy V LL search QUAE N S Economy Mode gt _ E gt Y S Export Ext Search Export J M Sort Y o AutoQC Option 4p raid f ES a A JO NL Backup Restore Delete Backup Restore X F IN V 2 Y m Mark N 5 NN 2 MSS Pol 4 Y C N AVL OMNI 7 8 9 only Delete Mark Range B N p gt Print 2 L J Export H Toggle Display ri M Backup Restore gt More Ws lt r Statistics 2 5 N Diagr 2 Reject M v gt Mark Range Export o C X Backup A Fig 5 QC measurement Data manager Options This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Swi
295. artridge 5 71 Measuring chamber cover heating BG and ISE 5 64 Measuring chamber electronics BG and ISE 5 64 Measuring 5 49 BG Blood 5 49 5 76 Il 5 53 MSS iie oe o alex ted eue Ted ces 5 56 e eR epe AN ede d REUS 5 89 Measuring Cycle ie eee dedi 7 6 Measuring module control 3 2 5 46 5 47 Mixing system calibration 7 23 Motherboard mee Ie RR 5 95 2 MSS Int 1P Slp calibration 7 21 MSS pol rizati0n icit ne Det ete 7 13 MSS Ref calibration 7 19 MSS Stats MER 9 98 MSS Temp increased 8 9 OIP calibrations iiec E ene need 7 25 O Zero calibration esses 7 25 Offset COOX 8 14 Optical light guides COOX module 5 82 Optics test COOX 8 13 Options oti Ue bee d eoe torte 6 8 Barcode scanner reg 4 18 External waste 4 18 Keyboard oie eed ees 4 18 MSS conditioning system 4 18 Paper take up 4 18 Reusable Waste container 4 18 AVL OMNILink 4 18 Optobus 3 3 to 3 5 5 5 5 47 5 87 5 131 8 12 9
296. artridge is placed properly on the sample distributor block AVL OMNI 7 9 only After reassembling a SD cartridge confirm the information on the screen with Continue and change back into the Ready screen Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the entire sample distributor Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 Fig 56 Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge When changing the sample distributor see Fig 86 please proceed as follows 1 A 9 oo N 9 With the help of the shutdown tubing set put the AVL OMNI out of operation see Chapter 4 under Shutdown Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Open up the PP cover Pull sample drip tray down and out see Fig 56 6 Remove the fill port adapter see Fig 56 5 by turning it downwards Remove the T amp D cover by pressing the lower edges in an upward direction and pull it off toward the top Remove the T amp D sample inlet path see Fig 56 4 Push the bypass cartridge see Fig 56 b in the direction of the arrow downwards and remove the bypass nipple see Fig 56 a Pivot the FMS air bubble trap see Fig 56 3 towards the right outside NOTE Make sure that the FMS air bubble trap is fully swiveled out to make the nipple accessible 10 Pull off the tube see Fig 56 1
297. ase proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Util Analyzer Actions Park Cartridges SD Cartridge to retract all valve tappers 2 Remove the SD cartridge as described on page 5 122 3 Open the MC cover the contact clip and the locking lever and remove the RCon or the reference and the dummy electrode and the MSS cassette NOTE The MSS cassette should not be removed from the system for more than 10 minutes to prevent damage to the enzyme sensors Contact clip Cooling block Locking lever Fig 29 MSS measuring chamber 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 61 5 Function modules from 2 Changing the SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac and the SSE MSS Mainboard 4 Unscrew the Phillips screw from the cooling block and remove the cooling block Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Ensure a clean surface and proper positioning of the cooling block in the cooling ledge Activate System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Fill Routines Aspirate Sol D In glu lac urea mode also activate Fill Reference Electrode Observe the input tube to the sample distributor during the aspiration process The solution must be aspirated into the sample distributor reservoir without air bubbles complete fluid column When a new bottle is inserted air is aspirated in the beginning if necessary call up function twice Change back to the Ready screen Electrostatic S
298. ass cartridge holds the bypass nipple and the sample distributor cover The bypass nipple is the connecting piece between the sample inlet path the sample distributor and the BC or tHb cartridge Its inner diameter is 1 0 mm Also together with the optical light guide it incorporates detection position SS2 and is an essential component of the sample distribution process Changing the bypass cartridge The bypass cartridge is maintenance free and is only to be changed when damaged When changing the bypass cartridge see Fig 86 8 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Pull sample drip tray down and out 4 Remove the fill port adapter see Fig 65 by turning it downwards 5 Remove the T amp D sample inlet path see Fig 86 5 6 Push the bypass cartridge see Fig 86 8 in the direction of the arrow see Fig 16 downwards 7 Remove the bypass nipple see Fig 5 3 8 Press the securing button down with a screw driver see Fig 5 3 1 9 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 10 Disconnect the optical light guide from sample sensor SS2 from the bypass cartridge to the Mainboard Assembly is done in reverse order D S 5 distributor n TES 1
299. asurement is started and switched to Solution B V19 air closed mixer at B Solution B in the BG measuring chamber is defined by the conductance measurement path within approx 8 to 13 seconds If this does not occur the FMS volume error see chapter 9 Troubleshooting is given and the system goes into System stop At the end of this phase Solution B in the FMS is aspirated over the sample distributor and is switched through for the following conductance calibration cycles whether FMS was measured or only Solution B was prepared For the BG initial filling of a module for a mixing system calibration the measuring chamber is washed and filled similarly to an electrode calibration cycle In other words during the first seconds an air solution mixture is aspirated through the measuring chamber Thereafter the measuring chamber is filled with the proper solution The ISE initial filling takes place in the same manner as the BG initial filling The following is performed until a result is reproduced or the cycle limit has been reached Rinse BG if already ok alternative waiting time Only the liquid column is aspirated in this case switched through back into the bottle Rinse ISE if already ok alternative waiting time Runs like the BG rinse procedure At the end of the Solution B conductance calibration the built up liquid column is removed The FMS V19 and Mixer are switched to air and are emptied over V17 The sampl
300. ation status code 3 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes Finally the Reference solution valve and the valve output VIO VBO are closed If an obvious change in the conductance occurs the aspiration status code 4 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes is given Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 3 7 Functional procedures Washing the converting line and preparing B C mixture Starting the FMS Mixing of calibration solution Stopping the FMS Positioning of calibration solution in the reservoir 7 4 See Fig 5 During washing and filling of an AVL OMNI measuring chamber the old sample is transferred from the measuring chamber into the converting line A reservoir which takes up the main part of the sample is located in the converting line between the measuring chambers and the peristaltic pump This reservoir is washed out after each measuring chamber wash filling procedure to prevent major contamination of the pump thereby establishing vacuum over V14 The by V3 aspirated Solution A mixes air to the packaging over V4 and by assembled tHb or COOX module V2 V24 T amp D to improve the effectiveness and to minimize the consumption of Solution A The pump is briefly turned to the left and to the right during this procedure to wash out any sample residue from the connecting pieces Before an MSS wash fill procedure the air reservoir 15 and V12 is emptied via V21 and V19 with a vacuum
301. ature RI 0 9 Os Ot Standardized ionized calcium niCa 0 1 um 6 0 mmol l 7 4 APER 30 mmol l Mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration 2 2 MCHC a function BHD ceo IE eqs Hct c Oxygen capacity only COOX teog ti roS pes BE at actual oxygen BE act ae a E ES Osmolality Osm 779 Oxygen Extraction Ratio 9 OER Blood Urea Nitrogen BUN x Only at AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 a calculated parameter Only displayed if tHb is not measured Only in the versions of AVL OMNI 7 9 Only in the versions of AVL OMNI 7 9 with Urea Displayed calculated values are not limited Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 9 3 Description of Functions Specifications Type of calibrations Frequency Duration min AVL OMNI 1 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 97 System calibration every 24 hours 11 12 5 16 6 18 4 18 4 19 9 setup 12 or 24 hours 2P calibration every 12 hours setup 4 6 8 10 12 hours 7 12 6 14 4 calibration every 0 5 hours or every hour 1
302. be disassembled 5 153 5 Function modules from 2 Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Test the switching function of the valves by switching the respective valve under System Test Component Test Valves When the valve is closed the valve plunger must be clearly visible through the cassette PP cartridge group Valve types For composition of valve V14 refer to Fig 76 page 5 150 For composition of valves V15 and V16 refer to Fig 78 page 5 152 Valve V17 has the following composition 13 2 valve actuator 2 i PP plate adapter maxi DRE bell housing long Fig 81 Valve type 8 V17 5 154 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 Changing V14 15 16 17 any case refer to General information page 5 143 Fig 82 Valves PP cartridge When changing V14 V15 V16 and or V17 please proceed as follows 1 Remove the PP cartridge as described on page 5 118 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI 3 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 5 Disconnect the respective valve connector from Aktor Board BB0857 V14 Remove the two fastening screws from V14 e First disassemble V16 to be able to remove valve unit V14 V15 e Remove the two fastening screws from V15 and take out the valve unit V16
303. ber releasing button see Fig 86 17 The measuring chamber cover springs open Press the red securing button the cover of the cuvette springs open 5 Remove cuvette NOTE Use caution when handling the new cuvette never touch the surface with bare hands Hold the cuvette at the outer rim only see Fig 38 d 6 Insert the new cuvette and close the cover 7 Close the cover of the tHb measuring chamber by pressing the upper button until it engages Activate the program System Cal tHb Cal Pressing the key Start a tHb calibration for details please refer to Operator s Manual chapter 6 Calibration section tHb calibration will be started Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Motherboard Function Changing the Motherboard Checking the supply voltage and the reference voltage 5 Function modules from A 2 A detailed description of Motherboard functions can be found in Chapter 3 Description of functions Specifications Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the Motherboard please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Carefully remove the fan unit out a few centimeters disconnect the supply cable of the fan unit from the Motherboard and remove
304. ceesceescessscescsesesesseeseeeceesceesseeseseseeeseeses 5 41 Hemolyzer applicable from SN 5000 on for SN lt 5000 see chapter 10 Manual revision 8 0 5 43 5 45 nena vn No ee e e Ya Ca 5 49 25022 0 5455 45055 issn riser rs rennes es roS Ors REP sene eroro STen eiras eanas M P 5 95 Power supply Unit eee eo esseere sse easan a a a easa eS AES ey e aeaa 5 97 PC components applicable from SN 1500 on for SN lt 1500 see chapter 10 Manual revision 3 0 5 98 Peristaltic pump 5255255 55 646 6 666 0666 0 00 6 668666666666 84966806 66 066166660666 6660 5 115 Pre filter etate dea edet es T dopo ec dne boe ecc 5 119 Sample distributor 5 eee eese eee eed rese sie eee sore nee seen des epos peo eo be vd ae eges de ee eu eese seusan rires isteti 5 120 Thermal PLUCK DL LIOS 5 128 5 130 VACUUM PUMP 5 138 Vacuum sensor 5 140 Valves applicable from SN 5000 for SN lt 5000 see chapter 10 Manual revision 8 0 5 141 E 5 158 6 SYS
305. cenario 8 tHb Check tHb sample path including cuvette for excess water or sample AVL OMNI 2 5 and 8 only Excess water in the sample inlet path no yes e Dry path over bypass cartridge and V23 partially clogged narrowed e Leakage in vacuum system Excess water in the tHb module 5 Dry path over V4 air tHb module V2 and V23 partially clogged narrowed Any remnants of dry sample in sample inlet path no yes The sample inlet path is not washed Solution A is not aspirated over the backpressure valve heating pipes in the sample distributor and T amp D Pos 2 through the sample inlet path Any remnants of dry sample in the tHb module no yes tHb module is not washed Solution A is not aspirated over V3 and V4 through the tHb module and over V2 and V23 into Waste No excess water sample path dry Scenario 9 9 82 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 9 tHb calibrator measured diluted AVL OMNI 2 5 and 8 only Same error as by measurements of blood occurs yes e Calibration error wrong sample type given during calibration wrong final value given in e Leakage of water supply over V3 V4 air bubbles are aspirated with water into the cuvette during reference measurement e Water supply over V3 V4 is hindered ventilation of Solution A is not given tube pinched e Cuvette does not fill e Cuvette dirty
306. ces including all covers e g measuring chamber covers bottle compartment cover as well as the outside surfaces of the AutoQC module if available with the disinfectant according local regulations see also chapter 1 Data manager values C For details please refer to section Software S update on page 8 7 orOperator s Manual chapter 7 Data Manager System settings Press System Util Analyzer Actions File Actions Export Setup NOTE Do not use in connection with software update Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 1 8 Maintenance Service area Weekly manintenance In addition to the daily maintenance Check the T amp D disc for dirt Optical control C If cleaning is necessary press Options 5 Cleaning Interrupt for Cleaning Cleaning method distilled water for example For details please refer to Operator s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance For details please refer to Operator s Manual C Cleaning the tHb or COOX module chapter 9 Maintenance S 3 monthly maintenance In addition to the daily and weekly maintenance Changing the pre filter See chapter 5 C In a clean laboratory environment and at 5 room temperature significantly below the maximum permissible operating temperature the filter may be replaced less frequently tHb COOX calibration Press C 5 System tHb Cal AVL
307. chamber connect the tubes from right to left as follows 1 Press the measuring chamber releasing button see Fig 86 17 The measuring chamber cover springs open 2 Press the red securing button the cover of the cuvette springs open 3 Connect the tubes carefully with help of a pair of tweezers NOTE Do not use a sharp edged pair of tweezers to remove the tubing to avoid damage of the tubing 4 Close both covers of the tHb measuring chamber by pressing 5 Press the securing button see Fig 86 16 to close the tHb measuring chamber again When changing the tHb cartridge please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Util Analyzer Actions Park Cartridges tHb Cartridge to retract all valve tappers 2 Open the analyzer cover and remove in the upward direction 3 Pull off the two tubes on the tHb cartridge as well as the tube from the Waste container 4 Open the 2 screws on the tHb cartridge and remove them NOTE Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Assembly is done in reverse order After reassembling a MC cartridge please confirm the display on the screen with Continue and
308. change back to the Ready screen Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 91 5 Function modules from A Z Changing the optical sensor SS3 5 92 Fig 11 12 13 14 V24 e o 7 f 553 42 Optical sensor sample sensor 553 Disassemble the tHb cartridge as described on page 5 90 Switch off the AVL OMNI Disconnect all cables power cable barcode etc from the AVL OMNI Tip the screen in the forward direction Open the bottle compartment cover Pull off the tubes 1 and 2 see Fig 43 from the sample distributor 43 Sample distributor Open the Phillips screws on the back of the analyzer Remove the rear panel diagonally in the upward direction Remove the grounding plug from the rear panel Unscrew the two Phillips screws which hold the measuring chamber plate and pull up until it clicks into place Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove V24 as described on page 5 151 Disconnect the optical sensor from the Mainboard Remove the sample sensor Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the 5 Function modules from A Z interference filter To be done every 3 to 4 years When changing the interference filter please proceed as follows 1 Disassemble the tHb measuring chamber as described in Changing the tHb measuring chamber page 5 90 2 Remove the NTC and TWF plugs from the tHb b
309. cludes an AutoQC module option install the AutoQC module first as described on page 4 14 When re installing a device with a serial number lt 5000 remove the red relief clamp from valve V4 or mount on valve cap V4 3 When re installing a device with a serial number lt 5000 remove relief clamp 4 from valve V3 Insert sample drip tray 5 Remove foam rubber block from the sample distributor cartridge cover 7 Secure the barcode holder and the barcode scanner as shown in Fig 3 3 Barcode holder 1 Only if tHb module is available AVL OMNI 2 3 5 6 and 9 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 3 4 Installation Shutdown 16 F g 17 18 19 Connect the barcode scanner to the corresponding interface connector BARCODE on the rear panel of the AVL INNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN N S OO SES PC AT96 2 2 eg 2 9 LPT2 2 NINN 21 4 Interface board Connect the power cable and turn on the analyzer The AVL OMNI performs a system start and a system check After that a warm up phase of at least 10 minutes is initiated For use in non English speaking countries replace the English labels with the respective language labels included in the accessory bo
310. components applicable from SN 1500 on for SN lt 1500 see chapter 10 Manual revision 3 0 Directory structure AVL HS MM PC ARC DATA FONTS TMP PCX HELP PX AQC DOS UTIL Fig 46 Directory structure o a E root directory autoexec bat config sys CADOS nnus MS DOS Version 6 22 various utilities for internal use 5 pages to download for main control pages to download for the measurement module pages to download for COOX module pages to download for AutoQC module main directory of the PC part of AVL OMNI C AVL PC TMP directory for temporary use storage of pictures C AVL PC ARC compressed avopto s Backup files C AVL PC FONTS font files C AVL PC DATA database files Cal DB Sample DB QC DB Maintenance DB C AVL PC HELP all text files for help pages C AVL PC PCX all PCX pictures Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Setup files in C AVL PC file content AVL KX INI serial number sound switch volume 0 5 cal simulation storage of AVOPTO storage mode measurement hospital name neg Hb derivatives correlation help line number service keyboard main switch economy mode main switch AutoQC autom Pat ID m
311. contamination should be performed in accordance with local laboratory regulations These decontamination procedures should be performed periodically to minimise the risk of infections incl hepatitis virus and HIV NOTE The use of rubber gloves is recommended The following parts of the device have to be decontaminated Sample drip tray and fill port T amp D disk Touch screen Surfaces MSS tubes Electrodes measuring chamber internal cleaning with Solution 6 if available possible See AVL OMNI Operator s Manual chapter 9 section Module Cleaning NOTE Do not decontaminate the MSS cassette In case of electrode blockage with blood replace the MSS cassette NOTE Use liquid disinfectants only e g AVL Deproteinizer Solution 6 Do not use sprays Composition Aqueous solution of NaOCl containing lt 2 active chlorine Hazards identification Due to the basic and oxidizing character of the reagent Deproteinizer local irritations may occur after contact with eyes skin or mucous membranes First aid measures After inhalation fresh air drink plenty of water After skin contact rinse with plenty of water remove contaminated clothes After eye contact rinse with plenty of water consult a doctor If swallowed drink plenty of water avoid vomiting consult a doctor NOTE When Deproteinizer is handled and used properly no ecological problems are to be expected Service Manual AVL OM
312. ctance measurement 2 5 50 Changing the BG measuring 5 52 ISE measuring chamber AVL 4109 5 53 Ignis D 5 53 Changing the ISE measuring chamber he mee mee mene en mre mee reete 5 55 MSS measuring chamber AVL OMNI 7 8 99 5 56 Putiction aie o e eU RE E EH E n ete AE re D ER 5 56 Changing the MSS measuring chamber eemper EES 5 59 Changing the contact ret ettet eroe nre tete Poe deep Veto dese une ueste E ue or ped 5 60 Changing the ege ege ERR nde ces Ere Durch eb En Spe 5 61 Changing the cooling block re eee pe e err ed 5 61 Changing the SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac and the SSE MSS 5 62 Changing the Connector board BG and ISE module 1 5 63 Changing the measuring chamber cover heating measuring chamber electronics BG and ISE module only eae nee EM Oben ceca eke eaten ERE eed E 5 64 Changing the MC cover completely eI e P erra PO ERR ERE Ter RE RR ON Eve noe S REPE teases 5 65 Changing the MC prism BG and ISE module HH Hee rene 5 65 Changing the MC electrode
313. ctrodes are emptied thereafter This procedure is called up in READY after 15 minutes 7 26 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Tubing diagrams f valve test inning o Basic setting of valves in Ready mode and at beg ASNIY INNO 1 e zzoN yew 555 9 uogos uognjos 2 uonnios 3SNIH asem SSW 10 351 IOM 98 L0vO cd 6 9 V M 280 m Con xooo A Xin vss 455 ves 255 E 4 Y Y den qui i o8 ver 2 JEZA v 01 sod uieis s 091 uondo OSA O amp A ISA OIA 82 IIA OSA IGA SZA SY Buigni 7 6 pue 8 Z INNO TAY 955
314. d or Fluid level detector board The display in the test program System Test Component Test Sensors Fill Levels Sensors is 1 mV for Waste and 5396 mV for all other bottles e Fill sensor error Bottle number The dark value is greater then 4000 mV indicating an external light source or a defective Fluid level detector board or Mainboard The display in the test program System Test Component Test Sensors Fill Levels Sensors is 0 mV for waste and 5000 mV for all other bottles 1 Cal3 2 Na conditioner BN 7 KZ 4 B C D 5 Cal1 ES Solution Solution Solution D 5 2 sz sz S sz Fig 1 Bottle number Is the bottle compartment exposed to excessive direct sunlight or bright ambient light no yes Reduce excess light exposure the AVL OMNI e Hardware defective on Fluid level detector board gt change board change see chapter 5 e Mainboard defective change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Fill level sensor soiled no yes Clean fill level sensor Cable of optical light guide damaged Connector to FLD board loose damaged yes Change fill level sensor change see chapter 5 Fill level sensor damaged mechanically no yes Change fill level sensor change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 3 9 Trouble
315. data losses 9 56 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting DOS is started successfully but the program is canceled with desired error information e g DOSAGW error e Check Setup if revision of PC104 is gt 4b e Re install software see chapter 8 under Software update Scenario 6 Program is started but AVL OMNI does not reach warm up Analyzer is turned on and all voltages are OK PC boots and starts the program Message on screen comm error reset omni no yes No connection from Mainboard to PC can be established Error in the cable connection light gate or problem on the Mainboard Scenario 7 Message on screen Modul MC Module Process Connecting Status Waiting for The four LED s for communication light up very brightly No connection between the modules can be established Error in the cable connection Optobus or problem with measuring module COOX module or T amp D Scenario 8 Scenario 7 No connection main control to PC Check LED for the communication on the rear of the analyzer Transmitting LED on the Mainboard lights up briefly approx every 3 seconds very brief lighting due to sign with 38kBaud no yes Transmitter Mainboard OK In case of power fails during operation especially during data access data writing to HD files could be damaged In this case a reloading or repair data of the
316. de defektive 9 Troubleshooting Interpretation of FMS times tn Printouts of FMS times on the service report are to be interpreted as follows see also FMS volume error page 9 7 Measured Displayed Status Commend calculated lt 0 30 lt 0 30 not OK Solution in BG too early cannot be reversed 0 30 to 0 0 OK Lower limit value falling below is tolerated 0 to 1 50 0 to 1 50 OK Normal range 1 50 to 1 70 1 50 OK Upper limit value gt 1 70 gt 1 70 not OK Solution in BG too late Table 7 FMS times All times that result in a not OK are set to 0 60 alarm default after display Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 109 9 Troubleshooting Calibration parameter limits U D Parameter Mean Mean min typ max min typ max mV mV mV mm mm mm tHb air 690 1500 2200 0 06 0 1 0 13 Sample 0 50 400 2400 LFB LFC Parameter Mean Sigma Mean Sigma min typ max max min typ max max mV mV mV mV mV mV mV mV BG 1850 2100 2400 2 80 105 150 2 ISE 1300 1450 1750 4 20 70 100 4 Table 8 Conductivity 1P Cal Slope 2P Cal Parameter Mean Sigma Mean Sigma min typ max typ max max mV mV mV mV nV mV mV mv pH 2100 500 1600 6 340 305 250 6 2 1300 1000 2000 6 160 143 110 6 PO2 250 330 550 9 10 2 15 6 Na 1700 950 2300 4 110 130 140 6
317. de is not working sensor connection interrupted change flex cable long flex cable short YZ distributor board Z distributor board or AQC control board change see chapter 5 e Sample sensor defective gt change Z distributor board change see chapter 5 Amplifier defective gt change AQC control board change see chapter 5 Sample sensor is not OK and the dark current value 200 mV Sample sensor defective change Z distributor board change see chapter 5 Remove Phillips screw from the horizontal slide and disconnect barex tube from the tubing at the steel tube With a syringe inject water into the barex tube and activate Start Test 9 34 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Status sample yes Status no sample Sensor provides same signal with and without water This implies that the barex tube is defective gt e Move barex tube approx 1 cm and call up test again e Sample sensor defective gt change Z distributor board change see chapter 5 e control board defective change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 35 9 Troubleshooting AQC Temp Error After instrument power up the current temperature is taken by the software as the mean temperature of the past hours This may cause a prolonged temperature error up to a few hours if the instrument was stored at temperatures lt 10 C or
318. de or production failure of electrode sealing hole not open completely or very small bubbles due to wetting problems Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 11 High standard deviation on all parameters Increasing SD s towards no yes Electric interference on the sample Ref problem Leaking out of reagents An optical analysis of the fill level sensor and container pipes is recommended by repeated leakage of the lower reagent plug Open bottle compartment and remove reagent bottles Fill level sensor bent or cracked no yes Change fill level sensors change see chapter 5 Container pipe bent Adjust container pipe parallel to bottle compartment floor and to the fill level sensor SD on higher than Na on CI higher than K and Ca higher CL depending on distance to Ref i e Na 1 22 1 47 1 80 1 99 Electrical interference left side of sample path is not free e Shortcut to ground in R bottle spillage indicated by changing potentials in electrode test when Ref tube is disconnected from pipe behind bottles 1 to 4 the shortcut is also measurable with DVM between pipe and ground if the R bottle was not moved e Shortcut to ground in measuring chamber cartridge leakage indicated by changing potentials in electrode test when opening locking lever Defective contact switch indicated by changing potentials in e
319. default setting of this function is Off When this function is turned On the COOX measurement results will be corrected If a shutdown procedure was performed on the AVL OMNI and it is necessary to turn the analyzer on again for a short period of time you can use this function to circumvent another shutdown procedure Follow the instructions the screen This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Switches 1 AutoQC If the AQC control board is replaced the serial number must be set in accordance with the label attached to the AutoQC module If the AQC control board is replaced the revision number must be set in accordance with the label attached to the AutoQC module The values shown in this picture provide information on the number of measurements performed with the AutoQC module If this number is to be retained after installation of a new AQC control board the number must be entered accordingly Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 AutoQC Adjustment Option Activate Deactivate Urea AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only 8 Maintenance Service area This function is used for position adjustment in X and Y direction so that after replacement of the AQC control board and or the ampoule holder the ampoules are pierced at the right spot With this function the urea parameter can be activated or deactivated NOTE This routine does not include deproteinizing washing or dry
320. deos ee ous eui e dance Ue ei NU Ree ae Uere e Dess 5 132 Changing the T amp D module nce petet etude e Eee debe Sue desee Degree 5 133 Changing the optical sensors 554 or 556 e He mee men men 5 134 Changing the tubing set and the disk osse eee Dein PR REIR un 5 136 VACUUM 5 138 EUnction x D ah 5 138 Changing the vacuum pe eie eR UR bes eet Re Eve Eme ta Re EDT 5 138 Changing the vacuum pump head valve head and valve 5 139 5 140 BUNCH see ves ode 5 140 Changing the vacuum Sensors uere vue Qo 5 140 Valves applicable from SN 5000 on for SN lt 5000 see chapter 10 Manual revision 8 0 5 141 Waring Of the Valye8z ches Dx mese od 5 141 Changing the valv iie e desee tege eoe ces REESS SEE EIEEE SVa senses 5 143 General Information indeed EE een Se IEEE e
321. der Measuring cycle added 7 10 e Text under Removal of excess sample into the sample distributor added Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber with Sol D added Washing MSS measuring chamber deleted e Calculation of calibration and measurement slope added Prepare Int 1P Slp transferred to section MSS Int 1P SIp calibration Text under Start status actualized 1 8 1 Data storage added 8 2 e tHb COOX calibration added e Cleaning of MSS tubes added 8 5 8 6 Text under Apply COOX Corrections added 8 7 8 8 Text under Show versions added 8 10 8 11 AutoQC Adjustment added 9 27 9 31 e Text under AQC wash error added e Temp Error added 9 38 9 51 9 70 bis 9 75 MSS status table added 9 78 9 81 Calibration parameter limits actualized and new values added 9 84 Calibration parameter limits actualized and new values added 10 46 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Chapter 2 Revisions Electronic Id Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BA0866 Rev_3B Mainboard 156 0080 CS D2E7 195 0082 CS 843A 121 177 70109 CS 73B6 0520 Rev 8D MC heat control BB0532 Rev 11 MC ceramic heater BB0533 BB0534 Rev 44 Rev 45 Heat foil MC cover heat control BB0539 Rev 58 Fluid level detector board
322. disconnect the connections for bottle A D see Fig 86 11 for the removal of the container pipes for Solution A B C and D see Fig 87 6 After loosening the corresponding fixing screws the container pipes FL1 FL2 FL3 and or FL4 see Fig 87 can be removed Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE The distance between the peak of the fill level sensor and the peak of the pipe has to be 8mm 0 2 If available use adjustment tool YB2022 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 29 5 Function modules from 2 Fan and Filter Function The fan is responsible for the ventilation of the measuing chambers the filter filters the aspirated air Changing the fan and the filter When changing the fan and the filter see Fig 87 4 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL 2 Open the Phillips screws on the back of the analyzer 3 Remove the rear panel diagonally in the upward direction 4 Remove the grounding plug from the rear panel 5 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 6 Carefully remove the fan unit out a few centimeters disconnect the supply cable of the fan unit from the Motherboard and remove the fan unit To change the filter it is not necessary to disassemble the housing of the fan Assembly is done in reverse order 5 30 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Fill level sensors Waste cap with fill level detection
323. djust the side part if necessary Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 10 Previous revision levels Figures PC tower rear view CY A 99999 A 1 5 Keyboard 599959 coms 99 VGA COM4 10 69 O J 5 509 94 coms 30050055005555 5555999900889 Cl 9 J Fig 5 PC tower rear view 10 17 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels D Printer lever 2 Paper roll axis 3 ee eee Thermo printer 4 gm Power supply Thermo printer 5 ESPERE E Power supply AVL OMNI 6 EE Power supply 7 Master switch 9 Clamping bolt for power supply Floppy drive 01 pak 10 18 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 10 Previous revision levels PC tower topview
324. e eer oe vette be e ee ese Ve er beo sebo nite e proe ever eds 5 30 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 5 Function modules from 2 level sensors Waste cap with fill level 5 31 ipe II mee M QU EUM 5 31 Display ot the filling levels e He Ye Ui etre Re e debe es Per pee 5 32 Alarm behaviors in containers with fill level 5 33 Alarm behavior in containers without fill level detection 5 34 SYNCHTONIZAULON EELPH 5 34 General rules for opto electrical fill level 5 35 Following actions to bottle changes is deett ete hr Deb RE pe e P SERI ER SEP Po tases gd 5 36 5 37 Changing fill level sensors cede eee eremi 5 38 Changing the Fluid level detector board 5 39 Changing the Waste cap RU rie OE Reste e P TER E De ee beer e es PR e 5 39 Changing the Waste cap be n e tee aoe ORE es ek Tee EO t sox GERD 0 5 40 Fluid
325. e temp error see page 9 51 Final value is measured Error only by measurements of blood e not complete gt hemolyzer defective change see chapter 5 e Interference filter defective change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 83 9 Troubleshooting Service report General Report structure The service report of the AVL OMNI consists of 6 reports which can be assigned to the following problem areas aspiration problems e conductivity problems e temperature problems e alarms Optobus errors repro problems calc 3 mean e electrode signal quality e FMS problems e electrode potentials The service report can be activated on line which means that the activated report will be printed after each measurement or calibration or is printed later on with the aid of a separate activation function A service report can be generated for up to 4 days after the respective service activity was performed for more information see Section Activation of reports page 9 87 The data is stored by the day and when a new file is created the previous 4 day file will be overwritten Currently 6 types of reports are available which can be activated printed individually Each report consists of up to 3 header lines the data lines and one footer line General structure Header lines 1 3 e g Designation e g Cal M Wash date time 2 A
326. e six pack aspiration status code module conductivity value in mV module MCC MCO diff temp module alarms Optobus errors Aspiration problems A description of the flags that may occur during aspiration of a sample or calibration solution 1 3 4 and 5 via T amp D module can be found in Table 3 on page 9 104 A description of the flags that may occur during aspiration of calibration fluids can be found in Table 6 on page 9 108 Conductivity In the BG and ISE module the conductivity between the Junction electrode and the right side MC electrode holder is measured for the calculation of mixing ratios With LFB and LFC the conductivity of the individual reagents is measured In the MSS module the conductivity between MCO RCon and MCI cooling block is measured and used for positioning Limits and typical values can be found on page Calibration Parameter Limits page 9 110 Temperatures An aspiration temperature difference exceeding 0 25 C abs results in deviations in the conductivity measurement and an incorrect calculation of the desired value Note greater aspiration temperature differences of approx 0 3 C are common after washing the sample distributor In the MSS measuring chamber the temperature can be detected via NTC in the contact clip and provides information on the temperature stability of the MSS cassette Typical values are between 25 0 C and 27 0 C means that during
327. e see Fig 32 To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left Open the locking lever see Fig 26 9 and pull off the MC output tube Remove the electrodes and close the measuring chamber cover Remove the cover of the MSS measuring chamber by opening the Phillips screw AVL OMNI 1 to 6 Remove the fastening screws for the ISE measuring chamber 2 on the side of the sample distributor and 1 screw left next to the measuring chamber Remove the measuring chamber cartridge see page Fig 32 when the analyzer still has a measuring chamber cartridge which does not have space for the measuring chamber output tubes Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the cable of the measuring chamber at the Motherboard Pull the measuring chamber out of the locking to the left and then down and out Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Before replacing the electrode plugs clean their coupling piece Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 on the measuring chamber with cotton swab 5 Function modules from A 4 MSS measuring chamber AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Function 5 56 to Motherboard J20 EL0278 0739 GLU LAC BSA J2 20 MC illumination foil EL0278 J9 J10 SSE MSS Mainboard BB0741 Transformer 7 0129 41 26 55 55 J41 26 MC illumination foil GLU LAC UREA
328. e AQC control board by removing screws 6 and 35 see Fig 12 Open the connector locks and replace the flex cable Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE The connector of the flex cable long is not coded therefore make sure that the contacts are installed pointing toward the edge of the board or the light barrier Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Changing the AQC optical light guides AQC power supply cable or AQC wash tube AQC cable tree When changing the AQC optical light guides see Fig 12 7 AQC power supply cable see Fig 12 38 or AQC wash tube see Fig 12 5 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI 3 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Remove bottle A and B from the bottle compartment 5 Pull off the wash tube from the the cross nipple see Fig 9 AQC wash tube at W cross nipple x9 Fig 9 AQC wash tube Pull the AQC wash tube out of the bottle compartment from the back Pull sample drip tray down and out Press the T amp D flap in the direction of the arrow see Fig 7 we ND Disconnect the tube at the barex tube from position 10
329. e PC board are designed as optical interface Only transmit and receive signals from the TTL level on light or from light on the TTL level are converted These TTL signals are shown over LED s for control purposes The signals of the touch panels are carried on the receive input of the serial interface COM2 Two IBM compatible multifunctional building elements each with two serial interfaces and one printer interface are integrated on the AVLIFB On the one hand the signals of the AT96 bus are transferred to these building elements on the other the signals of the serial interfaces are conducted over the RS232 V24 level converter on 9 poled SUB MIN D bush The signals of the printer interface are carried out This printer board can be reached as a LPT2 see bellow Pin assignment Pin DCD Data carrier detected Pin2 RxD Receive data Pin3 TxD Transmit data Pin4 DTR Data terminal ready Pin5 GND Signal ground Pin6 DSR Data set ready Pin7 RTS Request to send Pin8 CTS Clear to send Pin9 RI Ring indicator The barcode scanner used allows the mixed operation of the scanner unit together with a standard PC AT keyboard To assure this operation the signals from the keyboard are carried out by an external connection Keyboard on the connector J7 The signals of the scanner unit are carried out over the external connection Barcode on the connector J5 see Fig 48 Pin assignment keyboard Pin clock Pin2 Data Pin4
330. e cover heating control The steering and supply takes place over a 2x20 poled flat cable from the Motherboard J18 A MCI contact see Tubing diagram chapter 7 Functional procedures is located at the entrance of the measuring chamber in the tube path and a further one in the Junction MCC is connected to the reference amplifier A third contact is located in the Reference electrode MCO also connected to the reference amplifier A very exact conductance measurement is made during calibration between the contacts MCI and MCC Herewith the conductance of the single solutions and the exact mixing proportions can be determined The control of the fluid aspiration into the measuring chamber is also performed with the help of conductance measurement with the contacts MCI to MCO or MCI to MCC In this case the measurement is performed faster however with less accuracy Measuring chamber Connector board Main control MCO BG 1 kHz 2 5 Vett MCC BG lt V lt Switch Sinus generator ISE MSS lt v gt Switch Filter 16 bit ADC rectifier 100 ms karos m ERE Subtraction zb ADG DAC c gt _ Offset Fig 23 Basic circuit conductance measurement Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2
331. e distributor is emptied over V15 and V17 as usual procedures are identical to the calibration with solution B Only difference No FMS measurement is required during the preparation phase Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 O 2 Zero calibration Os 1P calibration Auto cleaning with Solution 6 Conditioning Empty Reference electrodes 7 Functional procedures This calibration is built up like BG only measurement and differs only in the following points e The solution is not introduced like for a measurement but is aspirated over the T amp D Pos 5 to sample Sensor SS2 general distribution starting point e At the beginning of the positioning in the measuring chamber washing is performed similar to calibration cycle 2 seconds mixing air e After the positioning in the BG measuring chamber an extra waiting time of approx 10 seconds is added In this special case if requested a Na conditioner will be aspirated at this time during the system calibration process The measuring chamber surroundings are briefly washed and dried and Solution 2 is aspirated over the T amp D Pos 7 to SS2 The further procedure is identical to the ISE only measurement The room air is slowly aspirated through the BG measuring chamber for the O 1P calibration The air aspiration path is switched through over the T amp D Pos 3 SS2 SS1 VBI and VBO The necessary FMS mixture for the following electrode conditioni
332. e electrode may indicate a bad electrode 2 NE correction value dC02 and status This value is an evaluation criterion for the PCO2 electrode and represents the mean value of the difference potentials at calibration after the air calibration to the actual value of the calibration A means that during this calibration the current position could not be updated Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting For example AVL OMNI Service Report Electrode Potentials 29 05 1998 10 59 Serial Number 2393 Range 29 05 1998 10 29 29 05 1998 10 59 Meas 29 05 1998 10 38 Potential Standard Deviation pH 02 K Cl Ca pH 02 Na K Cl lt gt Optobus Error Counter 001000 lt E gt 10 40 Fill Levels M 381 324 891 1049 374 665 460 N 385 906 1058 420 714 674 2 2 0 0 0 6 1 6 10 1 9 dD 1P 386 896 1055 417 717 671 1 1 0 5 0 6 04 06 0 7 Stby 10 40 FMS 0 78 dCO2 8 2 0 lt gt MSS SOL_D 30 25 29 95 26 21 334 44 227 78 371 52 lt gt Empty Ref lt gt Flush Ref Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 93 9 Troubleshooting 4th Report FMS parameter Printout under Options Report Service Report Displays information on the FMS HLl Designation e g Cal M Wash date time HL2 FMS HL3 CBG CISE Mix IL C module module C FMS alarms Optobus errors FMS
333. e message window Header right above and in the system stop window e System warnings Displayed only in the message window no stopping of the system e Errors with displayed in the Electrode status report no stopping of the system Errors not identified by the software e Other problems which be encountered Errors identified by the software System stops Displayed in the message window Header right above and in the system stop window Close Bottle Compartment Cover Is the bottle compartment cover open no yes Close bottle compartment cover Switch of bottle compartment cover defective Date Invalid Please Set Date Time The date is less than 1 1 1999 Set date time under System Setup Miscellaneous Times amp Intervals Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 1 9 Troubleshooting Communication error additional information Observe LED 2 3 and 4 of the Main control see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard Normally the three LED s should glimmer with the same intensity Do all 3 LED s glimmer with the same intensity Is the Communication error number 1 2 3 or 4 5 One more modules do not respond change defective module change see chapter 5 The following applies Measurement control module Communication error 1 COOX
334. e not observed The instrument is only to be operated by qualified personnel capable of observing these prerequisites Only accessories and supplies either delivered by or approved by AVL are to be used with the instrument Due to this instrument operating principle analytical accuracy not only depends on correct operation and function but also upon a variety of external influences beyond manufacturers control Therefore the test results from this instrument must be carefully examined by an expert before further measures are taken based on the analytical results Instrument adjustment and maintenance with removed covers and connected power are only to be performed by a qualified technician who is aware of the dangers involved Instrument repairs are only to be performed by the manufacturer or qualified service personnel Explanation A This symbol is located on the inside of the instrument Refer to the Operator s Manual Service Manuals Symbol for instrument type An instrument of the B type falls under safety categories I II or III or has an internal power supply providing the required insulation against discharge current and reliable ground connections Important Information Important Information Operating Safety Information instrument falls under Safety Category I instrument belongs to Type The instrument is designed as a conventional device of closed not wa
335. e synchronization ALARM level When the ALARM level is reached the performance of the next necessary action is no longer possible however the measuring chambers are still filled and the analyzer goes into Fill Stop The Fill Stop process can be terminated by opening the bottle compartment cover or by pressing the System key The alarmed bottles are displayed in red crossed out in the bottle changing picture after opening the bottle compartment cover Simultaneously the counter standing of the corresponding bottle is set on the ALARM level and the bottle symbol is shown in red crossed out A counter reduction does not occur when e the counter is in the SYNC status bottle synchronization e the counter standing is smaller equal to the SENSOR level and the fill level sensor identifies the bottle as FULL Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 33 5 Function modules from A 4 Alarm behavior in containers without fill level detection Synchronization 5 34 The synchronization procedures are omitted by the optical electrical fill level detection in these reagents When the ALARM level is reached no Fill Stop is given but Solution 1 and 3 solution for calibration of MSS Releasing of a Check MSS Solutions which means that MSS parameters will be no longer calibrated when MSS No Sample Detect is detected by the sample sensor SS2 in addition Solution 2 Na contitioner Releasing of a No
336. e terminated within 6 Too much friction seconds 7 Y home position reached too soon Horizontal slide adjusted manually Motor incremental encoder defective 8 Y home position reached too late Horizontal slide adjusted manually Motor incremental encoder defective 9 Y motor blocked for more than 50ms Motor incremental encoder defective mechanical blockage of slide 10 Y light barrier responds unexpectedly YZ Distributor Board defective 12 Y timeout action could not be terminated within 6 Too much friction seconds 13 Z home position reached too soon Horizontal slide adjusted manually Motor incremental encoder defective 14 Z home position reached too late Horizontal slide adjusted manually Motor incremental encoder defective 15 Z motor blocked for more than 50ms Motor incremental encoder defective mechanical blockage of slide 16 Z light barrier responds unexpectedly Z distributor board defective 17 Cover was opened during Z positioning 18 Z timeout action could not be terminated within 6 Too much friction seconds 19 illegal XY position Z movement is not performed 20 Home position could not be reached Mechanical blockage process terminated 21 Attempt to approach illegal position 22 During component test only Ampoule block not installed or 23 X adjustment error ampoule block not found tolerances to high 24 Y adjustment error ampoule block not found Ampoule block not installed o
337. e the small quadring 8 Unscrew the ledge from the cover see Fig 10 15d and change small quadring NOTE Remove the quadring with the help of tweezers and pay attention to the proper positioning of the new quadring NOTE Do not use a sharp edged pair of tweezers to remove the tubing Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Assembly is done in reverse order Call up the function Options Wash Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the Hemolyzer board see Fig 11 7 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 4 Disconnect cable from the Hemolyzer board 5 Remove the 3 allen head screws Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Mainboard up to software revision number lt 4 5 Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard The following description is valid from the hardware version Rev 25 and from the software
338. e you start with exchange save all important values e g calibration values under Data Manager Cal More Backup Restore When changing the entire PC tower see Fig 84 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove the 4 fixing screws from the screen grid only from SN 2000 on and the 4 Phillips screws which hold the thermal printer Remove both 5 Disconnect the power supply and the 26 poled flat cable data line from the thermal printer 6 Unplug all cables of the PC tower 7 Remove the cable clip above the floppy drive and disconnect the display cable from the MSMAVL 8 Remove the 3 fixing screws for the PC tower 2 on the side panel one on the bottom of the device and remove the PC tower Caution When removing the PC tower If the AVL OMNI is used without AutoQC module the barex tube of the pre assembled AQC cable tree is fixed to the PC tower Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE After replacement of the PC tower restore data manager data customer settings and instrument specific values O2 UPol Baro S value actual barometric pressure COOX offset values sample counter hotline number serial number AutoQC serial and revision number as well as number of total measurements and perform a
339. easurement value monitoring function and the corrective function can be turned off briefly The default setting is ON ON is also automatically set after each power on and once a day NOTE Do not forget to deactivate this function after service Otherwise the AVL OMNI provides improper measurement values Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Luminations On Off Service Keyboard On Off MSS Temp increased AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 Economy Mode On Off AutoQC On Off Het On Off 8 Maintenance Service area This function enables a turning on and off of the permanent measuring chamber lighting NOTE Turn off the permanent measuring chamber lighting after repair work has been done When the lighting is turned on permanently its lifetime is minimized greatly With this function the keyboard special functions can be locked or released With this function the MSS measuring chamber operating temperature can be changed from 25 C to 30 C If the function is ON 30 C operation in an environment with 95 humidity is possible NOTE When the MSS measuring chamber temperature is set to 30 C the lifetime of the lactate sensor will be reduced If the AVL OMNI is not used for a prolonged period of time it can be put into the standby mode In this mode reagent consumption is reduced the electrodes are however optimal conditioned through a system maitenance process This process occurs every 3 hours
340. eat Halogen lamp defective gt change lamp holder change see chapter 5 NOTE If for example COOX lamp error 1 and a COOX lamp error 64 occur simultaneously the error codes are added and the code 65 is issued on the Avopto report Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 43 9 Troubleshooting Lamp error 2 AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only Display in calibration or electrode status report Printout a calibration or electrode status report under Options Reports Lamp error or calibration flag 53 is printed Check entire light path light guides prism cuvette scratched or very dirty Change see chapter 5 COOX HW error AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only Perform PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 hardware test Check whether 24 V are applied press reset key LED 2 lights up when reset key is pressed After releasing the key an acoustic signal sounds twice and 4 seconds later once No acoustic signal or continuous tone no yes on PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 is defective gt change EPROM e Processor or components defective gt change PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 change see chapter 5 e Check LED s Description see chapter 5 Call up System Util Service Area Switches 1 Avopto Report On Alarm on Avopto report 00000000 00000800 COOX HW error 4 no yes ADC error gt change PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 change see chapter 5 Alarm on Avopto report 00000000 00000
341. ectors which are located on the rear wall of the analyzer The Barcode control see Fig 6 8 serves as an Interface between the Barcode scanner connected on the rear wall with its own plug connector and the PC and is mounted on the left outside wall of the PC tower as seen from the rear wall The printer module has a paralell Centronix interface and is connected to the respective PC interface It is mounted on the PC tower The PC board B486SLC consists of e two serial interfaces TTL gauge COMI interface for Main control and 2 interface for Touch screen e paralell interface designed as PS 2 compatible LPTI internal printer a VGA compatible Local bus video interface for analog Monitors active Color LCD passive Color LCD e 512 Video RAM a keyboard interface for standard PC AT keyboards e a floppy drive interface for two 3 5 floppy drives a hard disk interface for two IDE hard disk drives e areal time clock with externally buffered 128 Byte e 4 MB working storage with parity e a CPU 48651 with 33 MHz systemclock a PC AT Motherboard logic two DMA controllers two interrupt controllers one Timer and one DRAM controller a BIOS e a Watch dog and Reset generator The periphery signals for delivery on the AVLIFB are conducted on a 128 poled the BUS signals of the AT 96 BUS on a 96 poled VG ledge Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 9 10 Pre
342. ectrode holder When changing the MC electrode holder see Fig 24 10 BG Fig 26 8 ISE or Fig 28 12 MSS please proceed as follows 1 Remove the analyzer cover and remove in an upward direction 2 To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left 3 Open the locking lever and the contact clip at MSS module see Fig 29 4 Remove the electrodes REF and Jun or RCon or the reference and the dummy electrode and the MSS cassette MSS module from the measuring chamber NOTE The MSS cassette should not be removed from the system for more than 10 minutes to prevent damage to the enzyme sensors MSS cassettes should therefore be stored in the MSS conditioning system if available 5 Pull the MC electrode holder from the measuring chamber with the aid of the locking lever 6 Remove the tube from the electrode holder Assembly is done in reverse order After reinstallation of the electrodes barcode entry is not necessary Confirm the screen display by pressing Continue NOTE Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Recommendation only when exchanging a MC electr
343. edure must be performed before turning the analyzer off More than 24 hours If the AVL OMNI is to be shut down for more than 24 hour perform following steps Please press System Util Analyzer Actions Shutdown NOTE To perform the shutdown procedure follow the instructions on the screen 1 Connect the Shutdown tubing set to the corresponding suction tubes see Fig 11 the tubes with the rigid ends are connected to the Reference solutions Remove the bottle of Solution 6 and place the tube in a container with distilled water Suction tube bottom connector Fig 11 Bottle compartment section 2 Press the key Continue Recommendation During the washing procedure remove the shutdown tubing set again and again briefly approx 1 sec and than 3 sec in the water from the container with distilled water to enable aspiration of air segments This measure improves the washing procedure After completion of the washing routine remove the shutdown tubing set and the container with distilled water 3 When the prompt to remove electrodes and PP tubing set appears open the analyzer cover 4 Open the measuring chamber by pressing the measuring chamber cover gently to the left Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 11 4 Installation Shutdown 10 Open the locking lever and the contact clip at MSS measuring chamber see 4 7 and remo
344. efully out of the AVL OMNI and remove the MSS measuring chamber by unscrewing the 2 hexagonal screws on the side of the measuring chamber 18 Remove the MSS module Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 59 5 Function modules from 2 Finally Changing the contact clip NOTE Make sure that the L elastomer top right on the SD cartridge is placed properly on the sample distributor when reassembling the SD cartridge Do not exchange the two tubes on the sample distributor when reconnecting Before replacing the electrode plugs clean their coupling piece on the measuring chamber with cotton swab 1 Remove the RCon or the reference and the dummy electrode and MSS cassette from the old measuring chamber and install the new unit Switch on the AVL OMNI 3 Activate System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Fill Routines Aspirate Sol D In glu lac urea mode also activate Fill Reference Electrode Observe the input tube to the sample distributor during the aspiration process The solution must be aspirated into the sample distributor reservoir without air bubbles complete fluid column When a new bottle is inserted air is aspirated in the beginning if necessary call up function twice 4 Activate System Cal System Cal Initiate a system calibration by pressing the Start key When changing the contact clip see Fig 29 please proceed as fo
345. ement the PC calculates the respective measurement values based on the previously determined calibration values and existing correction values Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 Description of Functions Specifications AVL OMNI Wiring and wiring without PC Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board Aktor Board V23 V24 V02 V19 6XQK V14XPC V04 V03 V13 BB0987 BB0988 BB0986 0856 0857 0984 0985 Valve bus Valve bus Aktor Optobus Opto P Control Board Re 232 880854 to 554 AV OMNI 1 6 module SMNI7 9 Mainboard AVL OMNI 7 9 1798 J7 J6 for internal use only 0866 Vacuum sensor BC0233 Power supply 5V 12V 24V 0292 V24 P Vac pum GNDP1 p 0584 Motherboard Sample distributor J6 J7 J21 J22 J23 J25 notused J13 Fluid level OMNI 1 3 BP1945 BB0555 J10 OMNI 4 6 BP1677 ass det board OMNI 7 9 BP2290 gon NEM BB0539 412 40 40 40 20 Mix Bottle comp contact valve BP1644 white marking opto transmitter BG ISE MSS tHb Hemo MC measuring chamber PP lyzer allayailable BP1846 BP1755 BP1634 BP2046 BP1626 BP2434 measuring modules indicated Fig 2 AVL OMNI Internal wiring The wiring of the PC tower with the power supply unit is shown on
346. ending upon the version of the analyzer is connected to the following measuring chambers over the Motherboard BG measuring chamber Measurement of partial pressure PO partial pressure PCO and pH value e ISE measuring chamber Measurement of ion concentrations of K iCa and Het e MSS measuring chamber Measurement of glucose lactate and urea e tHb measuring chamber Measurement of total hemoglobin COOX module Measurement of the hemoglobin derivatives O Hb HHb MetHb SulfHb ctHb and 50 The main control and measurement control module are located on a common board called Mainboard The individual measurement chambers are connected over the Motherboard A detailed description of these modules can be found in chapter 5 Function Modules from A Z Optobus Mainboard ORIG Main control PC 80C196 Relayboard Measuring module OptoBus 800196 Motherboard ISE tHb MSS Measuring chambers pumps valves liquid sensors Power supply switches optical sensors Fig 1 AVL OMNI Block diagram This module is necessary for sample input and the control of calibration fluids A detailed description of this module can be found in Chapte
347. ensitive Device When changing the SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac board and the SSE MSS Mainboard see Fig 28 1 please proceed as follows 1 Remove the MSS measuring chamber as described on page 5 59 2 Loosen the measuring chamber ledge see Fig 28 14 3 Remove the shielding cover of the MSS module 4 Disconnect all cables from the board and unscrew the respective fastening Screws 5 The SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac board can be removed through the top Carefully pull the SSE MSS Mainboard out toward the back danger of damaging the heater control Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the Connector board BG and ISE module only 5 Function modules from A 2 Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the Connector board please proceed as follows 1 To disassemble the Connector board first remove the BG or ISE measuring chamber Follow the instructions on page 5 52 or page 5 55 To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left Remove the measuring chamber ledge see Fig 24 8 or Fig 26 5 Disconnect the connector for the MC illumination foil and the measuring chamber cover heater see Fig 24 and Fig 26 a and b Push the leg approx 1 cm to the outside following the direction of the arrow see Fig 24 and Fig 26 2 and remove the Connector board Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE The polarization volt
348. ensor SS2 detects a sample before COOX tHb positioning a sample distribution error occurs This is only performed when a tHb or COOX measurement is requested and the tHb or COOX sample segment can be positioned properly The tHb or COOX sample is aspirated quickly to and slowly through the hemolyzer In order to remove foam from the hemolyzed sample it remains in the air bubble trap for a short time and is then positioned in the cuvette Aspiration takes place over the converting line V4 cuvette air bubble trap hemolyzer and V2 It is important that excessive sample fluid is properly removed from the sample distributor Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber with Sol D Starting the FMS and washing the measuring chamber surroundings tHb or COOX washing and mixing of the FMS solution 7 Functional procedures The remaining sample is moved out of the sample distributor towards the peristaltic pump by vaccum After completion of the BG and MSS signal detection Solution D is aspirated in the MSS measuring chamber through the unwashed sample distributor The procedure is identical to the Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber with Solution D routine Section MSS Ref calibration page 7 19 Calculation of the measured value can begin only after detection of the reference value which means that problems occurring during positioning and calculation of t
349. ent Fig 63 Optical sensors sample sensors in the T amp D module When changing the optical sensors sample sensors in the T amp D module please proceed as follows Optical sensor SS4 a and b or SS6 1 Disassemble the T amp D module as described on page 5 133 2 With a screwdriver push the snap hooks aside and remove the sample sensor 3 Remove the label from the old sample sensor and attach it to the new sensor Assembly is done in reverse order Optical sensor SS4 c 1 Disassemble the T amp D module as described on page 5 133 2 Remove the bracket from the motors and remove the motors from the T amp D module 3 Disassemble the housing of the T amp D module by removing the two screws 4 With a screwdriver push the snap hooks aside and remove the sample sensor 5 Remove the label from the old sample sensor and attach it to the new sensor Assembly is done in reverse order 5 134 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from 2 After reinstalling the motor for the lifting movement the shaft of the T amp D module must be freely moveable To ensure that this is the case pull the shaft forward during installation of the motor for end position shaft see Fig 64 Fig 64 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 End position shaft T amp D 5 135 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the tubing set and the disk When changing the t
350. er necessary for background lighting The Display IFR board contains its own microcontroller which converts the signals from the matrix of the touch panel into serial signals It is assembled in the screen housing The TFT LCD converter is a transformer and provides the voltage supply for the fluorescent lamps located behind the flat screen in the screen housing The hard disk is assembled on the inside of the PC tower the floppy drive is located on the rear panel as seen from the rear panel of the analyzer see Fig 85 1 and 3 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 103 5 Function modules from A 4 PC board B486SLC or 5x86 The basic part of the PC is a PC board of type 48651 The single printed circuit board PC B486SLC contains complete electronics including storage and driver for the floppy drive hard disk printer and flat screen It is connected on the AVLIFB with 2 plug ledges AT96 bus and interface bus This is fastened to the rear panel of the PC tower see Fig 85 5 and includes the necessary interface expansion with the corresponding plug connectors which are located on the rear panel of the analyzer The Barcode control see Fig 85 7 serves as an interface between the barcode scanner connected on the rear panel with its own plug connector and the PC and is assembled on the left side panel of the PC tower as seen from the rear panel The printer module has a parallel Centronix int
351. er and sample distributer cover 4 eee Tube from Sample distributer to tHb cartridge 5 T amp D sample inlet path 6 M T amp D module Bypass cartridge 9 Fluid mixing system FMS Line for Solution A 1 ree epe Te NES Connection for Standard B 2 iu Second connection of the line for Solution 3 M THE Bottle pipe III to the Sample distributor Bacterial filter 5 Hemolyzer docking flange tHb measuring chamber and securing button D Measuring chamber releasing button sea depu Lahore eke Tubing cover Leigh aed pene vee eee Waste tube 2 Waste 2 22 odes cafe Pete eeu tHb cartridge 63 VE SEA RA UU T VE RUE BG measuring chamber bane Bob ISE measuring chamber 25 Measuring chamber cartridge PP cartridge 10 22 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 AVL OMNI 10 Previous revision levels rear view 1 Screen tiped in forward direction without PC tower
352. er under item 18 added Fig 4 updated PC104 deleted Possibility of language setup added Urea activation added 4 5 e Fig 6 updated Note added urea reagents 4 7 MSS measuring chamber setup added 4 10 Fig 11 updated 4 11 Item 13 updated relief clamp no longer necessary 4 12 Text modification under item 20 installation of AutoQC DemoKit GD0211 Number of pages revers to Service Manual Rev 7 0 May 1998 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 49 10 Previous revision levels 4 13 Section Installation of the AutoQC module updated from SN 5000 cable tree is pre mounted 4 20 5 Aerosol trap added 5 24 Text modification under Barcode scanner 5 27 Text under Changing the cable trees updated e valve bus added e BK0331 BK0332 BK0334 deleted BK0333 replaced with BK0348 cable tree FMS 5 31 Solution R3 added 5 41 Text modification unter Changing the FMS 5 42 Fig 18 updated e Text modification because of new hemolyzer Changing the quadrings no longer necessary 5 45 Table of DIL switch assignment Mainboard updated 5 49 Fig 21 updated 5 55 e Fig 25 updated urea added Text modification Urea added 5 59 Changing the contact foil deleted 5 66 und 5 67 MSS Conditioning System under Changing the MC electrode holder
353. erface and is connected to the respective PC interface It is assembled on the PC tower The PC board B486SLC consists of e two serial interfaces TTL gauge COMI interface for main control and interface for touch screen e a parallel interface LPT internal printer a VGA compatible local bus video interface for analog monitors active color LCD passive color LCD e 512 kB video RAM e akeyboard interface for standard PC AT keyboards afloppy drive interface for two 3 5 floppy drives a hard disk interface for one IDE hard disk areal time clock with externally buffered CMOS RAM 128 Byte 4 MB working storage e a CPU 486SLC with 33 MHz systemclock a PC AT Motherboard logic two DMA controllers two interrupt controllers one timer and one DRAM controller a BIOS e a watchdog and reset generator The periphery signals for delivery on the AVLIFB are conducted on a 128 poled the BUS signals of the AT 96 BUS on a 96 poled VG ledge 5 104 For serial numbers shown below and higher a board compatible with B486SLC with a 5x86 processor is used has a small fan directly at the PC chip The internal clock speed of 100 MHz 25 MHz external permits faster processing of e g database functions AVL OMNI 1 AVL OMNI 2 AVL OMNI 3 AVL OMNI 6 5919 gt 5920 AVL OMNI 7 gt 5922 AVL OMNI 8 5866 5867 gt 5924 5851 gt 5910 gt 5893 5858 5860 5897 5
354. eristaltic pump please proceed as follows 1 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Open the plexiglass cover tension lever of the peristaltic pump and push the linear clamp white plastic part in the direction of the arrow see Fig 51 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the grounding line Disconnect the stepper motor connections from the Motherboard and remove from securing clip Unscrew the 4 Phillips screws which hold the peristaltic pump and remove them Assembly is done in reverse order Test the function of the pump tubing set in the menu System Util Analyzer Actions PP Tubing Exchange Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 115 5 Function modules from A Z Changing the PP head Changing the PP tubing set 5 116 When changing the peristaltic pump head please proceed as follows 1 Inthe Ready screen press the key System Util Analyzer Actions PP Tubing Exchange and follow the instructions on the screen 2 the screen in forward direction 3 Open the PP cover 4 Open the plexiglass cover tension lever of the peristaltic pump and push the linear clamp white plastic part in the direction of the arrow see Fig 51 5 Remove the complete tubing set tube holder and tubing 6 Remove the setscrew 1 5 mm from t
355. es wanes EE UTE TEE vue ve n ERE UR es PUR 8 14 Turbidity Corr On OTI sese e re Rave re ee ese E LO RE ER P RE exuta etu 8 14 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 8 Maintenance Service area 8 1 Sp cial diminue 8 14 AUtOOE OPU ON ET 8 14 Serial Number Mechanics III 8 14 Revision Number Mechanics 2 144 2 220000000000022 8 14 Total Measurements eee desee ea ode 8 14 AutoQC Adjustment Option secret Peg eo ede perde dads dae lo ee EXE Eee Eee er ER 8 15 Activate Deactivate Urea AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 8 15 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 Maintenance Service area 8 Maintenance Service area Maintenance Daily maintenance Check the fill level of the reagents Control in the program section Options Reagent Fill Levels Decontamination of surfaces Data storage This chapter describes the maintenance tasks which must be performed by the service technician and partially by the user to ensure the proper functioning of the AVL OMNI perform by the service technician only C S perform by the customer or service technician NOTE Please refer also to Operator s Manual chapter 9 section Maintenance Decontaminate all outside surfa
356. es are old and not reproduced e Try 2P calibration or analyze calibration problem Repro No Sample No Ref aspiration or calc3 no yes See related errors For other errors refer to the respective error Scenario 3 1P Repro not OK yes Scenario 9 Change respective electrode Scenario 4 1P Mean not OK no yes Reference electrode defective gt change Change Electrode Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 5 No sample Call up Options Reports Service Report Repro amp Quality Electrode status flag always 13 on ISE no yes Reference aspiration problem gt Scenario 10 Watch wash and fill procedure during 1P calibration for bubbles after filling Last moment bubble no yes Try new FMS calibration or change PP tubes Check Cl electrode for obstruction Scenario 6 1P Calc 3 Call up Options Reports Service Report Repro amp Quality High SD s on all parameters no yes Scenario 11 Electrode defective air bubbles in the electrode itself e Amplifier defective Scenario 7 Reference aspiration problem Call up Options Reports Service Report Aspiration amp Conductivity Check aspiration status code Reference pos problem no yes Leak in measuring chamber e Junction Electrode e Sealing
357. es not open Only very little fluid is aspirated no yes e Tubing under PP cartridge kinked e tubing not properly seated e Fill port area leaky e Leakage to sample inlet path e Fill port dirty Cleaning see chapter 1 under Decontamination 552 and 553 are exchanged in devices with tHb or COOX module only Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 17 9 Troubleshooting SD Cover error Sample distributor cover is missing no yes Assemble sample distributor cover e Sensor defective e Connections interrupted or disconnected Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting SD Temp error The following scenarios are built up in a logical way and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Scenario 1 Call up System Test Module Test Voltages Voltage test OK yes no Power supply Mainboard Motherboard electrical connections interrupted Scenario 2 Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Temperatures SD temperature too high SD temperature LED remains dark see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard no yes e Direct sunlight gt shading e Room temperature gt 31 reduce room temperature e Filter dirty gt change filter change see chapter 5 e Fan defective change fan change see chapter 5 e Check plug connectio
358. ex tube AutoQC module 5 8 Barometer sensor 2 20 2 2 5 47 8 11 Bypass cartridge eer Mr PEERS 5 27 Cables eem entum miS oh 5 28 Cal Sim 8 8 Calculated parameters 3 9 Calibration 7 1 Calibration fla88 etes 9 105 Calibration parameter limits 9 110 Calibration iue ps 3 11 Calibrations Calibration cycle reple rere 7 1 3 10 Mixing system calibration 7 23 MSS Int 1P Slp calibration 7 21 MSS Ref 7 19 1 calibration 2 7 25 O Zero calibration 2 7 25 Cartridges Bypass 5 27 Measuring chamber cartridge 5 71 PPSCartrid 4 d eee HET 5 117 Sample distributor 5 122 tHb cartridge cime MPH 5 89 Center seal for sss 5 67 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Index Classification 3 19 Connector board BG and ISE 5 63 Contact clip MSS measuring chamber 5 60 Container Pipes oe
359. f this does not take place within a time limit the aspiration status code see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes is given The liquid column is stopped and positioned by stopping the peristaltic pump PP and by closing the valve input V I or VII VBI If the conductance measured during motion obviously changes due to the closing of the valve input it is defined as improper filling of the measuring chamber and leads to the aspiration status code 2 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Aspiration of Reference solution during calibration 7 Functional procedures See Fig 4 At the beginning of this procedure the measuring chamber valve output VIO VBO is still open and the measuring chamber valve input VII VBI is already closed Before the Reference solution valve V9 for ISE or V5 for BG is opened the peristaltic pump creates some mbar of under pressure to prevent the flow back of the Reference solution column when the Reference solution valve is opened After the Reference solution valve has been opened the solution is slowly aspirated until the exchange of the rear mixture column against the Reference solution is detected by virtue of a significant increase in conductance between MCI and MCO No considerable bubble should be aspirated from the Junction during this procedure leakage If the necessary increase in conductance is not detected within the time limit aspir
360. flourescent lamp please proceed as follows 1 Pull the screen forward and remove the 4 Phillips screws to open the screen housing 2 Remove the Phillips screw from the angle bracket and remove the angle bracket see Fig 6 3 Remove the 3 pole connector see Fig 6 from the fluorescent lamp and pull the lamp from the housing on the right side Assembly is done in reverse order Gj N S 4 1 Cable clip 3 pole connector Fig 6 Display Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 43 10 Previous revision levels 10 44 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Manual revision 7 0 May 1998 Chapter 2 Revisions modified chapters all applicable from software version 4 5 Summary Chapter Page 1 Modification Addition Cover page Increase of revision number from 6 0 to 7 0 Contents updated all chapters Text corrections and modifications 1 1 Text added under Relative humidity EN added 1 3 ESD protective measures added 2 1 2 2 Revision number of Mainboard Motherboard SSE MSS Mainboard and SSE MSS contact print updated 3 7 Text added under Measurement parameters Precision glucose and lactate 3 9 Calculated parameters updated Shunt OER avDO added 3 10 2P
361. follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Pull sample drip tray down and out Press the T amp D flap in the direction of the arrow see Fig 7 Disconnect the tube at the barex tube from position 10 of the T amp D flap see Fig 7 Pull off the clamp see Fig 7 T amp D flap Clamp Fig 7 Changing the barex tube 1 Pull the barex tube out of the T amp D module from the back Open the cover of the AutoQC module Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z 11 Remove Phillips screw from the horizontal slide siehe Fig 12 16 and disconnect barex tube from the tubing at the steel tube 12 Unscrew the sleeve from the sheathing of the barex tube see Fig 8 Sleeve Fig 8 Changing the barex tube 2 13 Pull the barex tube from its sheathing Assembly is done in reverse order Please refer to the retrofit instructions enclosed with the spare part NOTE Do not bend the new barex tube when placin
362. fon ae Ie EE 8 10 Setups intct lc m e er e rete sse E TR IER D RIED eee ede im pete rS Perle to ege Ope Beebe 8 11 dence esee o teste 8 11 0B Vil EET 8 11 Sample ve SE Ro Ee Ete dede ecd Ronde qe 8 11 Reset Val s os nA HR PER e Phe e ee re RR ER SIR DRE ER HIER 8 11 SQ T Et 8 11 Hotline E 8 11 Reset MSS Cal AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 9 8 11 Set Serial Number ae n eR ERE EPI DM a e EI UE Ko ona tenes E OE CERT EROR DE UP ETE RR TAS 8 11 Delete ETE E EE 8 11 Reset MSS Cal AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 29 9 ee hee rene 8 11 special VESts on tp RM PL Ree ree tue ode eo e ME qe 8 12 n Nes 8 12 C 8 13 New Cleaning Sol On Off esca eite eve b ente bi Ene e pe 065 8 13 COOX Module AVL OMNI 3 6 49 8 13 Optics Leste o oet ee es DR Rt SM AS M Yep tob aee epe 8 13 Wavelength eth RA E Re PR n deg Rae DRM RARE 8 14 ucl 8 14 Interference Control On OFf EA v
363. g 12 29 please proceed as follows 1 9 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position Switch off the AVL OMNI Open the cover of the AutoQC module Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 Loosen screw 25 and remove the cable guide in the direction of the arrow see Fig 12 Disconnect the motor cable from YZ distributor board see Fig 12 31 see Fig 5 9 1 and15 Remove the fastening screws from the motor see Fig 14 1 and 15 and remove the motor Remove the toothed disk from the motor and attach it to the new motor Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the Z motor When changing the Z motor see Fig 12 18 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI Open the cover of the AutoQC module Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 16 see Fig 14 Remove the slide plate see Fig 14 2 and 3 Disconnect the motor cable Z distributor board Remove screw 7 Fig 14 to remove axis 11 ON tA Remove the fastening screws from the motor see
364. g and supply take place over the Motherboard J19 5 53 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from 2 j OD Pi EH dn See eo L Fig 26 ISE measuring chamber D eae ENE Connector board 8 Amplifier REF 97001 4 Amplifier POT 9700LP1 5 m ISE measuring chamber ledge 6 Center seal for 7 Dummy electrode housing eere ntes VE des MC electrode holder ISE 9 Saar quado ne Locking lever Late Connector for MC illumination foil b Render rent Connector for measuring chamber heating c SEES E Ten e FEQ 14 poled flex cable 5 54 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the ISE measuring chamber 5 Function modules from A 2 Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the ISE measuring chamber see Fig 86 24 please proceed as follows 1 10 11 To disassemble the ISE measuring chamber first remove the BG measuring chamber Follow the instructions on page 5 52 under Changing the BG measuring chamber Disconnect the two electrode plugs black and whit
365. g chamber Disconnect the tube from the FMS pipe on the upper SD end and insert syringe Call up System Test Component Test Valve Test Open V5 amp V7 and aspirate vigorously with the syringe Is the Reference solution aspirated yes no Major leakage e MC electrode holder is not fixed correctly in place e An electrode is not seated properly Only a mix with air bubbles are aspirated from the measuring chamber over the Junction line no yes Leakage e Ref connector is leaky e Junction connector is leaky e One of the BG electrodes is leaky e One of the electrode seals is dirty change the seal or replace the electrode Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 9 9 Troubleshooting Reference solution is aspirated as required over the desired path Measuring chamber is blocked clogged leaky outside of converting line e Obstruction in the MC electrode holder Scenario 6 to check V15 Call up System Test Component Test Valve Test Open V16 disconnect tube from nipple on the SD cartridge and insert syringe Check sealing of the V15 by aspirating with the syringe Built up underpressure remains no yes Sealing is all right gt Scenario 7 Built up underpressure diminishes Sealing not OK e V15 defective change see chapter 5 PP cartridge defective change see chapter 5 Scenario 7 Close V
366. g chamber cartridge valves on valve bracket Whe 1 2 5 n changing V26 VBO V7 V5 V9 and or V8 please proceed as follows Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the respective valve connector from Aktor Board BB0857 Remove the two fastening screws and take out the valve unit Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Test the switching function of the valves by switching the Whe 1 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 respective valve under System Test Component Test Valves When the valve is closed the valve plunger must be clearly visible through the cassette n changing V28 VIO V11 and or V30 VSO please proceed as follows Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove the fastening screws for the valve bracket and take out the entire unit Remove the bell housing and the adapter as described on page 5 143 Disconnect the respective valve connector from Aktor Board 0857 Remove the two fastening screws of the respective valve actuator and take out the valve unit For disassembly of V30 Aktuator board 0857 and V8 must
367. g it into the Sheathing Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 9 5 Function modules from 2 Changing the magnetic valve When changing the magnetic valve see Fig 12 36 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI 3 Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts 4 Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module by loosening the two screws 1 see Fig 12 5 Remove the cap and the relief clamp from the magnetic valve see Fig 13 7 und 8 6 Remove the two screws from the magnetic valve 7 Disconnect the magnetic valve cable Assembly is done in reverse order Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Valve Switch Valve to check the function of the magnetic valve Changing the YZ distributor board Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the YZ distributor board see Fig 12 27 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 2 Switch off the AVL 3 Open the cover of the AutoQC module Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 5 Lo
368. ge and transport conditions Temperature 20 C to 60 C 4 F to 140 F Humidity 0 95 non condensing Shock resistance lt 50g Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 17 3 Description of Functions Specifications Environmental considerations Electrodes Operating conditions Temperature 37 C 98 6 F for BG and ISE 25 C 77 0 F or 30 C 86 0 F for MSS Humnndity 20 85 Storage conditions original packages Teiperature cite 15 C to 30 C 59 0 F to 86 0 F for BG and ISE 2 C to 8 C 35 6 F to 46 4 F for MSS ence 20 to 80 96 Transport condition in original packages Temperature 2 5 C to 40 C 23 0 F to 104 0 F over a 3 day period 20 C to 50 C 4 0 F to 122 0 F for MSS over a 3 day period Humidity eite 0 80 96 erase dest 508g Environmental considerations Reagents Operating conditions Temperature 15 C to 35 C 59 0 F to 95 0 F Humidity ncn 20 to 95 96 Storage conditions in original packages Temperature 0 see page 3 13 20 to 95 Transport condition in original packages Temperature
369. ging the Fluid level detector board 5 Function modules from A Z Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the Fluid level detector board see Fig 87 9 please proceed as follows 1 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 2 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 3 Disconnect all cables and optical light guides from the Fluid level detector board 4 Unscrew the four Phillips screws Assembly is done in reverse order Changing the Waste cap T2 When changing the Waste cap T2 see Fig 86 22 please proceed as follows 1 Open the analyzer cover and remove it in the upward direction 2 Open the bottle compartment cover 3 Pull off both tubes from the Waste cap T2 4 Swing out the Waste container and pull container down and out 5 The Waste cap T2 can be removed by pressing both flaps together NOTE The Waste container and its tubing may contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Assembly is done in reverse order Activate the function Options Wash Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 39 5 Function modules from 2 Changing the Waste cap com
370. h MSS polarization not ok 6 If during these phases a manual termination an alarm or a system stop occur such as Solution 3 R3 or D is empty Check MSS Solutions in message window Waste is full system stop temperature alarm measuring chamber cover was openend the polarization is terminated the alarm code 00100000 is set and the message MSS polarisation not is displayed The electrode status for BSA LAC GLU NH4 K and Urea is Pol cancelled and the service report shows flag 39 The calibration database continues to show that the MS sensor is waiting for calibration Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Example of an Aspiration and Conductivity report after termination AVL OMNI Service Report Aspiration amp Conductivity 29 05 1998 10 59 Serial Number 2393 Range 29 05 1998 10 29 29 05 1998 10 59 lt gt Empty Ref lt E gt 10 32 SSE Cover Error Pol Chk 29 05 1998 10 32 Aspiration Status Conductivity Aspiration Temp BG ISE MSS tHB BG ISE MSS BG ISE MSS lt E gt 10 32 Zero Solution lt E gt 10 32 Fill Levels lt E gt 10 36 MSS Polarization Running C2 0 D 0 C2 0 D 0 C2 0 D 0 C2 0 D 0 C2 0 D 0 Stby 10 43 FMS 0 50 Wash 29 05 1998 10 43
371. have been made Please change the EPROM I17 on the T amp D control see Fig 62 to perform a software update Information on the display of the AVL OMNI under Options AVL Support or System Test Component Test Aggregates T amp D System T amp D Info e The up to date software revision is located on EPROM 117 see Fig 62 The storage areas locations 7 00 7 08 be read out by using programming device For example T amp D V0535 for version 5 revision 35 The T amp D module is controlled exclusively from the Mainboard over the internal optical connection Exceptions are the adjustment procedures immediately after reset and the identification of a capillary or syringe message to Mainboard which initiates all further steps which are performed automatically The following adjustment steps are automatically performed by the module immediately after turning on or Reset e Adjusting the sensor for the docking off mechanism The T amp D disk is docked off and the course of the sensor signal for laying down criteria for decisions is recorded e Adjusting the sample container detection The T amp D disk is turned to position 2 and 0 to identify signals which occur during interruption or free light barriers These two values are necessary for the identification of a capillary at a later time If the module functions properly the T amp D disk stops in position 1 until the PC starts the Mainboard SS
372. he AQC control board Only AutoQC values are being corrected not values from manual QC measurements NOTE Do not install or remove the AQC temperature sensor when the system is connected to power The YZ distributor board distributes the signals from the AQC control board to the Y motor DC and to the Z distributor board The light barrier for Y transmissive photointerrupter is located directly on the board Connector to AQC control board 14 pin A Connector to Y motor DC Connector to Z distributor board 10 pin Light barrier Y Fig 5 Block diagram YZ distributor board Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Z distributor board The Z distributor board distributes the signals from the YZ distributor board to the Z motor DC The light barrier for Z transmissive photointerrupter and the sample sensor light barrier are directly located on the board Connector to YZ distributor board 10 pin flat cable Light barrier Z Connector to Z motor DC Fig 6 Block diagram Z distributor board NOTE Moving the unit into the service position as described in the Changing the AQC control board following may in some cases only be partly or not at all possible due to defective components It should however be performed at any rate to facilitate service work If the service po
373. he pump head 7 Pull off the PP head see Fig 51 8 Attach the new pump head and secure it with the setscrew Make sure that the setscrew grips on the flat side of the shaft NOTE Make sure that the pump head does not rub against the pump plate If needed position the pump head slightly higher 9 Place the tubing set around the roller do not cross the tubes 10 Close the plexiglass cover tension lever The tubing holder is then pressed into the PP cartridge sealing part 11 Close the PP cover and tip the screen in the upward direction 12 Press the key Continue NOTE Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth When changing the PP tubing set please proceed as follows 1 Inthe Ready screen press the key System Util Analyzer Actions PP Tubing Exchange and follow the instructions on the screen 2 the screen in forward direction 3 Open the PP cover 4 Open the plexiglass cover tension lever of the peristaltic pump and push the linear clamp white plastic part in the direction of the arrow see Fig 51 5 Remove the complete tubing set tube holder and tubing 6 Place the tubing set
374. he reference value will be included in the measurement and identified as flag 14 Ref n ok That means that the results will be displayed after the reference point calibration See Fig 5 This procedure is identical to the starting of the FMS during a calibration cycle The only difference is that the measuring chamber surroundings are washed simultaneously during a measuring cycle First sample inlet path and bypass are washed for approx 1 5 seconds with vacuum over the T amp D Pos 2 and emptied into the Waste Thereafter the path over the sample distributor V15 and V16 are switched on After both paths have been briefly washed approx 0 5 seconds V23 is closed The washing of the sample distributor is stopped after 2 more seconds The T amp D still remains docked on The FMS is started simultaneously Same procedure as during calibration See Fig 6 The tHb or COOX module is washed over V3 V4 cuvette air bubble trap hemolyzer V2 and V23 into the Waste V24 is closed in the opposite direction in which the sample is aspirated At this point washing is done with 2 Solution A packages rinsing with one larger Solution A package and the filling for the reference measurement is performed The introduction of air takes place over V4 The mixture of the FMS solution is performed simultaneously to this procedure or to its place holder Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 11 7 Functional procedures Drying
375. head under Yearly maintenance 8 6 Text correction 9 1 Date Invalid Please Set Date Time added 9 21 Text addition under SS error the error code will be printed the service report 9 32 Text addition under pos error the error code will be printed on the service 9 107 Header under List of calibration flags corrected 9 112 limits for slope and interference updated Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 10 51 10 Previous revision levels Chapter 2 Revisions Electronic 14 Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BA0866 Rev_6E Mainboard 156 0080 CS D2E7 195 0082 CS 843A 121 177 XZ0109 CS 73B6 0520 Rev 8D MC heat control BB0532 MC ceramic heater BB0533 Heat foil BB0534 MC cover heat control BB0539 Fluid level detector board BB0542 Rev BE Connector board BB0548 Rev 5B T amp D control BB0551 Rev 22 tHb board BB0555 Rev 67 Motherboard BB0582 SD heat control BB0584 BFR board BB0630 Rev 04 Hemolyzer board BB0648 Rev 12 Relay board XZ0111 CS 43FE I2 XZ0110 CS 43DA BB0651 Rev 11 T amp D sensor board I17 XP0079 CS SEE78 BB0657 Rev 02 Sensorprint Waste BB0663 Rev 13 PolyOx KX Control 121 XP0139 CS CC93 122 XZ0109 3 04 CS 73B6 BB0662 Rev 00 PolyOx Digital I5 XP0138
376. hed disk see Fig 14 17 and over the carrying wheel see Fig 12 14 Fasten the toothed belt with screw 13 see Fig 12 Place the toothed belt on the carrier pins of the horizontal slide see Fig 12 17 Assembly is done in reverse order Changing the toothed belt long When changing the toothed belt long see Fig 12 23 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position Switch off the AVL OMNI Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module by removing the two screws 1 see Fig 12 Remove the cover of the AQC control board by removing screws 6 and 35 see Fig 12 Remove screws 10 and 22 see Fig 12 to remove the cover of the vertical slide and pull off the metal plate in direction of the arrow Remove the screw at the carrying wheel see Fig 12 19 and 20 and remove the old toothed belt Stretch the new toothed belt over the toothed disk see Fig 12 34 and over the carrying wheel see Fig 12 20 Fasten the toothed belt with screw 19 see Fig 12 Place the toothed belt on the carrier pins of the vertical slide see Fig 14 14 Assembly is done in reverse order 5 20 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2
377. ible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth After reassembling a PP cartridge the valve cap must relock the PP cartridge in other words the grooves of the valve cap must be vertical Confirm the information with Continue and change back into the Ready screen NOTE Do not exchange the two tubes on the sample distributor when reconnecting Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from 2 Pre filter Function This filter is used as a pre filter for the filter inside the AVL OMNI The filter frame is attached to the outside of the rear panel with snaplocks the upper part can be removed for filter replacement Changing the pre filter When changing the pre filter please proceed as follows 1 Open the filter frame by pressing on the ribbed areas on the top at the same time pulling the two clips up disengaging the snaplock 1 2 Tilt the upper part of the filter frame to the back 2 3 Grasp the filter frame by the clip and pull it out 2 Discard the pre filter in accordance with local regulations Biohazard Assembly is done in reverse order ribbed area Fig 53 Changing the pre filter Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 119 5 Function modules from A 4 Sample distributor SD
378. ical error 58 Time out 4 T amp D SW error 59 slot was found within 75 steps from the narrow slot Mechanical error 60 First slot was not found within 36 steps after movement start Mechanical error 61 No further slot was found within 30 steps during turn Mechanical error 62 The next slot was found within less than 55 steps from the Mechanical error narrow slot 63 From position x another position was found after only 18 steps Mechanical error Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 23 9 Troubleshooting Call up System Test Module Test T amp D System all functions including the sample container detection are checked Does the disk dock concentrically on the fill port yes no e Depending upon the displayed error change T amp D control or T amp D mechanics change see chapter 5 e Adjust T amp D disk adjustment see chapter 5 Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Sample Container Detection Display should read not detected Insert capillary in the fill port and check if Sample Container Detected is shown Check up to which angle the capillary can be held and still be identified min 15 In case of error check the connection of the photoconductor D28 Check if the photoconductor is strongly bent or miss aligned change sample container detection change T amp D control change complete mechanics change see chapter 5 9 24 Service Manu
379. ing cycle and may thus destroy the MSS cassette Therefore it Should only be used during a first startup Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 15 8 Maintenance Service area 8 16 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 L 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen aous 10 M N V 5 8 snotAoJqd QT Jo1deuo oos UOISTASI Jo SAIS snorAo1d uoneoutpojA Vie 21 196 xipueddy Vie 1 0 Aq jou 05 Aq pormuopr 0S Sc MS NS uoisiA23 08 10 NS eras o qeorjdde 00 0 6 TOISTA V o V V j10do1 eotAJ9g V V 5 Aq pormuopr jou suonoung 10114 V Ve V 052 Ws SPZ US 0 Pz NS 02 AS 0725 AS 46 Joqumu uorsrA21 5 0005 NS 00ST NS 9PTI NS NS Jaquinu uris ojqeordde 186 AON 0 8 186 0 L6 0 9 116 O S 196 O t 96 WIEN 196 294 OT UOISIA9J enue NW 41 6 1e1deuo 5 1611 0002 0 6 uININO TAY enuen 9 Troubleshooting 9 TROUBLESHOOTING Errors identified by the software 9 1 NA Miu IT PEE 9 1
380. ing and for the docking motions a respective stepper motor is provided The turning motion is controlled with a transmissive photo interrupter the docking movement with a reflex light barrier Both light barriers are located on a small board T amp D positioning board The detection of the sample type is performed with the help of optical light guides which are connected to D26 on the T amp D control Further 3 optical light guide sensors are provided in the T amp D module which differ from one analyzer version AVL OMNI 1 9 to the other see also Fig 63 and chapter 7 section Sample input SS positions AVL OMNI 554 right AVL OMNI 2 3 554 left AVL OMNI 4 SS4 center AVL OMNI 7 to 9 SS6 center EPROM RAM 32 kByte 32 kByte EL SM driver dock 5 N D25 S ats enver 6 CPU L 80 196 BA Optobus Sensor dock 7 J4 Sensor turn m POWER GND 556 J2 AVL OMNI 7 9 Fig 61 Block diagram T amp D control Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 131 5 Function modules from A 4 Software Behavior after reset Software update Determining the software revision Binding into AVL OMNI software Adjustment procedures 5 132 The T amp D disk is driven to position 1 after a series of self calibration steps
381. ing at SS2 Positioning in the sample distributor SS1 separate BG Positioning of a sample segment for the tHb or COOX measurement and filling the converting line with Solution A 7 8 To achieve the sample volume limit the input positioning takes place at the Sample inlet path sample sensors in the AVL OMNI versions lt AVL OMNI 5 For the synchronization of this procedure the sample must be aspirated to the general distribution start point SS2 when necessary In this case the same path through which a capillary is aspirated is used Here aspiration takes place over the converting line closed V14 V4 V2 SS3 and V24 closed V23 If it is not possible to position the sample column from SS3 reaching back to 552 the tHb COOX aspiration error 11 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement is given To ensure proper sample transportation particularly for the Hb aspiration cycle 2 large segments of Solution A are subsequently aspirated into the converting line via V3 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Aspiration of the sample in the BG measuring chamber positioning BG 7 Functional procedures See Fig 4 This aspiration procedure requires that the sample contact peak is located at SS1 It is aspirated with the peristaltic pump over VBI VBO and the converting line The start of movement is detected by the breaking off of the calibration liquid peak in the measuri
382. ing procedure unless described differently is necessary for the assembly and disassembly of most of the components in the AVL OMNI 1 2 3 4 5 Open the analyzer cover and remove upward direction Remove the sample distributor cover see Fig 86 3 Tip the screen in the forward direction Open the bottle compartment cover Pull off the tubes 1 2 and 3 see Fig 1 from the sample distributor Fig 1 Disconnecting the tubes from sample distributor ON Disconnect all cables power cable barcode etc from the AVL OMNI Open the Phillips screws on the back of the analyzer Remove the rear panel diagonally in the upward direction Remove the grounding plug from the rear panel Unscrew the two Phillips screws which hold the measuring chamber plate and pull up until it clicks into place NOTE When the measuring chamber plate is pulled up the thermal printer paper slips out of the paper feed Please be sure that the thermal printer paper is located in the paper feed when closing the measuring chamber plate Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain remnants of biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Service
383. ing the sample distributor cartridge see Fig 86 3 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Util Analyzer Actions Park Cartridges SD Cartridge to retract all valve tappers Open the analyzer cover and remove in the upward direction Open bottle compartment cover Remove the sample distributor cover see Fig 56 8 Pull sample drip tray down and out see Fig 56 6 Remove the fill port adapter see Fig 56 5 by turning it downwards DWOg e e pu Remove the T amp D cover by pressing the lower edges in an upward direction and pull it off toward the top Remove the sample inlet path see Fig 56 4 oo Push the bypass cartridge see Fig 56 b in the direction of the arrow downwards and remove the bypass nipple see Fig 56 a 10 Pivot the FMS air bubble trap see Fig 56 3 towards the right outside NOTE Make sure that the FMS air bubble trap is fully swiveled out to make the nipple accessible 11 Pull off the tube from the SD cartridge see Fig 56 1 NOTE Be careful when removing and attaching the tube at the upper nipple to V15 Do not use a sharp edged pair of tweezers to pull off the tube 12 Release the SD cartridge by turning the 3 holding levers see Fig 56 2 90 to the left 13 Lift the SD cartridge on the right upper end and rotate outwards Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Make sure that the L elastomer top right on the sample distributor c
384. ings FMS time main switch for password system module priority run counter QC calibration report switches fill levels not calibrated parameters deactivated parameters reagent components mixing ratio number of protocols to print unit setup data for temp controlling setup for economy mode Hct offset acoustic alarm signal AQC back flush error counter QC lockout status open time password system Limit of counter for cleaning procedure actual counter for cleaning procedure setup for cleaning Setup for data archiving FILLDATA KX expiration date insertion date of reagents FONTDEF KX definition of fonts for the internal printer QCDATA KX act setup of QC materials QC multirule switches RMSETUP KX maintenance setup LANGDEF KX list of additional languages MEASPROT xxx definition files for measurement reports ASTMCONF AVL definition of values which selected for ASTM measurement report 5 100 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 FNTAB AVL definition file for internal printer PARFONT AVL selected fonts for internal printer PRNLST AVL list of installed external printer drivers SPO DAT history files for service report 5 definitions for measurement reports ASCII Host TPI FMT definition file for ticket printer
385. int not OK Ifs Ref not OK 77 ADC hardware problem at an interference sensor IfS ADC HW Error 79 ADC overflow at an interference sensor IfS 22222 80 ADC underflow at an interference sensor IfS lt lt lt lt lt 81 No stable conductivity value detected sample pos error 82 No air segment between calibration and measurement sample sep error 83 General KCL aspiration problem Ref Sol asp error 84 General KCL positioning problem Ref Sol pos error 85 SS1 detects the end of the sample but the measuring chamber is not End of sample det completely filled 86 Ratio between long and short contact path is not OK Irregular sample 87 No direct effect on BG ISE information for combination 551 no SS2 yes MCFL 87 88 No direct effect BG ISE information for combination 551 SS2 yes no sample detected 89 No sample detected after module is filled no sample detected 90 No sample detected after module is filled no sample detected 91 No direct effect on BG ISE information for combination 551 SS2 yes insufficient sample 92 Sample volume too small insufficient sample 93 Sample distribution problem 552 yes 551 no 552 yes 553 no sample distr error 94 Sample container attached No sample detected by 552 no sample in VSS 95 Insufficient sample volume detected in MSS module insufficient Sample SS4 no
386. interface for two IDE hard disk drives e areal time clock with externally buffered CMOS RAM 128 Byte 4 MB working storage no parity a CPU 48651 2 with 50 MHz systemclock a PC AT Motherboard logic DMA controllers interrupt controllers one timer and one DRAM controller e a BIOS The signals from the peripherals are transmitted to the board MSMAVL via 5 pin connectors the BUS signals from the PC104 BUS are transmitted via a 104 pin PC 104 connector Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the PC board MSM486V Changing the Interface board MSMAVL 10 Previous revision levels Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the PC board see Fig 7 4 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 4 Remove the 2 Phillips screws see Fig 6 10 securing the power supply unit 5 Remove the 3 Phillips screws see Fig 6 a b securing the PC unit MSMAVL PC board MSM486V and panel slightly lift the PC unit and carefully swivel it to the side 6 Remove the hard disk see Fig 6 3 and its carrier plate 7 Remove the 4 spacer bolts and the PC board Assembly is done in reverse order Electrostatic Sensitive Device The changing of the Interface board see Fig 7 5 is done in the same ma
387. ion e the counter is set at the SENSOR level and reduced further when the respective fill level sensor detects FULL or e when the respective fill level sensor detects EMPTY and the counter is set at the WARNING level reduced further and it simultaneously gives the SYNC status further to the twin bottle B or C Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z If a bottle to be synchronized reaches its ALARM level a FILL STOP is given and both bottles are shown in red crossed out in the bottle changing picture General rules for opto electrical fill level detection The initial scanning in of the fill level takes approx 30 ms The fill level control is activated Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 during emptying of the sample distributor The following is applicable for Waste In a time window of approx 4 5 seconds 0 5 seconds after the vacuum pump has stopped until the end of Wait BG3 permanent scanning in takes place If the filling level is detected as empty once during this time it is interpreted as being not full yet For the other containers Scan in the fill level sensors value and interpret in bottle changing picture the following is applicable for Waste Only changes from full to empty are detected scan in once result For the other containers A change in fill level is detected after the same condition has been scanned in after 15 times the value is
388. ion 4 exhausted no yes pH value of Solution 4 low change Solution 4 Remark The pH cannot be measured by taking Solution 4 as a sample No zero solution no yes l Fill level counter low amp aspiration error See list of calibration flags page 9 105 Scenario 3 1P Mean not OK Baro OK no yes Electrode defective gt change Baro not OK adjust baro settings see chapter 8 under Service area Setup Scenario 4 1P Repro not OK Call up Options Reports Service Report Check history for analyzer startup measuring chamber cover opened electrode changed Any evidence of such actions 5 Drift due to interference Electrode defective change the electrode doesn t fill properly during calibration improve filling performance by wetting S Attention aspiration errors might be due to chrystals T amp D disk 9 70 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting PO out of specs Scenario 1 Wetting problem no yes Wet electrode Air bubbles i e Combitrol Level 1 120 mmHg instead of 60 mm Hg no yes Wet electrode QC high all levels very often at first measurement no yes Failure at calculation of memory correction Install SW gt 3 3x or change electrode QC sample handling OK no yes Scenario 2 e Storage temperature e Equilibration Scen
389. ion modules from A Z Container pipes Function The container pipes serve for fluid transportation Changing the container pipes With the help of the shutdown tubing set put the AVL OMNI out of operation see Chapter 4 under Shutdown and follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Please pay attention which container pipes are to be changed according to Fig 87 Please proceed as follows Changing the container pipes for Solution 5 R1 R2 and R3 Fig 87 8 1 Remove the the Solutions 1 to 5 and the Reference solutions R from the bottle compartment 2 Open the cover of the tubing see Fig 86 18 by pressing the two securing levers downward 3 Pull off the corresponding tubes from the container pipes Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 5 After loosening the corresponding fixing screw the container pipe can be removed Changing the container pipes for Solution A B C D and Mix Fig 87 15 13 1 Unscrew the right side panel the screws are accessible from the inside 2 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 3 Remove the 3 fixing screws for the PC tower 2 on the side panel one on the bottom of the device and pull out the PC tower approx 70 mm in direction of the rear panel of the device 4 After loosening the fixing screw the container pipe 13 Mix line see Fig 87 can be removed 5 Please
390. ision levels the components can be replaced seperately Flatdisplay interface board FLATIF 12 51 7 3 signals the control of both displays run from AVLIFB J10 see Fig 2 over a flat belt cable to FLATIF which is mounted on the foot of the display The line which is provided by the cable is connected to the board with an adapted passive resistor array The active color LCD is connected to the 34 poled connector H4 1 The required voltages 5 V 12 V are supplied by the plug connector 52 1 see Fig 4 1 50 H1 14 pol H 2 1 26 pol H 2 2 S 2 1 O 34 pol 4 1 Fig 4 FLATIF Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 13 10 Previous revision levels Changing the FLATIF Changing the Flourescent lamps Changing the entire Touch screen 10 14 When changing the FLATIF see Fig 8 2 the fan unit is to be dismounted Please follow the directions for Changing the Fan and the Filter see chapter 5 After dismounting the fan unit please proceed in the following manner 1 Remove all cables from the FLATIF an loosen the four holding screws 2 Remove the FLATIF Installation is done in the opposite sequence NOTE Has your AVL OMNI for the components PC board B486SLC AVLIFB and FLATIF one of the following revision levels replace in case of failure always all three boards PC board B
391. ist and interpretation of flags occurring in the AVL OMNI during measurement Described in service report under Options Reports Service Report Repro amp Quality List of all flags that may occur during measurement Flag Description Text 6 Calculation error 1 UC calc 1 11 No or invalid precalculation calc 3 14 MSS reference value invalid flag gt 0 Reference not OK 21 Temperature alarm temp error 26 ADC hardware problems ADC HW error 29 ADC overflow gt gt gt gt gt 30 ADC underflow lt lt lt lt lt 39 Parameter in alarm signed with a black cross not calibrated 50 Wave length calibration in process SW error 51 Cannot calibrate to hardware problems HW error 59 Error with Slave CCD processor during calibration error 60 Calculation error 6 calc 6 61 COOX module does not detect blood or similar sample Interference s 62 Wave lengths not calibrated not calibrated 64 Measurement performed by PC or UC despite layer thickness not calibrated MCFL 64 For development only 72 Calculation error 1 from an interference sensor IfS 1 75 Invalid precalculation from an interference sensor IfS Calc 3 76 Interference sensor reference po
392. it 100 kOhm Reference amplifier Fig 33 POT 9700LP1 Circuit description The inputs are high resistance transformers which control the differential amplifier v 10 Thereafter a filter fg 10Hz and an AD conversion takes place The digital data is given serially The 9700LP2 is an amplifier for power supplying electrodes PO The electronics consist of two functioning parts e Production of variable polarization voltage UPOL e Strobing circuit A galvanic separation is provided in order to prevent that the voltage to be measured is spread via the measuring chamber The power supply is given by a galvanically separated DC DC converter the signal transmission by the optocoupler Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 73 5 Function modules from 2 REF 9700LP3 5 74 VU Fiter AID Elektrode K0 S amp H Filter PWM Fig 34 AMP 9700LP2 Circuit description The measuring module control offers the I O driver the PWM pulse width modulated polarization voltage The optical linking path separates galvanically A filter produces a DC from the PWM The S amp H Sample amp Hold stage holds the polarization voltage UPOL ready during the electrode measurement time During this time the next electrode amplifier can be set on another UPOL The electrode
393. it Activate the paper take up unit under System Setup Miscellaneous Thermal Printer Paper Take up Unit If your AVL OMNI includes an AutoQC module option activate the module under System Util Service Area Switches 1 AutoQC ON as well as the ACQ temperature sensor under System Setup QC AutoQC AQC Temperature Correlation For installation of ampoule mats and all settings necessary for operation of the AutoQC module please refer to the AVL OMNI Operator s Manual Test the function of the pump and the pump tubing set in the menu System Util Analyzer Actions PP Tubing Exchange Activate a printout of the calibration report by pressing Options Reports Last Cal System Setup Edit Reports Calibration Report If the message Check Date Time appears it can be reset by setting the date and time under System Setup Miscellaneous Times and Intervals Date Time Assemble analyzer cover Return to the Ready or Warm up screen A system calibration will be performed Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 Installation Shutdown Shutdown procedure Less than 24 hours If the AVL OMNI is turned off for less than 24 hours please press System and turn off the analyzer NOTE Glu lac urea sensors will be destroyed if they are not stored in the MSS conditioning system If the AVL OMNI M is not used for an extended period of time a shutdown proc
394. it has a modular setup e washing of MSS measuring chamber with solution D e filling of MSS measuring chamber with solution D e aspiration of Reference solution with urea only depending on preceding procedure empty reservoir via V21 ash bypass sample distributor converting line and empty FMS See Fig 16 During this procedure the peristaltic pump aspirates clockwise with both tubes at the measuring chamber V14 closed Valves VSI and VSO are opened From an air reservoir between PP cartridge and sample channel output a pump tube leads air back into the sample channel from the top Here air and solution D are mixed in equal proportions to wash the measuring chamber Duration a few seconds See Fig 17 For the filling procedure V17 is switched The air supply is switched away from the sample distributor to ensure that no air is added during the subsequent filling process Filling of the measuring chamber is evaluated with the conductivity measurement When solution is flowing a stable no airbubble movement and plausible value must be measured between MCI and MCO If this is not possible within a certain time limit aspiration error 1 is displayed see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement The fluid column stops when the peristaltic pump stops and the inlet valve VSI closes and is thus positioned If the conductivity measured during flow does not change significantly after the inlet valve
395. ive to electrostatic discharge ESD Packages with this label should be opened by trained personnel only Friction of 2 insulators produces triboelectricity on the surface of the insulators physical phenomenon of charge separation Examples e Shoes with rubber soles Walking causes friction Person is charged via ground Touching an object e g door handle causes a discharge e Synthetic clothing Spark discharge is audible and visible in the dark The drier the air the stronger the frictional electricity In humid air especially when saturated with water vapor generation of static electricity is generally low Thus generation of ESD phenomena is especially strong during the winter months Northern Hemisphere in centrally heated rooms with low humidity When an electrostatically charged person touches an assembly a discharge may occur via the pins of an IC or semiconductor component The resulting voltages may cause damage to the component if this charge is discharged to ground e g if the component is connected to power and to protective ground this can happen even if the device is turned off as long as it is connected to power Critical situations occur during repair or testing of components if the latter are placed on a more or less conducting surface e g table top and are touched by charged person Again it is possible that the charge is discharged via a critical pin In the past current control semiconduct
396. l BP 1894 Reference electrolyte solution for calibration pH ISE and urea electrodes package contains 12 ready to use containers with 100 ml each Water Potassium Chloride 1 2 mol 15 30 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 2248 Solution for calibration of glucose and lactate package contains 4 ready to use containers with 40 ml each Water Electrolyte buffer components 4 Acetamidophenol 2 25 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 2292 Solution for calibration of glucose lactate and urea package contains 4 ready to use containers with 38 ml each Water Electrolyte buffer components 4 Acetamidophenol urea ammonium 2 8 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Solution 2 Solution 3 GLU LAC Solution 3 GLU LAC UREA Solution 4 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability 3 Description of Functions Specifications BP 1898 Soluti
397. l signal conditions at data access means less than once per week and these lockups must be repairable by switching off and on the analyzer In these cases we don t recommend to exchange any hardware exception PC104 not updated to Rev 4b gt update necessary Eventually an installation of an UPS uninterruptable power supply should be done Scenario 1 Switch instrument off and on again Display shows no test picture after startup no yes OK Communication to uC Mainboard defective check connection and Mainboard Instrument function not OK yes Scenario 2 Scenario 3 2 Reinstall software and check again Failure not reoccurring yes Scenario 3 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 9 75 9 Troubleshooting Lockup DOS 5 Check PC hardware DOS commands are working no yes e Check software installation again Check harddisk Check PC hardware Scenario 3 Barcode reading problems no yes Check the following points e Contrast of barcode OK e Clear and readable barcode original barcode e Keyboard connected e Keyboard permanently pressed e g box on keys Reinstall software and check again Touch screen defective Change touch screen change see chapter 5 In case of lockups in DOS under messages like DOS4GW error
398. lable power open NTC circuit or interruption in the signal path PTC e High temperature indicated module is hot thermal energy is limited by a thermal fuse or the available power open PTC circuit or interruption in the signal path e Low temperature indicated module is cold PTC is short circuited or short circuit in the signal path The following scenarios are built up logically and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Scenario 1 Call up System Test Module Test Voltages Is the voltage test OK yes no Power supply Mainboard Motherboard electrical connections interrupted Scenario 2 Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Temperatures Temperature too high BG ISE LED remains dark see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard 5 Direct sunlight gt shading e Room temperature gt 31 reduce room temperature e Filter dirty gt change filter change see chapter 5 e Fan defective change fan change see chapter 5 e Check connection J18 BG J19 ISE on Motherboard or J7 on Connector board e cover overheated Scenario 3 e Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 e Change BG ISE module change see chapter 5 e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 9 38 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Temperature too high
399. lashed on replacing the MSS sensor just after the blood wetting when the Glu Lac or Urea sensor fails the first evaluations with Solution 3 and Solution D e Wait to see if two of the three parameters will be ready after the first calibration in 1 2 hours If this is acceptable the defective sensor can be deactivated and the other sensors are still usable e 11 15 necessary that the defective sensor also works replace the MSS sensor and conduct polarization as described DB archiving Data archiving is beeing performed Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 45 9 Troubleshooting Hemolyzer error AVL OMNI 2 3 5 6 8 The following scenarios are built up in a logical way and are to be performed 9 successively until the error source has been identified Scenario 1 Call up System Test Module Test Voltages Voltage test OK yes no Power supply Mainboard Motherboard electrical supply interrupted Scenario 2 Call up System Test Component Test Aggregates COOX Module Hemolyzer Normally the red LED on the Hemolyzer board HS board should glow brightly and stop with the hemolyzer test saying OK Does the LED just glimmer or blink twice weakly no yes Check hemolyzer connections J2 on HS board e Change hemolyzer change see chapter 5 e Change HS board change see chapter 5 Disconnect the connector J2 between the hemolyzer and the
400. lder is thermostated to 37 C by the integrated heater block Changing the cuvette holder see Fig 40 2 When changing the cuvette holder please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Pull off the tubes on the right and left sides of the cuvette holder see Fig 40 1 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 5 Pull off the optical light guide see Fig 39 2 and 3 6 Disconnect cable from connector J8 see Fig 39 on the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 see Fig 39 6 7 Remove the three screws on the back of the cuvette holder and remove the cuvette holder Assembly is done in reverse order Changing the cuvette When changing the cuvette please proceed as follows 1 Press the key System in the Ready screen This prevents the pumping of fluids during the changing of components 2 Open the bottle compartment cover 3 Place your thumb on the cutout of the cuvette holder cover and push up the magnetic clip see Fig 39 1 and Fig 38 a The cuvette holder disengages 4 Push up the fastening clip with the aid of a pointed object see Fig 38 b 5 Hold the fastening clip up and remove the cuvette with a pair of tweezers see Fig 38 NOTE Use caution when handling the new cuvette never touch the surface with bare hands Hold the cuvette
401. lectrode test when MCO or MCC is lifted e Shortcut to ground in the junction electrode tubing theoretical possibility Similar situation as described in note 8 on page 67 Here the interfering effect 1s faster electrical noise not drifts Reasons Defective drifting Ref electrode or lost connection between Ref and Na bubble 11 9 68 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 9 Troubleshooting not calibrated Scenario 1 Call up Options Reports Electrode Status OP Alarm no yes Scenario 2 1P Calc1 no yes Baro not calibrated 1P Mean not OK no yes Scenario 3 Repro not Scenario 4 1P Calc3 no yes HW failure or SW 2 06 See list of calibration flags page 9 105 Scenario 2 0P alarm 0P Mean not OK no yes Change Solution 4 and start 2P O calibration 0P Repro not OK Solution 4 might be exhausted even if there is still a lot of solution in the bottle Change bottle by reading code as only in this case AVL OMNI flushes the aspiration tube to remove all exhausted solution If there is no improvement change electrode Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 69 9 Troubleshooting 5 Check for small air bubbles Air bubble no yes Electrode doesn t with zero solution very high mVs wet electrode Solut
402. ler Pull the printer lever up Press the paper advance button until the paper comes out of the print slot Activate a few printouts under Reports and tear off the paper after each printout to make sure that the paper is fed straight through the center of the paper feeder If necessary move the thermal printer in its attachment holes to center it in the paper shaft 12 13 Switch off the AVL OMNI Screw on the thermal printer Assembly is done in reverse order the paper take up unit optional is installed on the rear panel of the AVL OMNI place the printer paper on the spindle and push the three prong spool over it Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 129 5 Function modules from A 4 T amp D system Function The T amp D module is a filling and distribution system with 11 possible inputs and one output and serves for the correct selection of calibration fluids wash solutions and the sample It supplies the measuring chamber with the desired fluid It generally consists of 5 functional units e Lifting device of the distribution disk docking and docking off movement The distribution disk can be moved towards the outside with a stepper motor and an eccentric disk Rotation device of the distribution disk The disk can be turned in desired positions with a stepper motor on the rear end of a shaft e Sample container detection The insertion of a sample container is identified b
403. les with 2 ml each Solvent Water Active Ingredients Potassiumdihydrogenphosphate Disodium hydrogenphosphate Amaranth Tensides Storage Temp 15 30 C Stability Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each ampoule label NOTE Use of calibration solutions or electrodes not manufactured for AVL could void the warranty A Waste container is provided once used the Waste container holds biological fluids which may be potentially infectious handle with appropriate care to avoid skin contact or ingestion FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE Measurement data Unmts ties tibet ke SI conv Environmental considerations Instrument Operating conditions Temperature 15 C to 31 C 59 F to 87 8 F Humidity AVL OMNI 1 6 20 to 95 AVL OMNI 7 8 9 measuring chamber temperature adjustable up to 70 if temp lt 31 C MC Temp 25 C up to 83 if temp lt 28 C MC Temp 25 C up to 90 if temp lt 27 C MC Temp 25 C up to 95 if temp lt 31 C MC Temp 30 C Measuring chamber temperature BG amp 37 C 0 2 98 6 F 32 36 F 9 25 C 0 2 C 77 0 F 32 36 F 30 C 0 2 C 86 0 F 32 36 F adjustable COOX 37 C 0 2 98 6 F 32 36 F tHD 32 37 C 0 5 C 98 6 F 32 9 F Stora
404. lished by a serial optical ringbus the so called Optobus Only the part of the ringbus from the main control to the measurement control module is an electrical connection since both modules are located on a printed circuit board Each module has an address and can be reached by the main control or by another module The main control can give the transmitting rights to the specific single modules The main control and the measurement control module to a certain extent steers and checks the pumps and valves as well as the optical sensors for the aspiration process and controls the fill levels in the reagent bottles The measurement module is responsible for recording data resulting from sensor signals from the specific measuring chambers as well as for temperature control The following brief examples describe the distribution of functions and the respective communication of each module or PC e User inserts capillary for measurement The T amp D module recognizes the inserted capillary and sends the corresponding information to the main control on the Optobus The main control transmits this to the PC by means of the optical serial interface causing a change of display The PC initiates the further functions at the main control which are necessary for measurement e user would like to perform a T amp D test and calls up this function on the display The PC sends the appropriate message to the main control which identifies it as a so called m
405. list Chapter 2 of this Manual includes a summary of all mechanical or electronic modifications as well as available software versions Important information Information in this manual marked NOTE describes situations or hazards which can damage or cause malfunctioning of the analyzer e Use a stable level working environment max 1 degree inclination when bottles are inserted Prevent vibrations direct sunlight and strong electromagnetic fields Electro motors transformers x ray devices immediate vicinity of mobile telephones e g Allow approx 10 cm space around the analyzer for air circulation and electrical supply e Ambient temperature 15 C to 31 C e Relative humidity AVL OMNI 1 6 up to 95 96 AVL OMNI 7 8 9 up to 70 if temp lt 31 C MC Temp 25 C up to 83 if temp lt 28 C MC Temp 25 C up to 90 if temp lt 27 C MC Temp 25 C up to 95 if temp lt 31 C MC Temp 30 C e The power supply must be between 100 240 AC 6 10 permissible tolerance No setting is necessary e Avoid leakage of fluids inside the analyzer This can lead to damage in the electronics e Only use damp tissue or cotton swabs to clean the analyzer Complete service and repair tasks as described in this manual Improper service and repairs can result in loss of warranty rights Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 1 1 Introduction Warnings
406. llowing instructions NOTE When winding up the optical light guides make sure that the black light guide has 6 or 7 windings and the yellow light guide has only I The bending radius of the black light guide has to be 240 mm Do not bend the optical light guide during this procedure Connect the optical light guide immediately after removing the light guide protection Never touch or contaminate front surface of the optical light guide Check for the color coding and the optical light guide end marked K chamfered connector Black from lamp holder to cuvette holder top Yellow from polychromator to cuvette holder bottom with the light guide tip marked K connected to the cuvette holder Plug the optical light guide in until it engages and then lock the bayonet connector Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Fig 39 COOX module side view O Magnetic clip 2 Optical light guide black 8 Optical light guide yellow 4 eee esee Grounding 5 m Lamp unit 6 mu PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 7 COOX supply Sigua Sunes Lamp holder 9 eed bes uade J3 with polychromator cable dde eue Polychromator 1 ODER ERR PCR carrier B T Primary light guide with Lamp holder 9 T Secondary light guide with Polychromator Service Ma
407. llows 1 Open the analyzer cover the MC cover and the contact clip 2 Pull off the contact clip in vertical fully opened position from the axis in forward direction 3 Remove the new contact clip from the package NOTE Always hold the contact clip sideward by the handle only and make sure not to touch the contacts 4 Assemble the new contact clip in vertical fully opened position onto the axis NOTE Before closing the contact clip for the first time a MSS cassette or MSS dummy cartridge has to be installed Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the push pins Changing the cooling block 5 Function modules from A 2 When changing the push pins see Fig 28 please proceed as follows Push pins at RCon or reference and dummy electrode see Fig 28 11 1 Open the analyzer cover MC cover contact clip and locking lever and remove the RCon or the reference and the dummy electrode see Fig 29 2 Pull the corresponding push pin out of the measuring chamber e g with flat pliers Push pin Cover contact see Fig 28 4 1 Open the analyzer cover and the MC cover 2 Pull the push pin out of the measuring chamber e g with flat pliers Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Push pins at RCon or reference and dummy electrode and cover contact are not identical Make sure to use the same type of push pins for replacement When changing the cooling block see Fig 29 ple
408. lue Waiting for data link aborted data 5 Display in measurement report under System Setup Edit Reports Measurement Report 9 100 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Aspiration status codes during measurement List of flags 9 Troubleshooting List and interpretation of flags occurring in the AVL OMNI during sample aspiration Described in service report under Options Reports Service Report Aspiration amp Conductivity See also chapter 7 section Measuring cycle Sample distribution und Seite 9 112 Remark Aspiration Status Codes ASC for Solution 1 3 4 and 5 solutions aspirated through the T amp D module can be found in Table 3 on page 9 104 that may occur during sample separation Comb SS2 no at start of ISE positioning Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 the result from ISE positioning fill the module sufficiently or sample fragmented but positioning will be attempted Aspiration Flag Logic Text Comment Possible error status Code cause Sample in 14 552 no sample in for all parameters the sample container sample inlet time out VSS requested module detection activated path on the way to erroneously or SS2 SS2 defective 40 vacuum for all parameters the at AutoQC measure during AQC requested module ment no vacuum was aspiration build up
409. lution 6 internal Cleaning Solution under System Util Service Area Switches 2 New Cleaning Sol NOTE If the holder for Solution 6 is not there please order Upgrade Kit for Solution 6 BP2565 System Stop Close Bottle Compartment Cover 1 Remove bottle 2 Read bar code from new bottle 3 Insert new bottle 4 Change additional bottles in the same way 5 Close bottle compartment cover uu Fig 6 Reagent bottles 22 Read in the barcode of the selected reagent The AVL OMNI identifies the correct solution and checks the expiration date The corresponding bottle symbol starts blinking on the screen If the expiration date has been exceeded a warning appears on the screen 23 Press bottle firmly into position The bottle symbol will stop blinking at Solution A B C D 5 and R At the Solution 1 2 3 and 4 as well as at the Waste container the symbol will not stop blinking 24 Insert all remaining bottles in the same manner Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 5 4 Installation Shutdown 4 6 Fig 7 Insert Waste container NOTE During new start up procedure only after correct shutdown procedure the bottle is automatically set to full since the device cannot detect the actual fill level of the Waste container If that is the case the barcode of the container must be scanned again and the fill level must be entered 25 Remove the Waste cont
410. mains dark Error on Mainboard change Mainboard change see chapter 5 In case of problems with cold start cold instrument and a warm start seems to be successful if PC104 not PCAT96 is used change PC104 board or update to Rev 4b exchange GAL MSDOS system can t be read from the disk Hard disk may be defective or setup is incorrect For PCAT96 An auto detection of the disk type for setup is implemented therefore try to reboot the system with correct system floppy 1 and follow the directions on the screen 9 60 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting For PC104 SN 1500 2565 up to Rev 4b Connect a keyboard and check the setup parameters Read from the HD label the counts for cylinders heads and sectors e g 988 8 52 Reset the PC or Off On and enter setup by CNTRL ALT S when the appropriate message appears Forward by up down keys to the HD setups and correct if necessary If setup was correct then HD will probably be defective If start procedure was not correct start again and check if system comes up correctly In this case you have to enter DOS and perform storcmos by c util chcksum nd c util storcmos If you have to change HD correct setup and perform storcmos as mentioned above System not correct on HD or HD may have bad clusters Check HD with scandisk c AVL PC scandisk and follow the directions on the screen Bad clusters detec
411. measurement flow is converted into an intensified measuring voltage over the I U converter and supplies the AD converter by means of a frequency distortion noise impairment filter The digital measurement signal is then offered to the external computer by the optocoupler OC and the I O driver The REF 9700LP3 is used for the amplification of the Reference electrode signal In addition the measuring chamber central nipple contact MCC in the Junction and the measuring chamber output nipple contact MCO in the Reference electrode which control the measuring chamber filling are grounded through 4 MCO 1kHz 2 5Veff Mainboard to all potentiometric amplifiers of the same module V 1kHz 2 5Veff Fig 35 REF 9700LP3 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Circuit description The unipolar Reference electrode signal is transferred to the potentiometric electrodes of a measuring chamber by an impedance converter Herewith the measuring circle for unipolar electrodes is closed A decoupled reference signal is offered for use on the computer For the dipolar potentiometric PCO electrode the reference signal provides a potential clamp In order to prevent the clamp from reaching too a high value for the PCO electrode circuit when an error on the Reference electrode occurs limit on the input side of the Reference electrode signal of approx 2V
412. measuring chamber cartridge 5 Function modules from A 2 blue coupling piece Waste tube Refernce solution output Tube from the T piece Fig 9 5 9 5 a m tebe AVI OMNI 9 P o Bupottabe MENN 9 Q Ca Electrode plug F Pate ae chamber 32 MC cartridge When changing the MC cartridge please proceed as follows 1 A QN tA 10 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Activate the program System Util Analyzer Actions Park Cartridges MC Cartridge to retract all valve tappers Open the analyzer cover and remove in the upward direction Open the bottle compartment cover Disconnect the four AVL 4 to 9 or two electrode plugs black and white see Fig 32 Disconnect the blue coupling piece see Fig 32 Remove Solution 1 2 3 and 4 from the bottle compartment Open the tubing cover see Fig 86 18 Pull off the Waste tube from the Waste cap T2 and remove from the tube guide see Fig 86 19 Pull of the Reference solution output tubes see Fig 86 under tubing cover 18 Pull of the tube from the T piece see Fig 86 20 5 71 5 Function modules from 2 11 Open the measuring chambers see Fig 86 23 and 24 and pull off the Measuring chamber output tube with a flat pair of tweezers 12 Loosen the 5 screws
413. n Solution 6 This warning is flashed when automatic cleaning with Solution 6 is activated service area and no sample is detected at SS2 Solution 6 empty no yes e Insert new bottle e Activate cleaning routine Warning disappears as soon as solution is aspirated e Check aspiration paths via T amp D position 11 e Activate cleaning routine Warning disappears as soon as solution is aspirated Check Solution 2 Check Solution 4 This error is flashed because the level counter for the bottle has reached the alarm level and two subsequent aspirations show a sample Bottle empty no yes Insert new bottle Aspiration problem T amp D module pos 5 or pos 7 or fill port dirty gt cleaning see chapter 1 Check Date Time This message is a warning that the date time on the AVL OMNI should be checked The alarm flashes because the date time is too out of synchronization with the next scheduled calibration time e The usual cause is that the AVL OMNI was kept switched off for more than 96 hours e The date time setting in the Bios on the PC has jumped forwards or backwards Battery defective AT96 SN gt 2300 older revision levels see chapter 10 Battery is located the Interface board 104 SN 1500 2565 Battery is located on the PC board MSM486V change entire board The message stops flashing when the date time is set on the AVL OM
414. nal controlled by the computer prevents switching on of the heater control and the halogen lamp voltage if the microprocessor does not start up properly Temperature control for measuring chamber The cuvette measuring chamber is heated and the sample material thermostated with the aid of 2 heat transistors and a high precision NTC resistor arranged on the subprint PolyOx Heat 9700 LY4 and directly screwed onto the measuring chamber The nominal temperature value is preset in the range between 36 C and 38 C by the microprocessor via a DAC Protective circuits are activated in case of an NTC interruption to limit the heat output to 3 5 W keeping the temperature in the measuring chamber to 40 C max They also ensure software detection by the controller to turn off the heater in case of an error The heater current is also turned off if one of the supply voltages fails Voltage checks With the aid of the internal ADC the microprocessor checks the following voltages e 15 V analog e 24 V voltage supply e 2 5 V reference voltage Heater current transistor 1 e Heater current transistor 2 Neon lamp voltage control Nominal value halogen lamp e Ground and via a precise 16 bit ADC e lamp brightness control locked Actual measuring chamber temperature Desired measuring chamber temperature e Neon lamp voltages e 5 V digital e 5 V analog e 15 V analog 5 86 Service Manual AVL OMNI Re
415. nate the tubing paths of Solution 1 3 5 D and R3 with AVL Deproteinizer Fig 4 Remove bottles 1 Activate the function program Options Cleaning Cleaning of MSS Tubes Open bottle compartment cover 3 Remove and dispose the bottles 1 3 5 D and R Connect the shutdown tubing set to the corresponding suction tubes see chapter 3 section Shutdown The tubes with the long rigid ends are connected to Solutions 5 D and R 5 Putthe tubing harness in a container with AVL Deproteinizer Press the key Continue and follow the instructions on the screen 6 Insert new bottles in the corresponding positions An internal cleaning with Solution 6 will be performed automatically during a System Calibration after e BG ISE 1000 sample measurements tHb COOX 50 sample measurements MSS 5000 sample measurements An additional cleaning with AVL Deproteinizer should be performed only when the measuring capillary is contaminated protein residue or if components of the measuring path are being replaced NOTE The decontamination procedure is identical to the cleaning procedure If an electrode is exchanged it has to be done before the wetting process only if MSS with Urea BUN is measured Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 Introduction BG measuring chamber A cleaning of the BG measuring chamber is necessary only when the QC values of the BG electrode are outside the assay ranges
416. nce Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 47 9 Troubleshooting MSS Temp Error AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only Scenario 1 The following scenarios are built up logically and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Call up System Test Module Test Voltages Is the voltage test ok yes no Power supply Mainboard Motherboard electrical connections interrupted Scenario 2 Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Temperatures Temperature too high MSS LED lights see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard no yes Direct sunlight gt shading Room temperature gt 31 C gt reduce room temperature Filter dirty gt change filter change see chapter 5 Fan defective gt change fan change see chapter 5 Check connection J20 on Motherboard or J7 on Connector board MC cover does not close properly gt check insulation and metal bracket inside the cover Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Change MSS module change see chapter 5 Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 Temperature too high low MSS LED lights up see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard no Start AVL OMNI again Temperature too low MSS remains dark see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and
417. ncremental encoder XYZ Cover switch Temperature sensor DC DC converter 24V to 5V Sample sensor Light barrier X Fig 4 Block diagram AQC control board u controller 80 196 Valve driver The module is supplied with 24 V by the AVL OMNI The required 5 V are directly generated on the AQC control board The two voltages are indicated by one LED each The same micro controller 80C196KC and an almost identical structure as that on the Mainboard are used The software is stored in a RAM and can be updated or reloaded after data loss caused by prolonged power off typically 3 months via the PC of the AVL OMNI The assembly was complemented with an EEPROM for storing serial and revision numbers of electronics and mechanics and the nurnber of measurements perforrmed with this module The two serial interfaces are for the time being used only for testing purposes This module is tied into the internal communication ring the Optobus of the AVL OMNI comparable to the T amp D control PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 NOTE An interruption of the power supply to the module also interrupts the communication within the AVL OMNI and causes a total system failure 3 identical DC motors control the unit in all 3 axes The current and thus the momentum of the motors can be limited to a maximum value via the software The distance covered and the rotational speed are measured by an incremental position
418. ne nis Power supply thermal printer 5 mec ES Power supply AVL OMNI 6 sos va Psi eu eS Fastening screw for power supply unit pM Puses aee ENS RAEES Power supply 9 MOERS Main switch PEDES Fastening screws for power supply 01 PE Floppy drive 3 ETUR Printer dataline Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 159 5 Function modules from A 4 PC tower topview AT96 Fig 85 PC tower topview 5 160 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 2 1 Floppy drive 2 Fastening screw for floppy drive 3 Hard disk 4 PC board B486SLC c AVLIFB 7 MEE Barcode control PE ERES d Buzzer Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 161 5 Function modules from A 4 AVL OMNI front view Analyzer cover removed screen disassembled and measuring chamber plate opened up 14 17 16 15 13 12 Fig 86 AVL OMNI front view 5 162 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z 0 E S Peristaltic pump 2 Veysesd es et de des eue ose Tubes to sample distributor 3 Sample distributor with SD cartridge and SD cover 4 eee Hee Tube from sample distributor to tHb cartridge 5 T T amp
419. nect or disconnect valves Aktuator control board and Aktuator boards when the instrument is connected to power 5 143 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 4 5 144 Ensure correct valve connections on the Aktor boards Valve connector positions are printed on Aktor boards 6XQK and 14XPC for connector positions for all other boards please refer to the table below Connector Valve J2 J3 V23 V24 v02 V19 V04 V03 V13 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Bottle compartment group Valve type Changing V3 or V4 5 Function modules from 2 Valves V3 V4 V13 and 19 have the following composition Tu valve actuator 2 adapter large ieu bell housing long Fig 69 Valve type 1 V3 V4 V13 19 In any case refer to General information on page 5 143 When changing V3 and or V4 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Remove the two Phillips screws and take off the valve head instrument specific see Fig 70 4 Remove the valve cap see Fig 70 by pushing it to the side firmly in the direction of the arrow Remove the clamping part see Fig 70 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the respective valve connect
420. ng Power supply defective change power supply change see chapter 5 Scenario 3 5 V 12 V or 24 V are not OK Identify the defect module by disconnecting all modules successively Display LED for 5 V 12 V and 24 V OK no yes All modules are disconnected Display LED for 5 V 12 V or 24 V not OK Error on Mainboard change Mainboard change see chapter 5 The last disconnected module is defective and must changed change see chapter 5 Scenario 4 Problem with PC Display remains dark Switch on analyzer Green LED on screen remains dark no yes Error the voltage supply of the touch screen gt check cable tree Transmitter LED on barcode scanner does not light up no yes e Barcode scanner is not connected e Barcode scanner is defective e Barcode control is defective or not connected change see chapter 5 AVLIFB defective change see chapter 5 e PC board B486SLC defective change see chapter 5 Memory test from PC is performed yes no Turn analyzer off and on again PC s of type PCAT96 for AVL OMNI instruments SN lt 1500 could have a reset problem if not updated to Rev 2 3 For lower revisions sometimes a turnoff time of 1 minute could be necessary Update to Rev 2 3 AVLIFB boards PCAT96 0336 only not applicable to EN0308 or EN0288 Rev 7 have to be updated to Rev gt 7 3 power supply lines to thin could be
421. ng 38 Pol cancelled 39 9 106 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting 4 40 Thickness of layer out of range 1 Check for obstructions in tHb path 2 Call wetting routines 3 Replace tHb cuvette 4 And perform calibration tHb ref Reference below the limit COOX ref 141 1 Check for obstructions in path 2 Replace tHb cuvette 3 And perform tHb calibration Cuv changed 42 Cuvette changed and interrupt calibration is pending A perform tHb calibration rejected 43 Rejected last cal was rejected A perform tHb calibration Calc 4 44 Calculation error tHb COOX PC A replace cuvette SW error 50 Calibration of the wavelength running HW error 51 Cannot calibrate because of hardware problems 1 52 Error during neon light determination Lamp error 2 53 Halogen lamp error ti average time gt 120 ms A replace cuvette Calc 5 54 Calculation error 5 Optics error 1 58 During check before measurement the maximum intensity of the neon lamp is outside the limit Wave lenght calibration alarm Comm error 59 Slave error CCD processor during calibration Calk 6 60 Calculation error 6 Optics error 2 65 No neon lamp peak detected A B not OK 69 A B calculation for urea is not OK 1 Replace MSS cassette 2 Replace MSS Sol 1 3 5 amp D IfS Repro nOK 7
422. ng chamber conductance If this situation is not reached in time a BG aspiration error 2 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement is given If a time out is exceeded or no sample is detected at SS1 for more than 1 2 seconds a BG aspiration error see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement is given During the aspiration process the sample is monitored via sample sensor SS1 An insufficient sample volume is stopped and aspiration prevented After VB1 closes the conductivity ratio between MCI MCO to MCI MCC is checked Air bubbles in the area of the MCI MCO may reestablish the aspiration process VBI is reopened The sample positioning process itself is completed with the conductivity ratio determination In order to achieve a defined sample Reference solution combination the following must be done see Fig 13 e order to minimize the blood contamination during further function evacuate the Junction by briefly opening V7 at the beginning e Allow a portion of Reference solution to flow in open V5 and close again e Establish a bridge by pushing back and check with MCI MCO If the established bridge cannot be verified a BG aspiration error 3 see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement is given Finally the VBO is closed and the conductance is checked once again If the value has changed significantly the BG aspiration error 4 see chapter 9 Aspiration stat
423. ng defective e V17 defective change see chapter 5 e FMS air bubble trap open or defective change see chapter 8 under Maintenance Packages of fluid are aspirated separated by large air packages as normal Scenario 3 Scenario 3 Call up System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Fill Routines Fill Reference Electrode and check BG measuring chamber exit Is the BG reference solution aspirated yes no Scenario 4 Normal aspiration of BG Reference solution Function between BG Ref to peristaltic pump is OK Scenario 6 9 8 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 4 to check V14 amp V4 Call up System Test Component Test Valve Test and open V14 and V3 Connect a syringe on the tube coming from the MC cartridge to the Waste container and pull to cause under pressure Normally Solution A should be seen aspirating via V3 and the MC cartridge Is Solution A aspirated yes no e tubing defective change see chapter 5 e PP tubing connection to PP cartridge looses e Tube connector at the top of MC cartridge leaking e Leakage inside MC cartridge e V4 leaking Close V14 and create suction with syringe again Does Solution A under pressure stay in the tubings yes no V14 leaking Error located in the BG measuring chamber area gt Scenario 5 Scenario 5 Check function of the BG measurin
424. ng is mixed immediately prior to the air aspiration cycle The cleaning procedure is set up like a measurement during which cleaning solution is aspirated via T amp D position 11 It is part of the system calibration The selection of the measuring chambers to be cleaned is controlled by the sample counter Conditioning is an ISEonly measurement with the over T amp D Pos 7 aspirated solution 2 pre package Is performed daily under time control within a system calibration This process takes place in the background in otherwords the system remains ready for measurement The cycle can be terminated at any time and is immediately ended when a sample container is detected on the T amp D or when a key is pressed This procedure is called up in READY after 2 minutes which means that this cycle is called up one time between the half hour calibrations when no measurements are made In this case only the sample channel of the Reference electrode are emptied when air is aspirated over the FMS the Junction and the VxO Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 25 7 Functional procedures Rinse Reference electrodes This process also takes place in the background in otherwords the system remains ready for measurement and can be terminated at any time The Reference electrodes of each module and their connections are rinsed with Reference solution sequentially during their cycle The sample channels of the Reference ele
425. ng the horizontal and vertical slide and should be reinserted only for transportation of the AutoQC module Fastening strap Fastening screws for horizontal and vertical slide Fig 15 Securing screws for vertical slide and horizontal slide 20 Secure the horizontal slide cover see Fig 16 9 21 Hang the housing on the bolts see Fig 16 11 and secure it with the two fastening screws see Fig 16 1 22 Hang the cover of the AutoQC module on the bolts and pull it forward until it engages 23 Continue with item 11 on page 4 3 4 16 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 AQC control board D19 018 Fig 16 AutoQC installation Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 Installation Shutdown 4 Installation Shutdown Options Reusable Waste container External Waste container Barcode scanner Keyboard Paper take up unit MSS Conditioning System AVL OMNILink Description see AVL OMNI Operator s Manual chapter Appendix section Options Description see AVL OMNI Operator s Manual chapter Appendix section Options Description see chapter Function modules from A 7 See also chapter Function modules from A Z section PC components Interface board AVLIFB for thermal printer For detailed information please contact your AVL representative AVL OMNILink
426. nnection to a potentiometric amplifier to measure the voltage against the reference electrode and to evaluate it as measurement signal NH4 and K signal are used as correction signals for urea Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 57 5 Function modules from A 4 12 11 10X 9 8 Fig 28 MSS measuring chamber 1 1 SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac board and INR SSE MSS Mainboard 2 EE Contact foil 3 MTM Carrier plate 4 rete sedes ns Push pin cover contact 5 Clamping block 6 Cooling block 7 Center seal for 8 si above tate MC illumination foil 9 MERE Fastening screw for clamping block TO SOME Push pins 2 MC electrode holder MSS 3 sies ERE verbere du odoce 0e Locking lever MSS measuring chamber ledge 5 UR ev Amplifier module Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Changing the MSS measuring chamber Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the MSS measuring chamber see Fig 86 26 please proceed as follows 1 With the help of the shutdown tubing set put the AVL OMNI out of operation see Chapter 4 under Shutdown 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Open up the PP cover 4 Pull sample drip tray down and out see
427. nnectors Check container tubes for Solution 2 and 4 under Yearly maintenance added 8 5 e Changing of accumulator every 3 years added e Text added under Yearly maintenance at AutoQC module 8 7 8 12 Switches 2 added Text under Optics Test actualized 8 10 Text added under BP Set and Delete Data 9 New System warnings DB archiving Check Cleaning Solution Solution 6 Maintenance pending Perform Cleaning Change PP Tubes BG ISE MSS tHb COOX parameter s not calibrated added Text modified under AQC pos Error If an AQC pos error occurs a number is printed on the service report 9 37 9 44 9 46 9 48 9 49 9 53 tHb No Sample Detected deleted 9 79 9 87 9 88 9 107 9 112 10 80 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Chapter 2 Revisions 10 Previous revision levels Electronic 14 Revision Assembly group Drawing no SW Id no BA0866 Rev_6F Mainboard 156 0080 CS D2E7 195 0082 CS 843A 121 177 XZ0109 CS 73B6 0520 Rev 8D MC heat control BB0532 Rev 11 MC ceramic heater BB0533 Rev 44 Heat foil BB0534 Rev 45 MC cover heat control BB0539 Rev 58 Fluid level detector board BB0548 Rev 5B T amp D control BB0551 Rev 22 tHb board BB0555 Rev 67 Motherboard BB0582 Rev 45 SD heat control BB0584 Rev 02 BFR board BB0835 Rev 22 Hemolyzer board 12
428. nner as the changing of the PC board see above 1 Disconnect all cables from the PC unit 2 Remove the 4 Phillips screws securing the interface board MSMAVL to the panel see Fig 6 d e f g 3 Remove the 16 spacer bolts and EMC seals from the connectors Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 61 10 Previous revision levels U13 2 2 9 i J10 7 11 1 5 nai 1 J1 Fig 4 MSMAVL 10 62 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the hard disk 10 Previous revision levels Electrostatic Sensitive Device NOTE Before you start with exchange try to save all important values e g calibration values under Data Manager Cal More Backup Restore When changing the hard disk see Fig 7 3 please proceed as follows 1 2 6 7 8 Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove the 2 Phillips screws see Fig 6 10 securing the power supply unit Remove the 3 Phillips screws see Fig 6 a b securing the PC unit MSMAVL PC board MSM486V and panel slightly lift the PC unit and carefully swivel it to the side Disconnect the
429. ns ERROR GER ENG text files for the error handler settings for the export functions in data manager DATA ID H96 for development use only eiii for development use only AVLERROR TXT for development use only SERCOM TXT for development use only STARTLOG TXT for development use only INFO TXT erre for development use only Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 101 5 Function modules from A 4 PC tower AT96 with PC B486SLC Applicable from SN 2560 on for SN lt 2560 see chapter 10 Manual revision 3 0 and 6 0 to Motherboard EL0281 Display TET LQ10D42 PC B486SLC 10280 for OMNI SN gt 1500 withor without network TFT Display with 2 CC tubes J2 TFT LCD Conv Touch panel YB2164 Thermal printer BV1953 EX0447 GY0330 5 24V BV2083 50 Power supply 0292 5V red 12V white 24V yellow Ground black 1 C7 2V blue 0343 100 240V Keyboard Option Speaker BV1796 21 Opto J10 9 J8 RS232 AVL IFB to Mainboard EN0336 EN0329 BK0347 COM1 5V CNA Bus B486SLC BV1758 Barcode scanner 0309 10 GNB unit BV1759 Pen GY0368 Interf nn terface connectors Barcode Barcode b
430. ns J12 on Motherboard e Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 e Change sample distributor change see chapter 5 e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 SD temperature too high low SD temperature LED lights up see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard no yes e Start up AVL OMNI again e Check for proper fitting of sample distributor cover Temperature too high low SD LED pulses every second see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard no yes Change sample distributor change see chapter 5 Temperature too low SD LED remains dark see chapter 5 Mainboard Description of the DIL switch and LED s on the Mainboard e Check plug connections J12 on the Motherboard e Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 e Change sample distributor change see chapter 5 e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 19 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 2 Check voltages on Motherboard with a DVM Testpins see chapter 5 Checking the supply voltage and the reference voltage Reference voltage 2 5 V not OK but supply voltages 5 V 12 V 24 V are OK no yes Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Reference voltage 2 5 V OK but supply voltages 5 V 12 V 24 V are not OK e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 DC cabletree
431. nsor possesses the following four significant conditions e FULL Level e SENSOR Level WARNING Level e ALARM Level Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Alarm behaviors in containers with fill level detection FULL level Corresponds to the counter standing after inserting a new bottle scan in barcode and connect corresponding bottle SENSOR level Corresponds to the counter standing where the fill level sensor can no longer detect a fluid The actual counter standing is set at the Sensor Level Counter standing A counter which has been reduced too quickly must wait for the reaction of the sensor The optical electrical fill level control only synchronizes the counting process of the respective bottle counter synchronization If a fill level sensor reports a FULL bottle at a counter standing lt SENSOR level the counter is set on the SENSOR level The color of the bottle changing picture remains blue WARNING level At this level the fill level sensor can not identify any fluid at all The counter standing is reduced further and Check Fill Levels appears in the message window The rest volume is shown in the cyan color in the bottle changing picture and the analyzer operation can proceed without any restrictions Simultaneously the corresponding bottles are synchronized In other words the counter standing is set at the WARNING level and is marked with SYNC bottl
432. nstallation of a RCon e Open the MC cover the contact clip and the locking lever e Insert the RCon and the MSS cassette as shown in Fig 9 NOTE Always hold the MSS cassette by the handle only and make sure not to touch the contacts Make sure not to wedge the RCon and the MSS cassette during insertion Contact clip Locking lever Fig 9 Installing the RCon and the MSS cassette e Close locking lever contact clip MC cover and analyzer cover e Scan the barcode printed on the package of the Rcon e Prepare a syringe or a capillary filled with whole blood only if sensor is not preconditioned with MSS conditioning system and read the barcode from the MSS cassette package NOTE The sample should not be older than 24 hours contain heparin as an anticoagulant and have a volume of 150 ul Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 Installation Shutdown e The following message appears on the screen System Stop EM MSS Electrode Change Proceed If the sensor is not preconditioned respond with and follow the instructions on the screen The sensor will then be wetted polarized warmed up and calibrated Selecting 5 initiates a warm up phase e Wait for the completion of warm up and calibration of BG and ISE and or MSS if the sensor is preconditioned e Press System COOX tHb Cal Initiate COOX tHb calibration see Operator s Manual Chapte
433. ntainer label BP 1891 Solution for calibration of iCa pH and PCO after controlled mixing with Solution B and C 1 package contains 6 ready to use containers with 480 ml each Water Electrolyte and basic buffer components 15 30 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 2279 Standby and rinse solution for metabolite sensors glucose and lactate only 1 package contains 6 ready to use containers with 480 ml each Water Electrolyte and buffer components 2 25 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label 3 Description of Functions Specifications Solution D GLU LAC UREA Solution R Solution 1 GLU LAC Solution 1 GLU LAC UREA 3 14 Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability BP 2191 Standby and rinse solution for metabolite sensors glucose lactate and urea 1 package contains 6 ready to use containers with 480 ml each Water Electrolyte and buffer components urea ammonium 2 65 29 Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container labe
434. nual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 83 5 Function modules 2 i m og Fig 40 COOX module top view 5 84 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Description of electronic components The electronics unit of the COOX module consists of 4 boards and the corresponding circuits PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 e PolyOx Digital 9700 LY2 PolyOx Analog 9700 LY1 PolyOx Heat 9700 LY4 PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 This card is used as the main control for the entire optics module and at the same time as commutations module to the main AVL OMNI device The 80C 196 KC microprocessor 10 MHz controls the following functions and circuits e Memory and microprocessor interface 32 ROM 2 x 128 RAM buffered by gold capacitors e Serial interfaces RS232 for production tests not used in the device e Interface for optobus optical data transfer to main device AVL OMNI e Voltages generated from 24 V DC input 5 V digital 5 V analog and 15 V analog e Lamp control for halogen lamp e Temperature control for measuring chamber e Voltage generation and switching for neon lamp e Protective circuit for switching on power units e Interface to CCD component Function Description Voltage supply The supply voltages for the modules 5 V digital for digital logic circuit
435. oard 3 Loosen both Phillips screws which hold the transistors NOTE When reassembling the transistors please be sure to assemble in the same manner as originally isolationplatelets etc 4 Press the measuring chamber releasing button see Fig 86 17 The measuring chamber cover springs open 5 Press the red securing button the cover of the cuvette springs open 6 Open the two connecting screws between the cuvette holder and the measuring chamber ledge accessible from the front 7 Now remove the tHb board from the measuring chamber 8 Remove the O ring and the interference filter 9 Insert the new interference filter with the mirrored side towards the LED with a slight turning motion NOTE Do not press the interference filter into the clearance in any case If necessary carefully insert once again In order to avoid damage on the varnish coat on the sides take care in positioning the interference filter correctly and do not touch with tools Polish away fingerprints or the like with a clean cloth or paper handkerchief Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 93 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the cuvette When changing the cuvette please proceed as follows 1 Press the key System in the Ready screen This prevents the pumping of fluids during the changing of components Open the bottle compartment cover 3 Press the measuring cham
436. ode amplifiers are finished as small modules and are soldered in the Connector board Three different types of amplifiers are provided amperometric amplifier for the channel e potentiometric amplifier for the PCO channel and areference amplifier for the Reference electrode and the Junction The amplifiers supply already digitalized output signals which are transmitted to the measuring module control Spring contacts on the single amplifiers serve for the contacting of the single flow through electrodes which are inserted in the measuring chamber tub A light foil for the lighting of the measuring chamber is also located in the measuring chamber tub which is connected on J13 on the Connector board The power supply for this foil is generated from the Connector board 140 Ver The heating foil and heating control with the temperature sensors and the temperature fuse are located on the bottom of the measuring chamber tub The contacts L7 to L15 are soldering connections on the heating control Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 49 5 Function modules from 2 Fluid detection in the measuring chamber and conductance measurement 5 50 The cover heating control with a ceramic heating element and heating transistors with a corresponding NTC temperature sensor is located in the measuring chamber cover with the viewing window A hall sensor identifies the opening of the cover and is connected to th
437. ode holder of a BG or ISE measuring chamber Activate System Cal Mixing System The AVL OMNI performs calibration of the fluid mixing system Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the center seal for MC 5 Function modules from A Z When changing the center seal for MC see Fig 24 9 BG Fig 26 6 ISE or Fig 28 7 MSS please proceed as follows 1 Remove the analyzer cover and remove in an upward direction 2 To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left 3 Open the locking lever and the contact clip at MSS module see Fig 29 4 Remove the electrodes RCon or the reference and the dummy electrode as well as the MSS cassette at MSS module NOTE The MSS cassette should not be removed from the system for more than 10 minutes to prevent damage to the enzyme sensors MSS cassettes should therefore be stored in the MSS conditioning system if available 5 Use tweezers to remove the center seal for MC Assembly is done in reverse order After reinstallation of the electrodes barcode entry is not necessary Confirm the screen display by pressing Continue NOTE To avoid damaging the Center seal for MC do not use tools to reassemble it Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid cont
438. odules from 2 Display of the filling levels 5 32 optical light guide which lead to the fill level sensor represented by the reversing prism which projects into the container All light source LED s are switched in series The photodiodes have integrated amplifiers The analog signals from the photodiodes are carried over the Motherboard J10 to the Mainboard where they are then evaluated on the main control The 8 signals FLD 1 8 are registered there by a multiplexer the Waste signal FLD9 is evaluated separately To reduce effects from outside light pulsed light in the infra red range is used The following is differentiated in the AVL OMNI Bottles with fill level detection A B D R1 R2 R3 5 After the barcode is scanned in the insertion of the new bottle is identified by the fill level sensor and is transmitted over the main control to the PC with the exception of Waste Bottles without fill level detection Solution 1 2 3 and 4 The input of the barcode is sufficient for the analyzer to recognize the bottle change The display of filling levels on the screen takes place in the bottle changing picture after opening the bottle compartment cover and in the test program Options Reagent Fill Levels A counter with the corresponding filling level is provided for each bottle As a result of every action the counter standing is reduced by a certain number Every bottle with a fill level se
439. oefficient resistors precision type Positive temperature coefficient resistors precision type Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 27 9 Troubleshooting UC Memory Overflow However it is not possible to call up this adjustment procedure by an additional system calibration Note 2 Temperature controller for COOX module The controller and temp measuring circuitry is located on the PolyOx KX Control only the heating transistors and the sensor are located on the PolyOx Heat directly in the measuring block Optobus connection between PC and microcontroller Mainboard has been interrupted too long Bad or missing Optobus connection between PC and MC 5 Reestablish Optobus connection Possible software crash gt switch AVL OMNI off and on again Vacuum error 9 28 If a vacuum error is displayed the cause of the error can be detected with the aid of the automatic test procedure Scenario 1 Troubleshooting comprises individual diagnostic cycles which can be enabled by activating System Util Troubleshooting Vacuum Error Detailed information on error causes and remedies will be displayed after completion of the test procedure upon pressing More Details Follow the instructions on the screen The key Testrun 2 will only be displayed if at least one of the criteria 3 5 below shows a Not OK as a result The five evaluation criteria are KI Vacuum
440. of scenario 3 9 12 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting FMS volume error errors of scenario 5 defective path X critical point Peristaltic pump PP cartridge with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced RCon C Sample distributor and ypass cartridge MC cartridge MCO v20 m ac q M m Vacuum As 5 Pipe reservoir E VA of FMS system pump GLU LAC Urea z Suction v13 A Vi FMS air bubble trap 5 IST 8 Na s 5 21 5 EN Air 7 MCI 4 X VBI Back OO ressure Jun pH 2 2 ASA A 4 Dock 3 r Air 7 1 p E V23 v2 V24 nome A A K H J gt tHb air bubble trap DS v4 563 552 554 554 554 tHb i v3
441. of the sample inlet path sample distributor and mixing the FMS solution Empty tHb or COOX module The sample inlet path and sample distributor is dried with vacuum over V24 V23 and over sample distributor V15 V16 The FMS solution is mixed simultaneously The FMS is stopped earlier and re aspirated when only one measuring chamber is used for measurement Otherwise the FMS is stopped after this phase has been completed Before the actual drying of the tHb or COOX module against the aspiration direction begins the module is emptied into the Waste over the converting line approx 1 second Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 MSS polarization General information MSS polarization procedure MSS cassette exchange Filling the measuring chamber Polarization 7 Functional procedures The MSS polarization procedure is performed after a new MSS cassette is installed in AVL OMNI NOTE The whole blood required for the MSS polarization should not be older than 24 hours contain heparin as an anticoagulant and have a volume of min 150 ul Other blood samples would not moisten the MSS sensor and cause a termination of the polarization routine and possibly sensor failure Make sure sufficient volumes of Solutions 3 and D are available and that the Waste container has the capacity to collect these fluids After the MSS cassette has been replaced in accordance with the procedure described in the AVL
442. of the PC tower the floppy drive is located on the rear panel as seen from the rear panel of the analyzer L2 11 J10 J9 18 7 Wr bud A1 C A2 J6 J5 1 2 3 4 Fig 2 1 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Keyboard COM3 O VGA C COM4 uw 5 C Barcode COME LPT2 Coy iN a C Fig 3 AVLIFB 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 39 10 Previous revision levels PC tower PC104 with PC MSM486V To Motherboard Display TFT 0447 0344 TB2 18 BK0348 Power supply 5V red 12V white 24V yellow Ground black 12V blue 100 240V J10 J9 MSMAVL Opto RS232 to Mainboard PC104 Bus PC MSM486V Interface connectors at backplane 50 CNA Barcode scanner unit 5 CNB Pen J2Floppy disk 6V drive Fig 4 PC tower version PC104 Hard disk drive 2 5 The PC tower of the version PC104 in the AVL OMNI
443. ollows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI 3 Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts 4 Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module by removing the two screws 1 see Fig 12 5 Remove screw 32 see Fig Fig 12 and remove the wash port angle 6 Remove the wash port holder by pressing the two snap locks together 7 Insert a new wash port into the wash port holder Assembly is done in reverse order Check position of wash port under System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Home Position Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 17 5 Function modules from A 2 Changing the AQC temperature sensor When changing the temperature sensor see Fig 10 lt please proceed as follows 1 Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts 2 Remove the ampoule mats the ampoule holder and the AQC tray 3 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 4 Switch off the AVL OMNI NOTE It is necessary to power off the AVL OMNI to configure the new AQC temperature sensor This is done after the boot procedure Do not ins
444. olyOX KX control 9700 LY3 AQC control board Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Switches 2 New Cleaning Sol On Off COOX Module AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 Optics Test 8 Maintenance Service area Activating this function enables an automatic cleaning routine with Solution 6 NOTE If this function is OFF cleaning with Solution 4 is no longer performed In this case an external cleaning with AVL De proteinizer is required This function permits to monitor the performance of the optical components of the COOX module The module has either the software version 3 001 or 3 004 Please check the version before you continue with the test described bellow Displayed values X position of the brightest value of the imaged spectrum on the CCD y intensity of the brightest value at position x Values when polychromator is calibrated ti Halo gt 12 ms Lamps X y Off not relevant not relevant Halo On not relevant not relevant SV 3 001 Neon On 252 256 5 000 15 000 SV 3 004 Neon On 252 256 5 000 200 000 Scan number of oversamplings When leaving the menu the value 16 SV 3 001 or 8 SV 3 004 is reset automatically ti halo integration time exposure time of the CCD in milliseconds after polychromator calibration 20 110 typ 60 with SV 3 001 and 40 200 typ lt 120 with SV 3 004 ti neon integration times of neon spectral lines used for wavelength calibration
445. on of calibration solution Described in service report under Options Reports Service Report Aspiration amp Conductivity List of general flags that may occur during aspiration of calibration solution Aspiration status BG ISE Mixing MSS D positioning 9 108 Comment NEN DEN no sample aspiration of solution not bubble free possibly wrong positioning of mixture conductivity signal not OK not reproducible or too low in FMS conductivity value rises after measuring chamber input no sample last moment bubble leak in measuring chamber valve closes conductivity no ref sol Ref Sol does not value rise not flow bubble free or OK column interrupted at Junction electrode conductivity no ref sol column interrupted value unstable because Ref valve closed condcutivity no sample similar to Flag 2 value rises before measuring chamber input valve closes conductivity no sample similar to Flag 2 value drops before measuring chamber input valve closes Table 6 Aspiration status code at calibration Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Possible error cause SD cartridge defective FMS bubble trap leaking FMS leaking V4 vent is blocked improper wetting of SD T piece defective electrode ISE Ref Sol tube kinked blocked R bottle not ventilated improper wetting of Junction electrode Ref electrode Junction electro
446. on for conditioning the Na Electrode package contains 4 ready to use containers with 40 ml each Water Ammonium hydrogen difluorid 100 mmol l 15 30 Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 2249 Solution for calibration of glucose and lactate 1 package contains 4 ready to use containers with 40 ml each Water Electrolyte buffer components glucose lactate 2 25 Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 2193 Solution for calibration of glucose lactate and urea 1 package contains 4 ready to use containers with 38 ml each Water Electrolyte buffer components glucose lactate urea ammonium 2 8 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each container label BP 2068 Solution for calibration of 2 point 1 package contains 4 ready to use containers with 40 ml each Water Sodium sulfite and sodium hydrogen sulfite total 600 mmol l 15 30 Expiration date amp lot number are printed each container label 3 Description of Functions Specifications Solution 5 GLU LAC Solution 5 GLU LAC UREA Solution 6 AVL Deproteinizer Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active
447. onmental considerations 0 0 esee stesse 3 17 Environmental considerations 1 1 ntes etse teet eese 3 18 Environmental considerations 6 3 18 Electrical requirements 3 18 Data Man aS eMenlscccesocdveccecasdeseardceshsconcsevcecadvevens scesssecscusasucssesssavedvessecscoseSuccssensusctesesesweuesewessese saesen sees 3 19 2 22 22 525 2 3 19 TIU UB 3 19 3 19 eL 3 20 Acoustic noise EVE i005 cccccsccscsdscoscsersescsecescassscessesscesseescsesseeeseecdsedesosasesdescdeedcoescsescesesiessadesessabsduscncessess 3 20 4 INSTALLATION SHUTDOWN 4 1 Shutdown 4 11 Installation of the AutoQC module option 1 1 1 1 4 14 E 4 18 5 FUNCTION MODULES FROM A 2 General information on assembly
448. or AVL OMNI 3 and 9 9 45 COOX Temp error AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 9 45 Glu is defective Lac is defective Urea is defective AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only 9 45 DPB archiving ee ee eed oh ED ER t ree eder wae Dee ES 9 45 Hemolyzer error AVL OMNI 2 3 5 6 8 and 9 9 46 ISE T mp error AVE OMNI 4 to 9 only aysin e hae eei Se dee OP RP 9 47 Lac is defective AVL OMNI 7 to 9 9 47 Maintenance pending oen es sah tI EO EUR Oen tese A e egeo Eee e 9 47 MSS Temp Error AVL OMNIwv7 to 9 only EE MEE Crue eden Pee Ya ci 9 48 MSS polarization not ok AVL OMNI 7 to 9 9 49 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 9 Troubleshooting Perform Cleaning suus neat eR Eie 9 50 Poly Cal not OK ces eee eR FER e yee eae 9 50 Remote Control eme die Pee RES steep ES RR CERA ESSO yr E tes 9 50 qr 9 50 Sol 4 exhausted 2 9 50 Temp Error AVL OMNI 2 5 and 8 9 51 Urea 18 detective AVL OMNTM iiic cess essa Pier E ERR CHER ERR bien dee NER RENS
449. or Counter e g Module error 1 indicates that a certain module is currently not accessible Module error 2 indicates that a certain module was not accessible once since the startup of AVL OMNI The following applies Measurement control module 1 COOX module 2 AutoQC module option 3 T amp D module 4 Example an optobus error counter of 0 0 10 4 0 means that the T amp D module is currently not accessible Clean jeu Autom cleaning Cond uiis Autom conditioning Solution 2 Footer line Stby iie Standby system is ready for other functions The columns printed on the report depend on the device type If a certain module is not present the corresponding line is omitted A entry means that the respective parameter was not involved in the current action Additional information lt gt Empty Ref 2 minutes after each measurement calibration or wash cycle air is aspirated into the measuring chamber via the Junction electrode preventing mixing of calibration solution and KCl lt gt Flush Ref 15 minutes after each measurement calibration or wash cycle the Reference electrode is flushed with KCI to ensure that the reference system remains air bubble free Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 lt gt MSS SOL D 9 Troubleshooting BSA LA GL NH K UR reference point potentials The MSS sensor is rinsed with Solution D to prevent sensor damage preventing enzyme migration during
450. or from Aktor Board BB0984 Unscrew the two fastening screws Remove the shock absorbing ring the valve plate and the valve head Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When reassembling the valve pay attention that the shock absorbing ring is exactly seated in the valve recess and the tube lies under the clamping part Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 145 5 Function modules from A 4 Valve cap Valve headf Clamping part Fig 70 V3 and V4 AVL OMNI 2 3 5 6 8 and 9 Fig 71 V3 and V4 AVL OMNI 1 4 and 7 Changing V13 Vacuum pump In any case refer to General information on page 5 143 When changing V13 please proceed as follows 1 2 nn Switch off AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the valve connector from Aktor Board 0985 To facilitate disassembly remove the pump holder Remove the two fastening screws from the valve head see Fig 67 and take out the valve unit Assembly is done in reverse order 5 146 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from Changing V19 FMS In any case refer to General information on page 5 143 When changing V
451. or indicates the following e SS error sample sensor 10 This indicates that the dark value is higher than the illumination value for the sensor The cause is usually a defective Mainboard Check or change the Mainboard e SS error sample sensor The signal is lower than 2000 mV 500 mV at SS6 or the dark value is higher than 5000 mV 2500 mV at SS6 Measuring C Sm chamber Pass tHb cartridge 5 5 gt gt 9 zz re 553 582 554 554 2 Fig 6 Sample sensors The additional information will be printed on the service report This error can also occur if fluid was present on the sensor during its calibration Press the Continue button W T process is called up When the W D cycle is performed properly this error should be eliminated If not call up System Test Component Test Sensors Sample Sensors and check the cal mV value Normally when no fluid is present on the sensor this value should read about 4000 mV 2000 mV for SS6 Press the Cal button to calibrate the sensors There is no fluid present on the sensor 16 mA light value gt 5000 mV no yes e Electronic defective change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Signal lt 2000 mV no yes e Check the sensor for contamination Check if an external light source is interfering with the sensor
452. or to the FMS Fluid mixing system via V17 VI5 16 can be used to establish connections with the Waste or the sample distributor PP cartridge Tube holder sealing part PP cartridge Valve cap Fig 52 PP cartridge Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 117 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the PP cartridge 5 118 When changing the PP cartridge see Fig 52 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Util Analyzer Actions Park Cartridges PP Cartridge to retract all valve tappers 2 Open the analyzer cover and remove in the upward direction 3 Remove the sample distributor cover 4 Open the PP cover 5 Open the plexiglass cover tension lever of the peristaltic pump and push the linear clamp white plastic part in the direction of the arrow see Fig 51 to relieve the pump tubes 6 Pull off both tubes see Fig 86 2 from the sample distributor 7 Unscrew both Phillips screws on the PP cartridge 8 Disconnect the blue coupling piece see Fig 32 9 Press the valve cap see Fig 52 down and turn in the direction of the arrow the grooves in the valve cap run horizontally to release lock Now the PP cartridge can be removed NOTE Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in poss
453. ors TTL normal transistor etc were used predominantly Today the principle of voltage control in MOS CMOS components is used practically exclusively The voltages generated by ESD up to several kV destroy sensitive inputs and cause damage In addition with continuously decreasing distances within the ICs with thinner internal connections continuously decreasing maximum permissible input voltages the effects of possible discharges become more and more critical Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 3 1 Introduction How can ESD protection be ensured Conclusion All personnel working with electronic assemblies should continously discharge themselves This can be done by observing the following measures these guidelines apply particularly to work on the components since this involves touching the pins e g on MOS transistors a protective ring connecting all pins must be removed after soldering ESD wrist bands should be worn special wrist bands connected to protective ground Repair and testing of assemblies should be performed only on tables with ESD mats Components should be touched only at the edges e g like a photograph Assemblies should be transported in ESD packaging or corresponding storage transport containers use original packaging Avoid wearing shoes with rubber soles or synthetic clothing in work shops where electronic components are repaired If needed use humidifiers to p
454. orted to the respective measuring chambers or modules via the T amp D module the sample inlet path and the sample distributor and then measured The results of the QC measurement are stored in memory and possible consequent actions are initiated For installation of ampoule mats and all settings necessary for operation of the AutoQC module please refer to the AVL OMNI Operator s Manual The electronics of the AutoQC module are comprised of 3 boards AQC control board main board including microcontroller e YZ distributor board contains all connectors for the Y drive and is responsible for transferring the signals from the AQC control board to the Z distributor board e Z distributor board contains all components for the Z drive light barrier Z connector for z drive and sample sensor Optobus l ANDO TOMAN AQC control board Cover Temp switch senor 10 pin YZ distributor board Z distributor board 14 pin flat cable flat cable Fig 3 Block diagram AutoQC Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 AQC control board DC converter controller Optobus DC X Y Z 5 Function modules from A Z Main board including microcontroller motor drivers valve drivers etc to control the AutoQC module Debug interface Test interface Optobus DC driver X DC driver Y DC driver Z 1 O Light barrier Y Light barrier Z I
455. osen screw 25 and remove the cable guide in the direction of the arrow see Fig 12 6 Disconnect the motor cable see Fig 12 31 7 Disconnect the flex cables short and long from the YZ distributor board Caution connector lock 8 Remove the spacer bolt and the screw see Fig 12 28 9 Remove the YZ distributor board Assembly is done in reverse order 5 10 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the Z distributor board Changing the flex cable short 5 Function modules from A 2 Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the Z distributor board see Fig 12 15 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position 2 Switch off the AVL Open the cover of the AutoQC module 4 Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 5 Remove screw 16 see Fig 12 and disconnect all cables from the Z distributor board 6 Remove the Z distributor board If the vertical slide is in the top 0 also remove screw 2 and axis 18 see Fig 13 Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE The connector of the flex cable short is not coded therefore make sure that the contacts are installed pointing toward the AVL OMNI V When changing the flex cable short see Fig 12 24 please proceed as
456. oting module is installed Check the wash port of the AutoQC module for glass splinters 1 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 If an AQC wash error is displayed the error can be eliminated by manually calling up an AQC wash routine To do this call up Options AutoQC Wash The error can also be detected with the aid of the automatic test procedure This troubleshooting comprises of several individual diagnostic cycles which are enabled automatically During the diagnostics of the AQC Wash error the following components are tested by the main control Vacuum AutoQC module e Bypass e Sample distributor Activate System Util Troubleshooting AutoQC Wash error More detailed information on possible causes and remedies can be displayed upon completion of the test procedure by pressing the More Details key Follow the instructions on the screen 9 37 9 Troubleshooting BG ISE Temp Error General The temperature sensors for the closed loop temperature sensors are NTCs neg temp coeff or PTCs pos temp coeff Refer to the corresponding block diagram chapter 5 to find out whether a NTC or PTC is used Possible error causes according to the characteristic of a NTC PTC NTC e High temperature indicated but module is cold NTC is short circuited or short circuit in the signal path e Low temperature indicated but module is hot thermal energy is limited by a thermal fuse or the avai
457. ove the 4 Phillips screws to remove the screen housing 2 Remove the Phillips screw from the angle bracket and remove the angle bracket see Fig 50 5 3 Remove the 3 pole connectors from the fluorescent lamps Pull the lamps from the housing on the right side Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Always replace the fluorescent lamps simultaneously The marking A on one of the two fluorescent lamps shows the installation position see Fig 50 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 113 5 Function modules from 2 Changing spare paris 5 114 0 ru uae Screen housing 2 Shielding cover 2 8 Display 4 50 pole cable with cable clip 5 as Angle bracket 6 m ES TFT LCD Converter 7 B Collar for display locking mechanism VD0172 tees VUE HE NT newest ows IFR Connector Board 9 TU EN Shielding cover 1 See installation drawing Fig 50 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 pump PP 5 Function modules from A Z Function Transports the sample and the operational fluids in the analyzer Changing the peristaltic pump Pump head Linear clamp Tube holder PP cartridge sealing part Fig 51 Peristaltic pump When changing the p
458. piration date target values etc e Input of password There are two ways to read in data e Hold the barcode scanner in your hand and swipe it across the respective barcode e With the barcode scanner positioned in the holder on the side panel of the AVL OMNI swipe the barcode past the wand This permits the user to read in barcode data without having to touch the wand e g with contaminated gloves NOTE Make sure the barcode holder is properly positioned on the right side panel of the AVL OMNI with the tip of the barcode scanner protruding past the housing frame Barcodetype Display 9876543215 39 0 12 543 A34281 B EAN 8 UPC E 719714330 1123453 Fig 15 Barcode types Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 25 5 Function modules from A 4 The barcode scanner is preprogrammed for code types Code 39 Interleaved 2 of 5 Codabar Turning switch 8 OFF deactivates the Start Stop character Code 11 13 8 128 MSI Plessey For these code types the following default settings of DIL switches of SW2 at the Barcode control see Fig 85 7 are applicable Switch Position OFF 6 8 5 26 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Bypass cartridge 5 Function modules from A Z Function The byp
459. placed by the BC cartridge whereby only V23 is occupied Maxi A BP1614 at AVL OMNI 1 4 and 7 Maxi BP1616 at AVL OMNI 2 3 5 6 8 and 9 Please see the tubing diagram in Chapter Functional procedures for the valve positions When changing the valves please follow the steps 1 to 10 chapter 5 page 5 1 with the exception of 6 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Valve V17 and Mix are exceptions To remove V17 the PP cartridge must be disassembled see chapter 5 Changing the PP cartridge To remove the Mix valve the FMS system must be disassembled see chapter 5 Changing the FMS Remove the corresponding plug from the valve and press the holding spring towards the side Assembly is done in reverse order When changing the Maxi A Maxi B and Mix valve s please proceed as follows 1 Disconnect the corresponding plug from the valve 2 At Maxi B valves loosen both Phillips screws and remove the valve head see Fig 8 Remove the valve cap see Fig 8 by pressing down firmly Remove the clamping part see Fig 8 Open both securing screws nn U Remove the shock absorbing ring the valve plate and the valve head Maxi B only When reassembling the valve pay attention that the shock absorbing ring is exactly seated in the valve recess and the tube lies under the clamping part Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision level
460. ple path is not washed dried or oversalted since Solution B was used instead of Solution A e FMS reagents The wrong barcodes were scanned in during the last B amp C bottle change Expiration date from B amp C was exceeded or incorrectly stored B amp C bottles are used e FMS Mixing valves not completely sealed on some side FMS false calibration pH and PCO yes Module specific error e Temperature error due to defective BG measuring chamber cover heating gt change measuring chamber cover change see chapter 5 e Temperature error due to defective BG measuring chamber heating change BG measuring chamber change see chapter 5 e Concentration error in the Reference solution FMS false calibration for BG ISE yes Module specific error e Temperature error due to defective ISE measuring chamber cover heating gt change measuring chamber cover change see chapter 5 e Temperature error due to defective ISE measuring chamber heating gt change BG measuring chamber change see chapter 5 e Concentration error in the Reference solution FMS false calibration for ISE pH or PCO or single ISE parameters e Electrode dirty see Operators s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance section External Cleaning of the Measuring Chambers e Electrode defective change see Operators s Manual chapter 9 Maintenance 9 80 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting
461. pletely 5 40 When changing the Waste cap completely please proceed as follows 1 Shutdown the AVL OMNI with the help of the shutdown tubing set see chapter 4 under Shutdown 2 Follow steps 1 to 11 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Pull off both tubes from the Waste cap T2 Lift up the Waste container and pull out towards the bottom The Waste cap T2 can be removed by pressing together the two flaps Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove the flat cable from the Fluid level detector board Fig 87 11 Pull off the silicone tube from the Waste cap complete at the T piece Press both holders of the Waste cap complete apart and remove these Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Fluid mixing system FMS Function The AVL OMNI uses a novel approach for the simultaneous calibration of PCO Nat Kt iCa and sensors using only two reagents This eliminates the use of any gas supply system and thus eliminating all disadvantages coupled with gas supplies space occupied security risk additional handling The approach is based on a known and simple chemical reaction To achieve a specific PCO pressure pH value and ion content in the calibration solution two solutions B and C will be mixed in a special proportion via a special fluid mixing system
462. r tolerances to high 25 User termination 26 Value detected during adjustment was outside Tolerances too high permissible range 27 X direction ampoule block already detected Ampoule block incorrectly installed during first attempt 28 Y direction ampoule block already detected Ampoule block incorrectly installed 11 Cover was opened during Y positioning during first attempt 9 32 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Call up System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Motors and perform a test of the X Y Z axes The range of expected values is mentioned on the display Measured value current 0 mA yes e Cables to motors defective e change YZ distributor board Z distributor board or AQC control board change see chapter 5 Measured value current gt 250 mA no yes Mechanical motor blockage defective gearbox change motor change see chapter 5 Speed and acceleration value too low no yes Mechanical blockage Speed and acceleration value too high e Toothed belt is slipping e Defective gearbox gt change motor change see chapter 5 Call up System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Go to Position and set 120 The Z slide has to be in upward position Motor moves into position 120 no yes X and Y axis function is OK Mechanical blockage Select button V needle to aspiration position Does the s
463. r 5 Function Modules from A 7 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 module AutoQC module option The cooperation between single modules 3 Description of Functions Specifications An in the AVL OMNI integrated PC with a color touch screen and built in mass storage serves as a user interface Further functions of this PC unit are the storage of patient data and other specific data pertaining to the analyzer as well as the controlling of the built in thermal printer and the use of interfaces A detailed description of this module can be found in Chapter 5 Function Modules from A Z Measurement of the hemoglobin derivatives O Hb HHb MetHb SulfHb ctHb and 50 A detailed description of this module can be found in chapter 5 Function Modules from A Z The AutoQC module is an unit which together with the AVL OMNI automatically performs quality control measurements at times preprogrammed by the user The main control is responsible for the functions of the analyzer and serves as a superior position or Master for all other AVL OMNI modules The user functions or user surface data storage and interface control are checked by the PC The main control and the PC communicate by means of a serial RS 232 interface which is designed as an optical interface and is connected at the PC with the COMI The communication from the main control to the specific modules is estab
464. r 6 Calibration COOX tHb Calibration by pressing the Start key In the meantime pay attention to the insert sheet of the MSS cassette GLU LAC or GLU cartridge 34 Open the printer cover siehe Fig 1 8 35 Remove the paper roll spindle NOTE The printer paper is heat sensitive on one side only Ensure that the paper roll is inserted properly paper roll O paper roll spindle insert here paper advance button printer lever mounting printer Fig 10 Inserting printer paper 36 Put the new paper roll on the spindle 4 9 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 Installation Shutdown 37 38 39 40 41 42 Insert the paper roll in the printer see Fig 10 and press down carefully Cut the paper edge at a right angle Push the printer lever down Thread the paper edge behind the upper rubber roller Pull the printer lever up Press the paper advance button until the paper comes out of the print slot see Fig 10 If necessary adjust the printer in the following manner 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 Push the printer lever down Adjust the printer paper tightening around the rubber roller Pull the printer lever up Close the printer cover the paper take up unit optional is installed on the rear panel of the AVL OMNI place the printer paper on the spindle and push the three prong spool over
465. r a 20 poled flat cable from J9 of the Motherboard The tHb cartridge contains the sample sensor SS3 optical light guide sensor the other necessary optical elements transmitter LED and receiver photodiode are located on the Mainboard The tHb cartridge contains 3 valves V2 V23 and 24 The tHb cartridge is substituted by the BC cartridge in analyzers without the tHb module and only contains V23 and no V2 no V24 and no sample sensor 553 Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the tHb measuring chamber see Fig 86 16 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Remove Solution 1 2 3 and 4 from the bottle compartment Pull off the tubes on the right and left sides of the tHb measuring chamber 5 Open the tubing cover see Fig 86 18 by pressing the two releasing levers down 6 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer and disconnect J9 from the Motherboard 7 Disconnect the grounding of the tHb measuring chamber 8 In order to remove the tHb measuring chamber from the analyzer loosen the 2 screws on the measuring chamber and the Phillips screw under the tubing cover Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the tHb cartridge 5 Function modules from A Z When reassembling the tHb measuring
466. rate for ready Repro nOK 4 Sigma not OK 1 Decontaminate call wetting routines 2 Clean sample path 3 Unacceptable sample type used Calibrate for ready 4 Replace electrode cassette Limits nOK 5 Sigma and mean not OK 1 Check sample path for clots 2 electrode cassette Calc 1 6 Calculation error 1 PC 1 Check the baro value 2 Re barcode the reagents Calc 2 7 Calculation error 2 PC rebarcode the electrode cassette calibration was cancelled A check reason and calibrate for ready NE Diff nOK 9 PCO NE calibration difference too great 1 Unacceptable sample type used 2 calibrate for ready 2 Replace electrode TAU error 10 TAU not OK Calc 3 11 Precalculation not performed not valid 1 Sol R leaking Clean bottle compartment remove crystals 2 Decontaminate MC cartridge 3 Call wetting routines 4 Replace electrode cassette no sample 12 Not calibrated because of general aspiration problems 1 Check fluidics Check fillport T amp D disk Try locating error with FMS volume error troubleshooting Reseat electrodes tHb cuvette Replace PP tubing no ref sol 13 Not calibrated because of reference solution aspiration problems 1 Prime the reference system using Fill Ref Electrode 2 Check seating of Sol R bottle air vent punctured properly 3 Call wetting routines RSS wait for CAL 8 Six pack not OK not OK INI Ref nOK 14 Reference poin
467. rements correct measuring circuits The measuring device is to be tested periodically by a certified testing agency i e it has to be calibrated and labeled as a testing instrument with expiration date Device leakage current measurement according to EN 61010 1 IEC 1010 1 According to IEC 1010 1 Appendix A and K Measuring circuit for ACCESSIBLE current Permissible limit value for accessible parts 3 5 mA at max supply voltage NOTE The device leakage current measurement according to IEC 1010 1 Measuring circuits for accessible currents which is performed after repair work in the field is not subject to the same limit values as the leakage current measurement as part of the routine test during the final inspection of the instruments at the factory The values measured during the routine test at the factory are documented in the respective Quality Certificate IVD Guideline 98 79 EG The IVD guideline which is already effective as EU Guideline will attain national applicability in all countries of the European Union in mid 2000 The harmonized standard for the IVD Guideline is EN 61010 1 A2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 5 1 Introduction Decontamination Cleaning Disinfectants AVL Deproteinizer The purpose of this procedure is to minimise the risk when replacing items that are in direct contact with blood AVL recommends the following decontamination procedures Additional de
468. revision levels The transmit and receive signals of the serial interface COM1 of the PC board are designed as optical interface Only transmit and receive signals from the TTL level on light or from light on the TTL level are converted These TTL signals are shown over LED s for control purposes The signals of the touch panels are carried on the receive input of the serial interface COM2 Two IBM compatible multifuctional building elements each with two serial interfaces and one printer interface are integrated on the AVLIFB On the one hand the signals of the AT 96 BUS are transferred to these building elements on the other the signals of the serial interfaces are conducted over the RS232 V24 level converter on 9 poled SUB MIN D bush The signals of the printer interface are carried out This printer board can be reached as a LPT2 see Fig 5 19 The Barcode scanner used allows the mixed operation of the scanner unit together with a standard PC AT keyboard To assure this operation the signals from the keyboard are carried out by an external connection Keyboard on the connector J7 The signals of the scanner unit are carried out over the external connection Barcode on the connector J5 see Fig 2 and Fig 3 The in the AVL OMNI integrated printer is connected to the computer over the connector 9 on the logical interface LPT1 The signals of the second Thermo printer board are ranked as LPT2 on the external connection
469. ristaltic pump When the sample reaches the required SS position for the specific serial model modification an acoustic signal is given and the removal of the sample container is requested via display Required SS position AVL OMNI 1 554 T amp D right AVL OMNI 2 3 554 T amp D left AVL OMNI 4 SS4 T amp D center AVL OMNI 5 6 552 AVL OMNI 7 8 9 556 T amp D center AVL OMNI identifies the removal of the sample container by the container detector As soon as the light gate is free the AVL OMNI takes over sample control for syringe measurements as well Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Sample distribution see Fig 10 Fig 11 and Fig 12 7 Functional procedures Sequence of individual aspiration phases with different module priorities BG tHb ISE BG ISE tHb 1 separation of BG 1 separation of BG 2 separation of tHb COOX 2 positioning of BG 3 positioning of BG separation of ISE separation of ISE 3 separation of tHb COOX 5 positioning of ISE 4 positioning of ISE 6 removal of excess sample 5 removal of excess sample 6 positioning of tHb COOX 6 positioning of tHb COOX BG ISE 1 separation of BG BG tHb 1 separation of BG 2 positioning of BG 2 separation of tHb COOX separation of ISE 3 positioning of BG 3 positioning of ISE 4 removal of excess sample 4 removal of excess sample 5 positioning of tHb COOX tHb ISE 1 separation of tHb
470. roceed as follows 1 Press the key System in the Ready screen This prevents the pumping of fluids during the changing of components 2 Remove the analyzer cover and remove in an upward direction 3 To open the measuring chamber press the measuring chamber cover gently to the left 4 Loosen both Phillips screws and remove the connection strip BG and ISE module only 5 Loosen the tension relief of the flat cable which leads to the measuring chamber cover and remove from the plug with a pair of tweezers BG and ISE module only 6 Slightly pull up the MC cover press it down turning it slightly to the right The MC cover disengages from the hinge Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When reassembling the MC cover make sure that the bottom Changing the MC prism BG and ISE module hinge is seated in the groove and push it up if necessary only The changing of the MC prism is done in the same manner as the changing of the measuring chamber cover heating see page 5 64 The flat cable does not have to be removed After disassembling the measuring chamber electronics remove the MC prism Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Please make sure that the MC foil does not fall out of the MC Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 cover when you are removing the MC prism If necessary position the MC foil in the MC cover as described on page 5 68 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the MC el
471. roubleshooting Error functions not identified by the software Air bubble in sample path Start measurement and check the filling process and recalibration Switch On service report Aspiration amp Conductivity under System Setup Edit Reports Service Report Aspiration status code 1 or 2 no yes Air bubbles develop in the measuring chamber gt wetting problem Aspiration status code 3 reference aspiration problem no Yes e No more Reference solution available e Leaky tubing from the Ref bottle to the Reference electrode e Ventilation aperture either not open or not open enough Reference solution cannot be aspirated Aspiration status code 4 Filling problem at the Junction gt wet Junction and Junction tubing with blood Analyzer does not start up The following scenarios are built up logically and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Scenario 1 Analyzer is turned on Is there any reaction from the analyser Fan LED voltages floppy drive etc not OK yes no e Socket does not carry electricity e Power cable not properly connected or defective Fuse defective e Power supply defective or short circuit in analyzer gt Scenario 2 change power supply see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 53 9 Troubleshooting Check the LEDs for supply on the Mainbord 5 V 12 V or 24 V
472. rovide optimal humidity Assemblies or components should not be touched by hand after completion of testing Assemblies or components returned for repair must be packaged in ESD packaging to avoid additional damage which could lead to a mis interpretation of the original error source Of course not all printed circuit boards or electronic assemblies must be handled as critical components electronic board containing only plug in connectors does not require ESD packaging If in doubt please observe ESD protective measures These are materials with a very low defined conductivity 10 Ohm These materials will not generate triboelectricity and the component will not be damaged Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 Introduction Device leakage current measurements Testing after field repair and modifications NOTE Measurements may be performed by qualified personnel only since protective measures may be ineffective during device leakage current measurements e g protective ground connector These measurement procedures and limit values are based on the standard IEC 1010 1 A2 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use EN 61010 1 A2 and IEC 1010 1 A2 respectively are the internationally applicable standards Measurement instruments used During purchase and use of the measuring device it must be ensured that the device used meets the respective requi
473. rs Waste cap with fill level detection 5 31 Alarm behavior in containers without fill level euren 5 34 Alarm behaviors containers with fill level detectioTi ees titer eee 5 33 Changing the fill level 5 38 Changing the Fluid level detector board 5 39 Display of the filling 15 5 32 Following actions to bottle 5 36 PUN Ct OM E QUE eet es ey 5 31 General rules for opto electrical fill level detection 5 35 Signal strobing dne 5 37 2 5 34 tex ren E de ENSE 5 30 Flex cable long AutoQC 5 12 Flex cable short AutoQC 5 11 Floppy eesti teste eei EI 5 102 5 112 Fluid level detector 5 39 1 Index Fluid mixing system 8 5 41 Changing the eet 5 42 Function 41 25 e eR ID 5 41 Fluorescent lamp irre terere 5 113 FMS air bubble ener 5 42 EMS time edet 9 7 9 109 Hard Disk Dunes aen 5 106 eee de ase 8 9 HemolyZer pe er RP ce 5 43 Changing the 1 5 43 Function
474. s Valve cap Clamping part Valve head Fig 8 V3 and V4 analyzer version 2 3 5 6 8 and 9 Fig 9 V3 and V4 analyzer version 1 4 and 7 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 73 10 Previous revision levels AVL OMNI front view Analyzer cover removed screen disassembled and measuring chamber plate opened up 17 16 15 14 13 12 Fig 10 AVL OMNI front view 10 74 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels 0 E S Peristaltic pump 2 Veysesd es et de des eue ose Tubes to sample distributor 3 Sample distributor with SD cartridge and SD cover 4 eee Hee Tube from sample distributor to tHb cartridge 5 T T amp D sample inlet path 6 T amp D module 7 REE T amp D RUPEE Bypass cartridge 9 Fluid mixing system FMS AEN Line for Solution A 9 Sees esee Connection for Solution B 2 Second connection of the line for Solution 3 m Bottle pipe III to the sample distributor iovis d eta Bacteria filter 5 NU S ED Hemolyzer and docking flange tHb measuring chamber and securing button COOX measuring chamber and magnetic clip D REE E Measuring chamber relea
475. s the 2P MSS calibration is performed every two hours between 5 and 24 hours every four hours Thereafter it will occur at the set 2P interval and is automatically performed as 1 55 2 or 2P Spec calibration Every 15 minutes during the first 4 hours after an MSS polarization the 1P MSS calibration is performed i e the 1P MSS calibration is performed 15 minutes after the automatic 1P Spec cal After the program MSS SOL_D has been started the sensor is flushed sufficiently in economy mode and system stop to keep it operational flushing intervals remain active Even with a Waste alarm or Solution D alarm the fill levels were calculated so that sufficient fluid or space Waste is available to keep the sensor operational for a minimum of 1 5 days for glu lac operation or 12 hours for glu lac urea operation NOTE The sensor flushing procedure is not performed during power failure with an open measuring chamber cover or bottle compartment cover or when test level actions are being performed i e enzyme migration is possible with urea only Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures MSS Ref calibration AVL OMNI 7 to 9 Washing and filling the MSS measuring chamber with Solution D Washing Filling This cycle is performed between MSS Int 1P SIp calibration cycles and after measurements and wash cycles in case of repeat MSS Ref calibrations Therefore
476. s screws prevent damage of the two valve cables the rear of the FMS please remove carefully 8 Disconnect both valve cables NOTE Do not use a sharp edged pair of tweezers to remove the tubing Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Assembly is done in reverse order Test the function of the valves V19 and Mixing valve Mix in the menu System Test Component Test Valve Test Changing the FMS air bubble trap When changing the FMS air bubble trap see Fig 55 remove the sample distributor cartridge Follow the directions Changing the sample distributor cartridge see page 5 122 1 After disassembling the sample distributor cartridge move the FMS air bubble trap back to normal position 2 Remove the FMS air bubble trap in the upward direction NOTE Be sure the FMS air bubble trap sits firmly when reassembling 5 42 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Hemolyzer applicable from SN 5000 on for SN lt 5000 see chapter 10 Manual revision 8 0 Function Before the actual measurement the erythrocytes are destroyed with an ultrasonic
477. s wetting agent until the glass tube is completely filled Follow the instructions on the screen e CAUTION when handling blood Biohazard It is expected that this cleaning procedure will depend on the typical sample type of a laboratory e g physiological pathological fetal blood An internal cleaning with Solution 6 will be performed automatically after every 1000 sample measurements Afterwards the measuring system must be conditioned with a wetting agent NOTE If the warning CI Electrode Dirty Defect appears cleaning of the Cl Electrode is recommended see also Cleaning Instructions OMNI Cl Electrode ATO427 or chapter 9 Troubleshooting Cleaning Activate the function program System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Cleaning Routines Activate the ISE module and press Start External Cleaning The cleaning agent is introduced in the fill port like a sample syringe or capillary Wetting To wet the ISE module after the cleaning process several measurements 2 3 with whole blood have to be performed If that is not possible or the cleaning procedure tripped an alarm for a complete module activate System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Wetting Electrodes ISE Electrodes Automatic manually NOTE Use automatic mode exclusively Last for approx 1 minute Press ISE Electrode Attach a syringe or a capillary filled with blood to the fill port area and inject wet
478. section Shutdown The tubes with the long rigid ends are connected to Solutions 5 and D the tubes with the short rigid ends are connected to Solution 1 and 3 Put the tubing harness in a container with AVL Deproteinizer Press the key Continue and follow the instructions on the screen Insert new bottles in the corresponding postions to prevent contamination of the cleaned tubes and further contamination of the MSS module 8 3 8 Maintenance Service area Yearly maintenance In addition to the daily weekly 3 monthly and half yearly maintenance 8 4 Changing the bacterial filter See chapter 5 C 5 Changing the port Remove the fill port resp the fill port adapter by C turning it downward 5 Changing the FMS air bubble trap See chapter 5 S Changing the entire tubing system See chapter 5 S Changing the vacuum pump head See chapter 5 S Changing the tHb air bubble trap See chapter 5 5 Changing the fan filter See chapter 5 5 Changing the valve cartridge Change with the testprogram System Util C SD MC PP tHb or Analyzer Actions Park Cartridges 5 bottle compartment BC cartridge Please see chapter 5 for the description of the cartridge change Changing the contact clip MSS module See chapter 5 C 5 Changing the aerosol trap See chapter 5 S If there is no aerosol trap installed the aerosol trap
479. sensor offset K2 Vacuum generated after 2 seconds Vacuum generated after 10 seconds Maximum value K5 System tightness after vacuum pump off K6 Drop in pressure after valves opened If a vacuum error is displayed the error source can also be localized with the help of the Vacuum sensor test Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Vacuum Sensor If the error cannot be detected using the automatic test procedure please continue with the procedures described in the following The following scenarios are built up in a logical way and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 2 Is the Waste container inserted correctly yes no Insert Waste container correctly Tubes to and from Waste container loose no yes Connect supply tubes properly Container pipe has been damaged no yes Change Waste change see chapter 5 Is the vacuum pump running yes no Vacuum pump or control defective change see chapter 5 Whistling noise in the waste area no yes Leaky Waste connections Check tubings and connections to the pump and Waste container or the vacuum sensor Scenario 3 Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Vacuum Sensor and read the mV values after 2 10 and 60 seconds of switching the pump On Is the mV value after
480. shooting FMS error The following scenarios are built up in a logical way and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Scenario 1 Call up System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Fill Routines Aspirate Sol B repeatedly and several times Confirm that Solution B is aspirated Check the packages of fluid in the tubing connection FMS SD pipe Normally when the FMS switches to air at the end of the aspiration process no bounce of the liquid column is observed Do you see a bouncing movement of the liquid column towards the bottle at the end of the aspiration process 5 Bottle has under pressure since the tube which ventilates bottle is not open Bottle not properly inserted e Spike to open bottle is damaged Air tube is clogged The container pipes has not completely penetrated the bottle plug e Bottle is not properly inserted e Aspiration pipe has been pushed back into the analyzer e Rests of foil from the stopper are blocking the container pipe The fluid packages are aspirated well They do not speed up at the end of the aspiration process Scenario 2 Scenario 2 Call up System Util Analyzer Actions Fluid Actions Fill Routines Aspirate Sol C repeatedly and several times Confirm that Solution C is aspirated Check the packages of fluid in the tubing connection FMS SD pipe Normally when the FMS switches
481. sing button AEE Tubing cover a due Waste tube EERE T piece e Waste 2 2 cartridge bottle compartment cartridge 63 oeuvre BG measuring chamber AVL OMNI 1 to 9 eu dote ISE measuring chamber AVL OMNI 4 to 9 25 Measuring chamber cartridge up TS MSS measuring chamber AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 e iof suse e RED ENS PP cartridge Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 75 10 Previous revision levels AVL OMNI rear view Screen tiped in forward direction without vacuum pump and PC tower 59929 Fig 11 AVL OMNI rear view 10 76 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels O T amp D control 2 IE FLATIF canceled at devices SN gt 1500 3 Ejection flaps Fan and filter 5 Vacuum sensor 6 staves Peristaltic pump PP 7 Hemolyzer board connection tubes to vacuum pump 9 Fluid level detector board TREES Cable to sample sensor III 1 Fluid mixing system FMS Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 77 10 Previous revision levels Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Valve Overload This error flashes when the valve current is too high Val
482. sitions cannot be approached at all the vertical and the horizontal slide can be moved manually by removing the toothed belt from the carrier pins of the vertical and or horizontal slide Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the AQC control board see Fig 12 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position Switch off the AVL OMNI Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module by removing the two screws 1 see Fig 12 Remove the cover of the AQC control board by removing screws 6 and 35 see Fig 12 Disconnect all cables from the AQC control board and the cable from the AQC temperature sensor Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 7 5 Function modules from 2 Changing the barex tube 5 8 7 Remove screws 2 and 39 see Fig 12 and remove the two spacer bolts 11 see Fig 13 Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Reestablish serial number and revision number as well as the value of total measurements if requested See chapter 8 AutoQC Activate the program System Util Service Area AutoQC Adjustment to perform a position adjustment in X and Y direction When changing the barex tube see Fig 12 12 please proceed as
483. sp icd pU EISE 5 143 Bottle compartment deed eet epit Seele te PEPPER Reda ie i cedro nd Re 5 145 sample distributor group epic eee de sagen ask deta ep esee pane To Peu de E 5 148 dale vista M 5 150 MC cartridge des gu tor eek WE eee ne y ru eR REY ORE e EE EORR 5 152 PP cartridge group ettet e eme EE C aes ome aa eo iege i re 5 154 5 IV Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z TIT 5 158 PC tower rear View 9 a ee A ee BRE Seren 5 158 PC tower topview CAT96 ire ea ree 5 160 AVL OMNI front ei e es EE II Re UR 5 162 2 fear Vie E 5 164 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 V 5 Function modules from A 4 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 5 Function modules from A Z 5 Function modules from A Z General information on assembly and disassembly of components CAUTION After assembly replacement existing calibration parameters have changed or values may have to be reentered It is therefore necessary to perform a system calibration after modifications have been made to
484. spiration Status Conductivity Aspiration Temp K3 BG ISE MSS tHb BG ISE MSS BG ISE MSS Information lines e g IL Cycle name six pack aspiration status code module conductivity value in mV module alarms Optobus errors Footer line End time FMS time 2 NE correction value with electrode status 22 MSS Counter Additional information Empty Ref Flush Ref MSS SOL D 9 84 interpretation see next page description see page 9 109 report 3 only report 5 and 6 only N Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Designations in header line 1 System System calibration IP calibration with PO air calibration 2 spec 2P calibration with 2P calibration LP Cal une calibration without air calibration 2 2P calibration without PO 2 calibration Es PO air calibration 2P ih PO 2P calibration LP 2 Cale 1P calibration with PO air calibration and 2P calibration MSS Mixing Conductivity calibration CHD ais tHb calibration Meas rx Measurement Washing and recalibration Cleanse Manual cleaning Cond Manual conditioning Cycle designation Meas Cal in information cycle cycle others line
485. ssette ADC Overflow 29 Readings exceed ADC upper limit 1 Prime the reference system using Fill Ref Electrode 2 Reseat electrode 3 Replace electrode cassette ADC Underflow 30 Readings exceed ADC lower limit 1 Prime the reference system using Fill Ref Electrode 2 Reseat electrode 3 Replace electrode cassette No cond sol 31 No Na conditioning solution Na alarm 1 Replace Sol 2 2 Check Sol 2 aspiration 3 Check fillport amp T amp D disk for contamination No zero sol 32 No zero solution Alarm 1 Replace Sol 4 2 Check Sol 4 aspiration 3 Check fillport amp T amp D disk for contamination error 33 zero point not OK check Sol 4 aspiration amp calibrate for ready 501 exhausted 34 pH value six pack for zero solution not OK A replace Sol 4 Lin nOK 35 Ratio Call Cal2 not OK 1 Replace MSS cassette 2 Replace MSS reagents Sol 1 3 5 amp D Inter nOK 36 Ratio BSA Glu BSA Lac during Cal3 not OK A replace MSS cassette No sample pol 37 Polarization was not performed because sample volume was too small sample used for polarization was fragmented or too small repeat MSS polarization After polarization MSS signals not yet in permissible range Sensor is polarizing now Please wait Polarization was terminated manually check aspiration of Sol 3 D amp R3 and repeat MSS polarization see next page Polarizi
486. state in standby Consequences This state of the bus usually causes neither a trans mission error nor a significant time loss lt 100us Permissible limit 100 per day Cause Hardware problems increased interference suscepta bility of the opto modules or interference in the device Remedy Replace one or more boards connected to the Optobus Mainboard T amp D control PolyOX KX control 9700 LY3 AQC control board Reinitializing Counts how often the bus had to be reinitialized The bus is put into a defined state all message numbers etc are synchronized and a special message is sent from the main control to each module AutoQC module T amp D module COOX module to check correct response Consequences Approx 30ms during which no message can be trans mitted If this happens at an inconvenient time a certain process may be interrupted and a system error may occur Permissible limit 20 per day Remedy Replace one or more boards connected to the Optobus Mainboard T amp D control PolyOX KX control 9700 LY3 AQC control board Solved failures Sum of all other problems such as transmission errors timeouts etc which were however eliminated during repeat attempts Consequences None but it increases the probability of unsuccessful message transmission even in 3 attempts Permissible limit 100 per day Remedy Replace one or more boards connected to the Optobus Mainboard T amp D control P
487. still does not pass call up System Util Service Area COOX Module Test optical light guides or lamps see chapter 8 under Service area COOX module Remote Control Remote Link AVL OMNILink Remote Control is activated gt Exit Remote Link For users with password priority 1 only Remote Lock The AVL OMNIE is locked by Remote Link AVL OMNILink Remote Control gt Disengage lock via Remote Link software AVL OMNILink Software or at the AVL OMNIE Possible with service password only Sol 4 exhausted The zero solution is no longer chemically active pH value of zero solution 5 Insert new zero solution 9 50 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting tHb Temp Error AVL OMNI 2 5 and 8 only The following scenarios are built up in a logical manner and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Scenario 1 Check tHb LED see rear of analyzer fourth LED from the left and call up System Test Module Test Voltages LED lights up but the 5V or 12V is not OK no yes Power supply Mainboard Motherboard electrical connections interrupted Scenario 2 LED does not light up but the 24V is OK no yes e Temperature fuse defective change tHb module change see chapter 5 e Electr connection J9 defective gt change module change see chapter 5 LED does not light up and
488. t MSS not OK Reference point Cal Sol D nOK A calibrate for ready 1P error 15 First calibration point not OK Cal nOk A calibrate for ready Air bubble 16 Air bubble over electrode zero calibration 1 Decontaminate Call wetting routines 2 Replace Sol 4 see next page Display in electrode status report under Options Reports Elektrode Status Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 105 9 Troubleshooting FMS error 17 Mixing ratio out of permissible range a 1 Reseat bottles Sol amp C and check aspiration 2 Check if the air vents are punctured properly Cancel 20 Calibration canceled UC internal calibration was cancelled calibrate for ready TEMP error 21 Temperature alarm 1 Check ambient temperature 2 Replace fan filter on back panel 3 Swich analyzer Off On LF error 22 Conductivity calibration not performed Filling stop mean and or Sigma not within limit print out electrode status report amp check error text for LFB amp LFC lines wait for CAL 24 Electrode module deactivated parameter was deactivated calibrate for ready ADC Error 26 ADC hardware problems FMS vol nOK 27 Time out in FMS vol measurement 1 Try locating error with FMS volume error troubleshooting 2 Replace PP tubing Mean nOK 28 Six pack mean not OK 1 Sol R leaking Clean bottle compartment remove crystals 2 Replace electrode ca
489. t added 4 10 Installation of AutoQC module added 4 4 Installing of the Reference electrode Ref and the Junction electrode Jun added 4 5 Installation of the AutoQC software added 5 Pre filter added 5 2 Section AutoQC module option added 5 9 Valve test under Changing the FMS added 5 4 Table of default settings of DIL switches at Barcode control added 5 23 under Changing the Connector board added 5 85 Assembly of wash water nozzle added 6 Sytem functions updated 6 4 check 1 and 2 On Off under AVL Multirules deleted 8 1 e Decontamination of surfaces under Daily maintenance added e Changing of the pre filter under 3 monthly maintenance added 8 2 e Maintenance of AutoQC module under Yearly maintenance added Cleaning of the Chlorid electrode under Recommentations added Changing of the fluorescent lamps at devices with SN lt 1500 under Yearly Maintenance added e Text modification under Apply COOX Corrections 8 5 e Function Delete Data addded 8 8 Text addition under Optics test Number of pages revers to Service Manual Rev 4 0 July 96 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 29 10 Previous revision levels 8 9 AutoQC added 9 Error messages added Cover open AQC Wash
490. t control Motherboard Temp amplifier on 0582 ADC on 0866 tHb 2 power NTC 0141 BB0551 37 0 Supply 24 V DC measuring transistors 71 C tHb Board 0 5 C connection to chamber 10 Motherboard Temp amplifier on 0551 ADC on BA0866 2 0725 37 0 Supply 24 DC measuring transistors PolyOx Heat 0 2 C connection to PolyOx chamber see PolyOx KX KX Control also Note 2 Control Temp amplifier amp ADC on PolyOx KX Control Table 1 Note 1 Function of heating control for BG ISE measuring chamber In general the temperature is measured and checked continuously Coldstart 10 min heating up time is needed in any case If module temperature is lower than 32 during heating up process temperature is set from software by the uC and DAC on Mainboard to 42 C for faster heating and is then reduced to the fixed temperature If module temperature is gt 32 C temperature controlling without this overshooting to 42 C is done Normal operation If temperature is within the allowed 0 2 C 4 0 6 C temperature limit the mean value of the temperature measurements over a long time period once per day at the system calibration is calculated and adjusted automatically by the software to the ideal value in order to minimize drift effects Sensor and thermal fuse are always built into that module to be thermostated 3 NTC Negative temperature c
491. t the valve unit Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Test the switching function of the valves by switching the respective valve under System Test Component Test Valves When the valve is closed the valve plunger must be clearly visible through the cassette Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 149 5 Function modules from A 4 tHb cartridge group Valve types Valves V23 and V24 have the following composition 1 valve actuator p adapter bypass duse spindle adapter M3x25ia aiu bell housing valve tapper Fig 75 Valve type 4 23 V24 Valve V2 has the following composition e M gt PL Tis valve actuator 3 pr adapter short E isis bell housing pa rc valve tapper Fig 76 Valve type 5 V2 as well as V30 VSO V11 V28 VIO V7 and V14 5 150 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Changing V23 V2 V24 In any case refer to General information on page 5 143 When changing V23 V2 and or V24 please proceed as follows 1 Remove the Waste cap as described on page 5 40 from item 2 on 2 Disconnect the respective valve connector from Aktor Board BB0987 V23 or 0988 24 3 Remove the two fastening screws for the valve bracket see Fig 77 and take out the entire unit Fig 77 Valve bracket Remove the bell housing as described on page 5 143 Remove the two fastening screws of the
492. tains the following e potentiometric amplifiers for Urea NH4 and NH4 and are necessary for correction e reference amplifiers Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z e temperature regulation circuits for the Peltier elements e temperature measurement amplifier for electrode holder temperature measuring chamber temperature and contact clip temperature and e Diagnostic circuit for conductivity measurement with the aid of contacts MCI MCO and Ref SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac board contains DC AC converter to supply the measuring chamber illumination strips e measuring chamber cover contact signaling whether the cover is open e amperometric amplifier units for the glucose lactate and BSA amplifier The SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac board is directly plugged onto the SSE MSS Mainboard The MSS cassette has for glucose lactate and BSA 3 connectors each the working electrode the reference electrode and the counter electrode The sensors are controlled in an electric circuit which sets the voltage of the reference electrode at 350 mV compared to the working electrode The voltage at the counter electrode is varied to keep the voltage at the reference electrode constant The current flowing into the working electrode is evaluated as the measurement signal The BSA signal is used as corrective value for the glucose and lactate measurement value Urea NH4 and K each have a co
493. tall or remove the AQC temperature sensor when the system is connected to power 5 Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module see arrows Fig 10 Disconnect the cable from the temperature sensor see Fig 10 lt 7 Remove screws and see Fig 10 and the vertical slide cover see Fig 11 Fig 10 Changing the AQC temp sensor 8 Remove the AQC temperature sensor and clean the vertical slide cover removing any glue 5 18 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from 2 9 Paste the new AQC temperature sensor on the vertical slide cover seeFig 11 Fig 11 Horizontal slide cover Assembly is done in reverse order Check the functioning of the AQC temperature sensor under System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Temp Sensor Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A 4 Changing the toothed belt short When changing the toothed belt short see Fig 12 26 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position Open the cover of the AutoQC module Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws 12 and 16 see Fig 14 Remove the screw at the carrying wheel see Fig 12 13 and 14 and remove the old toothed belt Stretch the new toothed belt over the toot
494. tches 1 Economy Mode This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Switches 1 AutoQC 6 8 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 0002 0 6 wINWO TAY enuen UODIDp 10 V snorAoJq 193482 295 UOTSTADI JO SPIS snorAoud Uone pow sopoo 5 5 05 lt lt AS 100 0 6 2 V suono wININO 95J9AIp Jo soseud 6 L INNO TAY uonvaqmeo 415 41 SSW 6 91 L INNO TAY uoneJqi eo Jou SSN uoneziejod SSW e oAo SurInseoJA MS 5 NS Jers uOISIA9J Enue Suiqn T Sopoo smes suono wININO 95J9AIp Jo soseud 6 91 INNO uoneuqueo 415 4 11201 SSI 6 0 L INNO uoneJqi eo Jou SSN V uonezue od SSW e oAo SurinseoJA 186 AON 0 8 186 0 L6 79 V OEZ US 02248 0051 NS 9 NS 116 O S 196 O t 96 WIEN 156 294 O T 2 WS 3 05 NS Jes uOISIA9J Enue 1e1deuo
495. te V4 or sample is not detected aspiration process much too slow e g pump tubes 23 light level does sample pos error stable signal means sample fragmented or not stabilize inhomogeneous filling not hemolyzed aspiration process too slow load limit MSS 1 conductivity sample pos error clot bubbles or positioning signal not OK sample not conductive 2 conductivity sample sep error sample could not be sample was at VSI breakdown not distinguished from sample aspiration OK measuring chamber does not start or filling starts late contamination in measuring chamber 1 11 15 554 insufficient sample the separating air insufficient sample before bubble for sample or fragmented in conductivity detection occurred sample distributor break down only after SS4 detected air Table 3 Aspiration status codes during measurement 9 104 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting List of calibration flags List and interpretation of flags occurring in the AVL OMNI during a calibration Described in service report under Options Reports Service Report Repro amp Quality List of general flags that may occur during a calibration Status Flag Meaning Message on screen 0 Calibration value with Sigma 1 2 OK 1 Calibration value SP default 3 Default calibration value e g after electrode change calibration pending A calib
496. te in whole blood serum plasma dialysate and QC materials The analyzer allows a free selection of combinations of the offered parameters Random Access Combination System by the user The system is available in the following configurations AVL OMNI Parameter BG BG and tHb etHb and BG ISE and Het BG ISE and Het BG ISE COOX and Hct BG ISE MSS and Het BG ISE MSS and Het BG ISE COOX MSS and Het Cl OA a RR wy gt A specific measurement module is necessary and responsible for each one or for more of the parameter groups to be measured These modules and their parameters e g functions are e Main control with measurement control module T amp D module e PC unit COOX module e AutoQC module optional BG pH and PCO 2 ctHb O Hb HHb COHb MetHb SulfHb Na Cl MSS Glucose Lactate Urea BUN Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 3 1 3 Description of Functions Specifications Main control with measurement modules T amp D module 800196 COOX module 800196 AVL OMNI 3 and 6 only AutoQC module 800196 optional T amp D module 3 2 The main control steers and checks the actual calibration and measurement functions of the AVL OMNI A measurement control module is connected to the main control which dep
497. ted gt change hard disk try to repair only if you have no spare part Install a new system on hard disk with system floppies Background lighting defective There are 3 different TFT display types used in the OMNI e SN 1500 Display with 2 hot cathode tubes EL0261 e SN gt 1500 Display with 1 cold cathode tube EL0276 e SN 22800 Display with 2 cold cathode tubes EL0280 EL0261 The lifetime is 5000 hours Therefore the tubes have to be replaced every 6 months During the lifetime the resistance of the heated hot cathodes increases and because of a constant current driving the power losses at the cathodes and with it the temperature increases and the insulation at the tubing ends may become too hot NOTE Always change both tubes at the same time if one has become defective EL0276 The display with the cold cathode tube doesn t have any problem with heating up the cathodes on the other side the brightness and contrast is worse compared to the hot cathode tube display The lifetime is 10000 hours and this is defined as a decrease of the brightness to 50 Thus if the customer complaints a dark display it is recommended to exchange the tube EL0280 This display is equipped with 2 cold cathode tubes with a lifetime of 25000 hours and even higher brightness about 10 more than the EL0261 The complete display module BP2274 with EL0280 including mechanical parts and touch may replace the display module BP2050
498. ted somewhat offside rests in the guiding the Allan head screw points to the right Press Exit The shaft is centered once again by the controller and must rest into the guiding as exactly as possible If this does not occur press No and repeat this adjustment 5 137 5 Function modules from A 2 Vacuum pump Function Changing the vacuum pump 5 138 The vacuum pump 24 V DC provides the necessary under pressure of approx 700 mbar which guarantees appropriate washing and drying of the measuring channel For operational safety we suggest to renew the pump head housing part and membrane once a year Vacuum pump head Valve 13 Valve head Fig 67 Vacuum pump When changing the vacuum pump see Fig 67 please proceed as follows 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect all cables and tubes from the vacuum pump 5 Loosen the three Phillips screws which hold the vacuum pump Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the vacuum pump head valve head and 5 Function modules from A Z valve tapper When changing the vacuum pump head please proceed as follows Switch off the AVL OMNI 1 9 7 Open the Phillips screws on the back of the an
499. teel tube go down as required no Steel tube is blocked Toothed gear unit defective Change the horizontal slide unit Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 33 9 Troubleshooting SS error only if an AutoQC module is installed Call up System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Sample Sensor Sample sensor is OK and the LED current is between 1 to 20 mA no yes Select Start Test Sample sensor is OK but the LED current is between 20 to 60 mA typical current is about 5 mA no yes Residual fluid in the area of the sample sensor gt remove residual fluid After removing the residual fluid call up Sample Sensor as above again as the sensor re calibrates when this program is accessed Select Start Test again Sample sensor is not OK the LED current is 60 mA and the dark current value is 20 mV no yes Residual fluid in the area of the sample sensor gt remove residual fluid After removing the residual fluid call up Sample Sensor as above again as the sensor re calibrates when this program is accessed e Barex tube defective Remove Phillips screw from the horizontal slide and disconnect barex tube from the tubing at the steel tube Move barex tube approx 1 cm and call up test again Sample sensor not OK LED current gt 60 mA and dark current value 20 mV Sample sensor not OK LED current 1 mA no yes LED of light gui
500. ter For limit values page 9 110 Calibration Parameter Limits A means that during this calibration the current position could not be updated For example AVL OMNI Service Report Electrode Potentials MSS 29 05 1998 10 59 Serial Number 2393 Range 29 05 1998 10 29 29 05 1998 10 59 Meas 29 05 1998 10 38 Potential Standard Deviation BS LA GL NH K UR BS LA GL NH K UR lt gt Optobus Error Counter 001000 E 10 40 Fill Levels M 10 623 1004 12 17 98 N 5 5 5 z 5 5 2 2 34 53 38 182 193 187 0 8 0 6 1 2 27 1 1 1 9 34 51 37 182 193 187 0 9 3 6 2 6 3 0 1 8 2 9 5 Stby 10 40 FMS 0 78 MSS Counter 931522 lt gt MSS SOL_D 30 25 29 95 26 21 334 44 227 78 371 52 lt gt Empty Ref lt gt Flush Ref Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 97 9 Troubleshooting MSS status during polarization yem wiINNO were ur 8 igurzire oq 2 80121104 pezue od 1050 uoneziiejod gurimp 1 MO 10u 20 105 uado uonezrie od SSW yo jou 19409 OW wege dwa 6 501915 iperooueo 104 20 10 VEM uon ezejod SSW uorezreoq 10u uoneziuefod SSIN yo jou uornezrueod Wee 6 501915 iperooueo 104 10 VEM uoneziuefod ssw Suunp 19402 uodo
501. ter can be removed from its holder by lifting Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE Please observe the installation position of the bacteria filter The INLET label must point to the upper rubber part Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the Barcode control see Fig 85 7 please proceed as follows 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the power supply and the 26 poled flat cable dataline from the thermal printer 5 Unscrew the four Phillips screws which hold the thermal printer and remove 6 Disconnect all cables from the Barcode control 7 Press the four white clamping bolts together and remove the board Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Barcode scanner optional Function e Input of reagent data type lot number expiration date composition etc e Input of electrode data type expiration date etc e Input of patient or operator identification e Input of QC data AVL COMBI trol material lot number base ex
502. terface The signals of the active color LCD s are carried by the 128 poled VG ledge A2 on a 50 poled SCSI 2 cable J10 see Fig 4 Analog VGA interface The transfer of the color signals to an external screen takes place over this interface 15 poled SUBMIN D When an external screen is connected the touch screen of the AVL OMNI is inactive if the external screen was connected before turning AVL OMNI 10 66 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels PC tower rear view version PC104 AANINNINNINIININININIININNINININNINISINININININISISINISININDIIISIS SDS VNNNNN l 104 IN N exo a iris NNNNNNANNNNNNANN J Vind f BK0345 KX Fig 6 PC tower rear view version 104 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 67 10 Previous revision levels D Printer lever 2 Paper roll axis 3 ee eee Thermal printer 4 Postea e ot des edu ou Power supply thermal printer 5 ESPERE E RUNI Power supply AVL OMNI 6 Fastening screw for power supply unit Power supply 9
503. terproof type Do not operate the instrument in an explosive environment or in the vicinity of explosive anesthetic mixtures containing oxygen or nitrous oxide The instrument is suitable for continous operation CAUTION The power cord may be plugged only into a grounded socket When using an extension cord make sure it is properly grounded e Any rupture of the ground lead inside or outside the instrument or a loose ground connection can render hazardous operation of the instrument Intentional disconnection of the grounding is not permitted e While changing the fuses make sure that the fuses used are of the specified type and rating in every case Never use repaired fuses or short circuit the fuse holders Operating Safety Information Contents Contents 1 INTRODUCTION General OM sester EE EE ESEESE EiS 1 1 Important informations 1 1 1 2 ESD protective MEASULES e Yee e 1 3 Device leakage current measurements Testing repair and modifications 1 5 Decontamination Cleaning 1 6 2 REVISIONS
504. teste uto eer eU SES 5 8 Changing the magnetic valve ico eee eater teste tet iste See depo Tope dese ERR Sce tr 5 10 Changing the YZ distributor 5 10 Changing the Z distributor board sd uem soe den PER ER IHRE 5 11 Changing the flex cable Short i scisco teret inse ee E he e edet eoe ves Pere dere 5 11 Changing the flex cable long use eere qure eet econ beet ces PR HEN Ee ab VER eg PER eee 5 12 Changing the AQC optical light guides AQC power supply cable or AQC wash tube AQC cable tree 5 13 Changing the X motOor eret em fe t e Ope eo e dedic Uere pe eo ERE eee E Let 5 15 the E EE 5 15 Changing the Z motOr ueste ete ipo debe poo 5 16 Changing steel tube complete 5 16 Changing the maintenance kit steel tube complete wash port and tube for valve 5 17 Changing the temperature sensor 5 18 Changing the toothed belt short 5 20 Changing the toothed belt Wong eR uh ed e Er ie eh Se ee ed 5 20 e
505. the 24V is not OK yes Scenario 2 Call up System Test Component Test Sensors Temperatures LED lights up all voltages OK Temperature too high no yes Change tHb module change see chapter 5 LED lights up all voltages OK Temperature too low e Electr connection J9 defective gt change module change see chapter 5 e Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 51 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 2 Check voltages on Motherboard with DVM Testpins see chapter 5 Checking the supply voltage and the reference voltage Reference voltage 2 5V not OK but supply voltages 5V 12V 24V are OK no yes Change Mainboard change see chapter 5 Reference voltage 2 5V OK but supply voltages 5V 12V 24V are not OK e Change Motherboard change see chapter 5 DC cabletree J5 defective change see chapter 5 Power supply part defective Scenario 3 Scenario 3 Check power fuse Fuse OK yes no Change fuse change see chapter 5 Power supply unit defective Change power supply change see chapter 5 Urea is defective AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only See page 9 45 Valve Overload Applicable up to SN 5000 troubleshooting see chapter 10 under manual revision 8 0 9 52 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 T
506. the 4 Phillips screws securing the interface board AVLIFB to the panel see Fig 84 d e f g Remove the 16 spacer bolts and EMC seals from the connectors Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 105 5 Function modules from 2 Opto cable to Mainboard Display Thermal printer Speaker L2 L1 10 9 J8 7 Barcode scanner unit CNA O display 1 12 Power supply A1 AT96 bus A2 J1 Floppy disk drive 11 5 Barcode scanner unit CNB J13 2 5 Hard disk 2 5 Hard disk 3 5 not used Fig 48 AVLIFB Changing the hard disk Electrostatic Sensitive Device NOTE Before you start with exchange try to save all important values e g calibration values under Data Manager Cal More Backup Restore The 2 5 hard disk may be replaced with a 3 5 hard disk and vice versa Make sure to use the right cable with the right disk 2 5 disk BB0791 with cable BV2049 3 5 disk BB0694 with cable BV1754 and 1917 5V 12V Remark Because of two different assemble situations you will find two metal plates enclosed to the spare part 791 This is applicable for AVLIFB s with ident number EN0329 or EN336 onl
507. the MC cover complete Changing the MC prism Changing the MC electrode holder Changing the Center seal for MC Changing the MC foil and Changing the MC illumination 01 5 25 e Electrode plugs have been changed Figure 5 11 MC cartridge updated e Item 4 of Changing the Measuring chamber cartridge changed because pressing the electrode plugs together is no longer necessary Number of pages revers to Service Manual Rev 2 0 December 95 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 3 10 Previous revision levels First NOTE changed Desired position of rocker switches on PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 added 5 26 5 40 5 47 5 48 Item 7 of Changing the power supply unit changed To comply with EMC guidelines especially with Standard for permissible interference it was necessary to perform the following modifications e Protection of TFT flat screen and electronics e Protection of screen cable and implementation of symmetric data transfer to screen e Implementation of various BF shields and large surface grounding in the housing From SN 1500 PC models B486SLC AT96 and MSM4S6 PCI04 will be used simultaneously and a new screen model will be used e FLATIF is no longer applicable 5 88 5 90 5 94 5 96 Figures updated and added 6 1 6 5 e Addition at Figure 6 1 at Cal e In figure 6 4 at Util Analyzer actions Fluid actions Deproteinizing MC
508. the Motherboard with a small laced wiring harness also leading to the contact of the sample distributor Detailed information pertaining to the components mentioned above can be found in chapter 5 Function Modules from A 2 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Measurement parameters 3 Description of Functions Specifications Parameter Unit Displayed Resolution Specified Used sample Precision range range type Blood gas module mmHg 0 to 800 0 1 60 to 140 T SD lt 1 2 PCO mmHg 4 to 200 0 1 15 to 70 T SD 1 0 pH 6 0 to 8 0 0 001 6 8 to 7 6 0 50 lt 0 005 5 SD lt 0 012 mmHg 300 to 800 0 1 550 to 800 air pressure typ 2 Electrolyte module Na mmol L 20 to 250 120 to 170 T S A Q SD lt 1 5 K mmol L 0 2 to 20 3 0 to 6 0 T S A Q SD lt 0 05 Cl mmol L 20 to 250 70 to 130 T S A Q SD 1 0 Ca mmol L 0 1 to 6 0 0 6 to 1 5 T S A Q SD lt 0 03 Het 10 to 80 20 to 60 T not specif Haemoglobin module ctHb g dL 3 to 24 0 1 3 to 24 T SD lt 0 2 CO oximetry module O Hb 0 0 100 0 0 0 100 0 SD lt 1 2 HHb 0 0 to 100 0 0 0 to 100 0 T SD lt 1 2 COHb 0 0 100 0 0 0 100 0 SD lt 0 3 MetHb 0 0 100 0 0 0 20 0 SD lt 0 2 SulfHb 0 0 to 100 0 not specif T not specif Metabolite module Glu mmol L 0 5 to 40 0 1 1 to 10 T S Q SD lt 0 1 or CV lt 3 Lac mmol L 0 2 to 20 0 1 0 5 to 5 TSQ SD lt 0 1 or
509. tinct functional main modules in the AVL OMNI e Calibration cycle e Measurement cycle e MSS Ref calibration MSS Int 1P SIp calibration This cycle has a modular organization and can be performed in different ways e With and without simultaneous tHb or COOX drying e With and without preparation of B C mixture for a further cycle The calibration cycle is divided in the following phases e Starting the tHb or COOX drying e Washing and filling the BG measuring chamber e Washing the converting line when sample is washed out otherwise temporal place holder e Washing and filling the ISE measuring chamber AVL OMNI 4 to 9 only if not temporal place holder e Washing the converting line when sample is washed out or emptying the converting line and preparing B C mixture Start the FMS fluid mixing system Mix calibration solution Stop the FMS Position calibration solution in the reservoir or without preparing B C mixture Follow up action of FMS e Emptying of the sample distributor and the air reservoir between sample distributor and PP cartridge When entering a calibration cycle after a measurement the dry cycle begins when a tHb or COOX module is built in The drying path from V4 over the tHb or COOX module V2 and V23 is switched through V24 must be closed in this case Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 1 7 Functional procedures Washing and filling of an AVL
510. ting agent until the glass tube is completely filled Follow the instructions on the screen e CAUTION when handling blood Biohazard Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 Introduction MSS measuring chamber Since the MSS cassette should not come in contact with cleaning solution will cause damage of the sensor use an MSS dummy cartridge for cleaning the MSS measuring chamber After completion of the cleaning procedure make sure to moisten the new MSS cassette with whole blood using the polarisation routine Do not use disinfectants containing alcohol for cleaning the inside of the MSS measuring chamber cover Use e g AVL Deproteinizer Use this cleaning procedure after each exchange MSS cassette but not often than once a month Procedure 1 Remove the MSS cassette from the module 2 Insert the MSS dummy cassette 3 Activate the function program Options Cleaning Module Cleaning 4 Select the MSS module 5 Press Start External Cleaning 6 Introduce the external cleaning solution via the fill port in the same way a sample is introduced syringe or capillary 7 An internal cleaning with Solution 6 will be performed automatically after every 1000 sample measurements 8 Insert a new MSS cassette Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 1 Introduction 1 14 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 0002 0 6 INNO TAY enue
511. tion of the AutoQC module 1 hosts ese 4 14 OPEL ONS EUN E LEON 4 18 R usable Waste Ene ERI 4 18 External Waste containet Fe ee Ree ed rte Ere ere Eee e ERES 4 18 LEA rend Lob d c reae se ANIM 4 18 Key BOATS rors CEPI 4 18 Paper take up Dope dete ube cused uro e Eye ede se turo e e gee 4 18 MSS Conditioning System ose tese penny decade vies 4 18 AN TAOMINGT sin kine tae LA nts e d UE a 4 18 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 4 Installation Shutdown 4 Installation Shutdown Installation After the AVL OMNI has been set up on a location where the requirements in chapter 1 are fulfilled the following procedures must be done to achieve the ready status First check the analyzer and accessories for completeness and damage The completeness can be checked by comparing with the delivery form If something is missing please notify your AVL representative If damage occurred in spite of careful packaging please inform the shipping agent promptly Save the merchandise and the
512. to air at the end of the aspiration process no bounce of the liquid column is observed Do you see a bouncing movement of the liquid column towards the bottle at the end of the aspiration process no yes Bottle C has under pressure since the tube which ventilates bottle C is not open e Bottle not properly inserted e Spike to open bottle is damaged Air tube is clogged The container pipe has not completely penetrated the bottle plug e Bottle is not properly inserted e Container pipe has been pushed back into the analyzer 9 4 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting gt Scenario 3 Scenario 3 Call up System Setup Edit Reports Service Report and switch FMS Parameter on Call up a calibration and read the lines CBG and CISE on the printout Typical value 33 2 Value gt 41 30 yes The percentage of Solution in Mix 1 is too high or Solution B is too low gt Scenario 4 Value lt 25 30 The percentage of Solution in Mix 1 is too low gt Scenario 6 Scenario 4 Call up System Setup Edit Reports Service Report and switch FMS Parameter on Call up calibration and read the line Mix on the printout Typical value 33 2 Value gt 27 00 no yes An automatic regulation of the mixing ratio is still possible Re insert bottle B C read barcode and call up further calibration V
513. ts the light from both lamps to the cuvette Changing the lamp unit When changing the lamp unit please proceed in the following manner 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 4 Disconnect neon lamp cable from connector J2 see Fig 39 on the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 see Fig 39 6 5 Unscrew the neon lamp supply line from connector J7 see Fig 39 on the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 6 Unplug the reference diode from connector J1 see Fig 39 on the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 7 Unlock the optical light guide see Fig 39 12 and pull it off the lamp holder 8 Remove the screw on the lamp holder base see Fig 40 6 inside the device and loosen the screw on the PolyOx KX control 9700LY3 see Fig 40 5 9 Pull the lamp holder see Fig 39 8 off towards the inside of the device Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Cuvette holder In the cuvette holder the light transmitted by the primary optical light guide is first bundled by a lens and deflected by a prism before it enters the measuring cuvette A second lens is used for transmission to the polychromator by the secondary optical light guide To ensure a consistent temperature in the cuvette the entire cuvette ho
514. tubes on the sample distributor when reconnecting Before replacing the electrode plugs clean their coupling piece on the measuring chamber with cotton swab Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from 2 Changing the optical sensors at sample distributor 554 AVL OMNI 7 to 9 only 551 552 Fig 57 Optical sensors sample sensors at sample distributor When changing the optical sensors sample sensors at sample distributor SS1 SS2 and SS4 please proceed as follows Optical sensor SS1 1 Disassemble the SD cartridge as described on page 5 122 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI 3 Disconnect all cables power cable barcode etc from the AVL OMNI 4 Tip the screen in the forward direction Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 125 5 Function modules from A Z 5 Pull off the tubes 1 2 and 3 see Fig 58 from the sample distributor Fig 58 Sample distributor 6 7 8 9 Open the Phillips screws on the back of the analyzer Remove the rear panel diagonally in the upward direction Remove the grounding plug from the rear panel Unscrew the two Phillips screws which hold the measuring chamber plate and pull up until it clicks into place 10 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 11 Remove V25 VBI as described on page 5 148 12 Disconnect the optical sensor from the Mainboard 13 Remove the sample sensor from the sample distributor
515. ual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting COOX Lamp error AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only Call up System Util Service Area Switches 1 Avopto Report Alarm on Avopto report 00000000 00000400 COOX lamp error 1 no yes e Control problems with halogen lamp Control diode not connected connect control diode Control problems with halogen lamp control diode defective gt change lamp holder change see chapter 5 Call up System Util Service Area COOX Module Optics Test Neon Lamp On Alarm on Avopto report 00000000 00000400 COOX lamp error 2 The voltage measured at the neon lamp connector is gt 90V or lt 60V no yes e Neon lamp supply voltage not change lamp unit change see chapter 5 NOTE Impedance of the neon lamp cannot be measured with DVM gas discharge lamp e PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 defective change see chapter 5 Call up System Util Service Area COOX Module Optics Test Open cover of cuvette holder and activate Neon Lamp On Alarm on Avopto report 00000000 00000400 COOX lamp error 64 The light of the halogen lamp is clearly visible through the borehole above the cuvette The voltage measured at the connector pins of the halogen lamp should be 11 5 V 0 4 V no yes Supply voltage of halogen lamp not change PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 change see chapter 5 Halogen lamp is not illuminated and voltage is too gr
516. ubing set and or the T amp D disk please proceed as follows 1 To prepare for changing activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates T amp D System Changing Tubes Open the analyzer cover and remove in the upward direction Open the bottle compartment cover Pull sample drip tray down and out N Remove the port adapter by turning it downward The fill port adapter can now be used as a tool Insert the area marked with the arrow into the slit of the holding disk and turn the holding disk a fourth of a turn to the right or left in the same way as with a screw driver At the same time hold the T amp D disk firmly see Fig 65 Fig 65 Fill port adapter with fill port 6 Remove the T amp D cover by pressing the lower edges in an upward direction and pull it off toward the top 7 Press the T amp D flap Fig 86 7 downward 8 The T amp D tubing and or the T amp D disk can now be exchanged NOTE Components from the AVL OMNI such as tubing Waste container fill port etc contain biological fluids after use resulting in possible risk for infections Handle these components carefully and avoid contact with the skin Use rubber gloves The tubes may drip a little after being disconnected Remove excess fluids with a clean absorbent cloth Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When reassembling the T amp D tubing pay attention to the color coding and the correct position of
517. ure using AVL Deproteinizer e g Na Hypochlorite and or Neodisher is to be performed as rarely as possible since it basically disturbs the measuring system It is expected that this cleaning procedure will depend on the typical sample type of a laboratory e g physiological pathological fetal blood and will be performed after 100 1000 samples 8 6 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Software update Update of the entire software Update of the T amp D software 8 Maintenance Service area NOTE Note customer settings befor you start with modifications You will find more important settings under Options Reports Status Report 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI and on again 2 Wait approx 30 seconds and then insert installation disk 1 into the floppy drive 3 Insert the remaining installation disks as prompted on the screen The AVL OMNI goes automatically into the Ready status 4 Restore all settings See chapter 5 Function modules from A Z under T amp D system Software Software Update Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 8 7 8 Maintenance Service area Service area Switches 1 Avopto Save On Off Cal Sim On Off Avopto Report On Off Backfeed On Off Apply COOX Corrections AVL OMNI 3 6 and 9 only 8 8 The program function Service Area is only accessible for AVL schooled service persons and is secured with a password In the following
518. urement Calibration flag by parameter pH PO2 PCO2 Na K Cl Ca Electrode status according to Table 2 and 4 Electrode Status Flag see page 9 99 and 9 107 Standard deviation of precalculation by parameter pH PO2 PCO2 Na K Cl Ca The standard deviation of the precalculation gives information on the signal quality of the adjustment curve of the electrode potentials typical values are lt 0 2 pH lt 0 5 and is a decisive criterion on whether a precalculation can be performed means that during this calibration the current position could not be updated For example AVL OMNI Service Report Repro amp Quality 29 05 1998 10 59 Serial Number 2393 Range 29 05 1998 10 29 29 05 1998 10 59 Meas 29 05 1998 10 38 Electrode Status Flag Standard Deviation Calc pH 02 CO Na K Cl Ca pH 02 CO Na K Cl Ca lt gt Optobus Error Counter 001000 lt E gt 10 40 Fill Levels M 0 0 0 81 81 81 81 0 05 0 04 0 22 0 93 2 41 3 12 11 76 N 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 02 0 02 0 21 0 07 0 01 0 15 0 60 D 2 2 dD 1P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 03 0 44 017 011 0 06 0 04 0 02 Stby 10 40 FMS 0 78 lt gt MSS SOL_D 30 25 29 95 26 21 334 44 227 78 371 52 lt gt Empty Ref lt gt Flush Ref Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Explanation At 10 38 a m a status 81 occurred during sample aspiration regarding parameters Na K Cl and
519. ures as often used for samples taken also for electrolyte analysis are the only acceptable anticoagulants for blood gas ISE and MSS analysis Other anticoagulants such as EDTA citrate oxalate fluoride and ammonium containing anticoagulants have a significant effect on blood pH and should not be used 3 12 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Reagents 3 Description of Functions Specifications Solution A Solution B Solution C Solution D GLU LAC Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability Order number Use Contents Solvent Active ingredients Storage temp Stability BP 1893 Rinse solution for sample path 1 package contains 6 ready to use containers with 820 ml each Water aqueous solution Tensides 15 30 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed each container label BP 1892 Solution for calibration of iCa pH and PCO after controlled mixing with Solution B and C 1 package contains 6 ready to use containers with 820 ml each Water Electrolytes carbonate bicarbonate 15 30 C Expiration date amp lot number are printed on each co
520. us codes during measurement is given Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 9 7 Functional procedures Aspiration of the sample in the ISE measuring chamber AVL OMNI 4 9 Aspiration of the sample in the MSS measuring chamber AVL OMNI 7 8and 9 only Removal of excess sample into the sample distributor Apiration of the sample in the tHb or COOX measuring chamber This aspiration process requires the sample column peak to be located at 551 or VBI and proceeds nearly in the same manner as the aspiration into the BG measuring chamber If no ISE measurement was selected the remaining sample is positioned around VII through the sample distributor to establish the identical starting status for the subsequent MSS filling See Fig 10 and Fig 11 This aspiration process starts with the sample column tip being positioned at VII Before the actual aspiration process starts the sample is positioned at sample sensor SS4 to minimize air bubble formation in case of error aspiration is halted and an aspiration error 20 is displayed see chapter 9 Aspiration status codes during measurement Thereafter the aspiration process is identical to that for BG but without Ref aspiration actions Here excess sample material will be aspirated from the sample distributor to ensure constant tHb or COOX sample volumes This routine is performed only in devices without or with deactivated MSS module If sample s
521. use the installation instructions provided with the AutoQC module Pull off the right side panel side of the floppy drive 2 Open the cable clips and pull off the optical light guides see Fig 13 2 and 3 and the AQC wash tube 4 from the opt coupler Remove the protective covering from the barex tube 9 S o H H HB Fig 13 AQC cable tree 3 Remove the covering cap from the side panel of AVL OMNI and place the AQC cable tree through the boring NOTE Make sure that the bending radius of the AQC wash tube silicon tube is as large as possible Do not bend or pinch the AQC wash tube or the optical light guides 4 Secure the side panel of the AVL OMNI 5 Pull AVL OMNI side of the floppy drive about 10 cm over the table edge 6 Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts 7 Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module by removing the two screws 1 see Fig 16 4 14 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 Installation Shutdown 8 Disassemble the horizontal slide cover by loosening the two screws see Fig 16 9 9 Open the cable clip of the AutoQC module see Fig 16 10 10 Place the AQC cable tree in the cable clip 11 Push the AutoQC module between the two metal parts of the bottom tray of the AVL OMNI and secure it with
522. ution added 4 11 Text under Shutdown procedure item and 2 added 4 14 Text under item 2 Installation of the AutoQC module added 4 18 AVL OMNILink added 5 17 5 42 5 45 5 46 5 47 5 52 5 99 16 5 101 5 104 5 111 5 116 5 137 5 141 Fig 68 updated Valve bus updated and note added Number of pages revers to Service Manual Rev 8 0 November 1998 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 79 10 Previous revision levels 5 142 Table 1 Valve and valve bus components updated e BV2181 replaced with BV2311 e 2365 replaced with 0053 e YB2366 replaced with EP0237 5 143 Text under General information added 5 144 Table of valve connector positions added 5 147 5 151 Spacer replaced with spindle adapter 5 160 Fig 86 updated Solution 6 added 6 Sytem functions updated 7 25 Cleaning replaced with Auto cleaning with Solution 6 7 26 Solution 6 added 8 1 Note under Data storage added 8 2 e Changing the bacterial filter transfered to section Yearly maintenance e Text added under Changing the fluorescent lamps Half yearly maintenance e Changing the PP tubing and transfered to section 3 monthly maintenance text added 8 3 Changing the fill port Changing the aerosol trap Check sensor of Waste cap T2 Check bottle spikes Check bottle co
523. v 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z Changing the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 see Fig 39 6 Electrostatic Sensitive Device When changing the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 please proceed in the following manner 1 2 Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Remove vacuum pump see Fig 40 7 by unscrewing the three screws at the vacuum pump base and laying the pump down inside the device Pull the optical light guide off the cuvette holder see Fig 40 2 Pull all cables off the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 Remove the four screws securing the polychromator see Fig 40 a 6 c d and swivel it to the left Remove the nine fastening screws of the PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 and remove it Assembly is done in reverse order Description of LED s PolyOx KX control 9700 LY3 LED No Designation Description 1 5 should be illuminated 5 V digital supply 2 Reset should not be illuminated 3 TR Optobus send 4 Optobus receive 5 HT lights up when heater is not connected or defective 6 NC not connected 7 NC not connected 8 Res_SLV should not be illuminated reset line for polychromator Rocker switch 1 OFF Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0
524. ve defective check under System Test Component Test Valves no yes Change valve change see chapter 5 If several valves are displayed Mainboard may be defective change Mainboard change see chapter 5 10 78 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous revision levels Manual revision 9 0 May 2000 Chapter 2 REVISIONS 0 iscccsccssesvasescecnsssassecessscesevessascsessacs saveasscewessesdoe sees scvweseusseesenssceectbscdceacssaceeaceees seuss 81 modified chapters all applicable from software version 5 5 Summary Chapter Page Modification Addition Cover page Increase of revision number from 8 0 to 9 0 Contents updated 1 Section Device leakage current measurements Testing after field repair and modifications added 1 5 Section Decontamination Cleaning updated 2 1 2 2 2 6 Revision numbers updated 2 5 Software version added 5 50 3 7 e Resolution of Glu Lac and Urea updated e BUN added e Footnote added 3 8 HTYPE under Input values deleted 3 16 3 18 e Solution 6 under Environmental considerations Reagents added e Power consumption max under Electrical requirements changed from 160 VA to 250 VA text added e Environmental considerations Reagents updated 4 2 Fig 1 updated Solution 6 added 4 5 Installation of Solution 6 new cleaning sol
525. ve the electrodes or the reference and the dummy electrode as well as the MSS cassette at MSS module 5 Pull the MC electrode holder from measuring chamber with the aid of the locking lever For BG and ISE module applies e Remove the measuring chamber ledge see Fig 24 8 or Fig 26 5 Disassemble dummy electrode and seal Disconnect MC illumination foil cable from Connector board Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z For MSS module applies e Remove the shielding cover of the MSS module e Remove the measuring chamber ledge and the amplifier module see Fig 28 14 and 15 e The left illumination foil see Fig 28 10 can now be removed e To change the right illumination foil see Fig 28 8 remove the screws 5 and 9 see Fig 28 and remove the clamping block e Pull the contact foil off the SSE MSS Amp Glu Lac board and remove the contact foil with the carrier plate 6 Remove defective MC illumination foil from the measuring chamber 7 Clean the adhesive surface with cleaning alcohol 8 Place the new MC illumination foil on a level surface and remove the backing paper NOTE Do not warp or bend the illumination foil 9 Paste the new MC illumination foil into the MC tray starting on the inside of the measuring chamber and flatten it with a sweeping motion to both sides NOTE The illumination foil must be pasted in one piece It cannot be removed
526. ve the electrodes as well as the RCon or the reference elctrode and the dummy electrode for urea and the MSS cassette Close the cover of the measuring chamber and the cover of the AVL OMNI Pull the touch screen forward Open the PP cover behind the screen Linear clamp x Fig 12 Releasing the pump tubes Relieve the tubes of the peristaltic pump To do this open the plexiglas cover tension lever of the peristaltic pump and push the linear clamp white plastic part in the direction of the arrow see Fig 12 In case of a transport remove the complete tubing set tube holder and tubing and close the plexiglas cover tension lever and the PP cover Press the key Continue and follow the instructions on the screen see also Fig 5 Further see also Fig 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Unscrew the peristaltic pump cartridge 2 Remove valve cap from valve V4 tube releasing With devices serial number lt 5000 insert relief clamp 4 at the valve V3 Remove sample drip tray the screen in the upward direction Open the cover of the AVL OMNI Secure the sample distributor cartridge cover 7 with a foam rubber block Close the cover of the AVL OMNI Without tHb or COOX modules AVL OMNI 1 4 and 7 insert relief clamps
527. vious revision levels Changin the PC board B486SLC 10 10 When changing the PC board see Fig 6 4 please proceed in the following manner 1 Switch off the AVL OMNI 2 Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 1 with the exception of 6 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components 3 Gain access to the rear of the analyzer 4 Disconnect the power supply and the 26 poled flat cable dataline from the Thermo printer 5 Unscrew and the four cross slotted screws which hold the Thermo printer and remove 6 Disconnect all cables from the AVLIFB see Fig 6 5 7 Uscrew the 4 cross slotted screws which hold the Interface board and remove 8 Pull off the PC board from the Interface board Installation is done in the opposite sequence NOTE Has your AVL OMNI for the components PC board B486SLC AVLIFB and FLATIF one of the following revision levels replace in case of failure always all three boards PC board B486SLC 12 AVLIFB 51 FLATIF 73 At higher revision levels the components can be replaced seperately Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Interface board AVLIFB Photoconductor interface on COM1 Touch panel interface on COM2 Serial interfaces COM3 COM4 COM5 COM6 Keyboard and Barcode scanner interface Printer interface LPT1 und LPT2 Flatdisplay interface Analoge VGA interface Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 10 Previous
528. ware version 4 0 Summary Chapter Page Modification Addition Cover page Increase of revision number from 5 0 to 6 0 Text changed from AVL OMNI 6 to AVL OMNI 1 9 Contents updated 1 1 Relative humidity of 95 to 70 for MSS added 1 3 Note added 1 5 Decontamination of sample inlet path item 5 added 1 7 Internal decontamination modified 2 1 Revision numbers updated 2 3 Software versions added 3 1 Text updated because of new AVL OMNI types MSS 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 Osmolality under Calculated parameters added 3 9 e Frequency of 2P calibration changed e Calibrations added e Type of measurements added e Sample dates added and updated 3 10 Sample volumes for MSS added 3 11 Solution 1 3 5 and D added 3 12 and 3 13 Dates under Environmental considerations Instrument Electrodes Reagents updated and added 3 13 Text under Electrical requirements added 3 14 Text under Weight changed 4 2 Fig 4 1 updated 4 4 Fig 4 4 deleted Fig 4 5 updated 4 5 e Fig 4 6 updated e Installation routine changed Installation of MSS Ref contact electrode and the MSS cartridge added 4 6 Fig 4 7 updated 4 0 Shutdown procedure modified e Fig 4 10 updated 4 12 Figure added Text modified 4 14 Note added Number of pages revers to Service Manual Rev 5 0 January 97 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May
529. waste sensor 2 into glass of water Filling level lt 300 mV 5 Change waste 2 9 The detection level for the software for air must be gt 500 mV for water 500 mV If the recommended values are maintained functionality is ensured 9 78 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting Wrong measurement values This troubleshooting refers to reproducible measurement errors and not to single measurement deviations The following scenarios are built up logically and are to be performed successively until the error source has been identified Scenario 1 Check sample type on the measurement protocol Is the sample type correct yes Scenario 2 Wrong declaration by the user during sample input Scenario 2 Check settings under System Setup Correlation Are individual settings programmed in no yes Settings are not correct Scenario 3 Scenario 3 First differentiation Which parameters are measured incorrectly e pH PCO and or ISE Scenario 4 e Scenario 5 Scenario 8 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 2000 9 79 9 Troubleshooting Scenario 4 pCO2 and or ISE Second differentiation Which FMS calibrated parameters are measured incorrectly pH and PCO and all ISE 5 Error commonly used systems e Sam
530. while separating air bubble is in sensor 100 Sample could not be aspirated to SS4 in the sample distributor Distr Error MSS 101 tHb COOX sample detection not possible Cuvette Not OK 102 No signal change for detection of sample beginning no sample detected 103 No stable signal sample pos error 120 It was not possible to build up a sufficient vacuum during AQC measurement 121 AQC sensor could not detect sample Table 2 List of measurement flags Display in measurement report under System Setup Edit Reports Measurement Report Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 99 9 Troubleshooting Measurement value flags Flag Description Text Limiting values for Glu 0 5 mmol l Lac 0 0 mmol l Urea 0 0mmol l Improper sample will be checked Limiting values for Glu 2100 mmol l Lac 2100 mmol l Urea gt 40 mmol 1 Out of range will be checked Parameter is deactivated black X not activated gray not selected Parameter is alarm status red not calibrated The tHb cuvette has not been calibrated for 99 days IUS _ Sample type no longer applies to corresponding parameter 2 Hct value impaired by electrolyte balance The set normal range was exceeded for one measurement value The set critical range was exceeded for one measurement va
531. with Sol D added Diagram 18 sample removed from sample inlet path 8 2 Checking the wash water nozzle transfered to Unscheduled 8 3 Changing the PP tubing transfered to Half yearly maintenance e Check smooth movement of PP head rollers under Yearly maintenance added 8 6 8 9 8 11 8 12 Interference Control On Off Turbidity Corr On Off and Activate Deactivate Urea added 9 11 bis 9 14 9 NEW concept for the whole chapter e Section Valve problems added 9 4 9 42 Glu Lac defective deleted is defective added 9 49 e Text addition under MSS No Sample Detected 9 61 Fig 7 updated hemolyzer 9 70 MSS SOL D times updated 9 81 MSS Status updated 9 82 Flag 76 120 and 121 under List of measurement flags added 9 98 Calibration parameter limits added 10 Rev 8 0 added 11 Figures updated Supplement of April 1999 Chapter Page Modification Addition INDEX added 2 5 Software version added 5 10 5 52 Item 8 NEW 5 142 Valve list updated 5 143 Text under General information added 5 147 to 5 151 Spacer replaced by spindle adapters 6 4 ASTM under Settings added 6 8 updated 7 14 Text correction 8 3 Changing the valve tapper and cleaning the valve
532. x At first start up the default language setting is English which can be changed in the menu System Setup Miscellaneous Language During the warm up phase insert the bottle compartment cover and press System Util Analyzer Actions Assembling of FMS Tubes Follow the instructions on the screen and insert the supply tubes of bottles B and C in the clamps Connect the supply tube to the container tube of bottle B see Fig 5 Supply tubes Bottle B Bottle C Container pipe Fig 5 FMS tubes 4 4 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 4 Installation Shutdown 20 During first start up activate System Util Service Area Activate Urea if the AVL OMNI is to be operated with the urea parameter If not continue with step 21 This function can be used to activate or deactivate the urea paramater after a reinitialization if needed 21 Insert reagent bottles and the Waste container NOTE The ingredients for the solutions 1 BP2248 3 BP2249 5 BP2278 and D BP2279 designed for the measurement of glucose and lactate would immediately cause damage to the urea sensor Therefore another set of Solution 1 BP2192 3 BP2193 5 2194 and D BP2191 must be used Installing Solution 6 Place the screw cap on the bottle and insert it in the respective holder labelled Cleaning Solution 6 see Fig 1 6 Activate So
533. y Offset S D 5 N Interference Control gt On Off M Turbidity Com gt On Off M Shutdown Serial Number Mechanics Revision Number Revision Number Measurements AutoQC M Adjustment y Activate gt Deactivate Urea D AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 only This button appears only if activated under System Util Service Area Switches 1 AutoQC 6 6 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 6 System functions see previous page 2 RM 2 TN Deproteininzing 4 Analyzer Actions Actions p MC Cartridge Fill Reference Electrode Fill Routines P aspirate Sol C D 1 2 3 4 5 Wettin BG Electrodes aut man LL B Electrodes aut man Electrodes MSS Electrodes aut man Y Start Internal Conditioning p Contitioning Start External Continioning Service Archive Archive AVOPTO Export AVOPTO BEA Import Setup Change Report Copy Report p Copy Report Copy from disk L p Data Archive C Cartridges SD Cartridge mh MC Cartridge M L PP Cartridge 2 tHb BC Cartridge b Shutdown 4 PARC Uer PP Tubing gt _ gt Exchange a Assembling gt F
534. y 5 106 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 5 Function modules from A Z When changing the hard disk see Fig 85 3 please proceed as follows 1 2 6 7 Switch off the AVL OMNI Follow the steps 1 to 10 on page 5 2 with the exception of 2 under General information on assembly and disassembly of components Gain access to the rear of the analyzer Disconnect the power supply and the 26 poled flat cable data line from the thermal printer Unscrew and the 4 Phillips screws which hold the thermal printer and remove Disconnect the power supply and the data lines from the hard disk Unscrew the 4 Phillips screws on the side panels of the PC tower Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When reassembling the hard disk please take care that the red Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 line of the flat cable is positioned next to the power supply Further pay attention that the supply line from the thermal printer is not exchanged with that of the hard disk plug labeling After replacement of the hard disk restore data manager data if possible customer settings and instrument specific values O2 UPol Baro 5 value actual barometric pressure COOX offset values sample counter hotline number serial number AutoQC serial and revision number as well as number of total measurements and perform a software update see Chapter 8 section Software update and Service are
535. y to SS4 Text no sample detected insufficient sample sample distr error sample distr error Distr Error MSS Comment sample is not aspirated into the module sample could not be aspirated in the direction of the tHb or COOX module sample fluid could not be drained through the sample distributor sample could not be aspirated to SS4 in the sample distributor Possible error cause no sample fluid left for tHb and COOX not enough sample introduced or too much sample fluid lost clot valve V2 does not switch or leak in tHb sample path cuvette clot valve V2 does not switch clots or leaks Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 9 Troubleshooting List of flags that may occur during sample positioning Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Aspiration Comb Flag Logic Text Comment Possible error status Code cause BG positioning 1 conductivity sample pos error clots bubbles or signal not sample not stable or too conductive check V7 low 5 11 12 551 insufficient sample is linked with the insufficient sample become empty result from or fragmented in the BG separation sample distributor 551 yes SS2 no at separation 2 conductivity sample sep error sample could not be VBI VBO breakdown not distinguished from malfunction clots at OK measuring chamber bypass nipple
536. y an infra red light barrier in front of the fill port allowing automatic reaction by the analyzer This light barrier controls the lifting and rotation movements of the disk e Sample sensors SS4 SS6 The sample sensors are only fixed mechanically to the T amp D module The control or scanning in of the sensors takes place on the Mainboard to J16 Motherboard Sample container detection Optobus T amp D control Light gate D2 position 1 11 home J7 J10 not used up to Rev 5A d Stepper motor dock BB0813 connected to J7 J10 Rev 5A 4 position j 556 3 Sleppi molat board AVL OMNI 7 9 only 1 light gate 9 dock position Sample volume detection SS4 AVL OMNI 1 6 only to Mainboard Fig 60 Wiring T amp D system 5 130 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Electronics 5 Function modules from A Z The electronics consist of 2 parts T amp D control see Fig 62 and Fig 87 The T amp D control is assembled on the inner side of the measuring chamber plate above the T amp D system e Sensorprint This print is not visible from the outside and is integrated in the mechanical components acting as holder for two light barriers and a flat cable The T amp D module is a microcontrolled module which communicates over the Optobus with the Main control etc The power supply is connected at J1 For the turn
537. y and prevents unecessary warming In addition the valves are controlled sequentially to prevent overloading of the power supply unit Location Valve no Measuring chamber plate _________ _____ 2 VIO 2 30 50 Bottle compartment O yy iB __________ 13 Ooo y y y y vw 22 23 22 24 Sample distributor 20 _________ 22 __________ VBI _________ VH Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Motherboard plug no Midi K B Midi K B Midi K B Midi K B Midi K B Midi K B Midi K A Midi K A Midi K A Maxi B Midi K B Midi K B Midi L Midi K A MaxiA Maxi B A Maxi B Maxi B Midi K A Midi K A FMS valve Midi Midi K B Midi K B Midi L Midi L Midi BP2064 BP2064 BP2064 BP2064 BP2064 BP2064 BP2063 BP2063 BP2063 BP1616 BP2064 BP2064 BP1799 BP2063 BP1614 BP1614 and BP1616 BP1616 BP1616 BP2063 BP2063 BP1644 BP2064 BP2064 BP2064 BP1799 BP1799 BP1799 14 1 14 3 14 4 Cable tree BK0332 BK0331 BK0333 BK0334 10 71 10 Previous revision levels Changing the valves General information Changing the Midi and Midi L valves Changing Maxi A Maxi B and Mix valve s 10 72 In analyzers with tHb or COOX module the tHb cartridge is occupied with V2 V23 and V24 In analyzers without tHb or COOX modules the tHb cartridge is re
538. y cable from the PC tower 25 Remove the complete AQC cable tree and replace it with a new one Assembly is done in reverse order NOTE When installing the new AQC cable tree make sure that the AQC wash tube is placed close to the housing wall of the AVL OMNI to ensure a large bending radius 5 14 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Changing the 5 Function modules from A Z X motor When changing the X motor see Fig 12 9 please proceed as follows 1 Activate the program System Test Component Test Aggregates AutoQC Positions Service Position to move the motors into the service position Switch off the AVL OMNI Open the cover of the AutoQC module and push it downwards to disengage it from the two bolts Disassemble the housing of the AutoQC module by removing the two screws 1 see Fig 12 Remove the cover of the AQC control board by removing screws 6 and 35 see Fig 12 Disconnect all cables from the AQC control board Remove screws 10 and 22 see Fig 12 to remove the cover of the vertical slide and pull off the metal plate in direction of the arrow Remove the two screws from the wash port holder see Fig 13 13 Remove the two Phillips screws at the motor wash port holder unit and remove the motor 10 Remove the toothed disk from the motor and attach it to the new motor Assembly is done in reverse order Changing the Y motor When changing the Y motor see Fi
539. yzer Pull off the tube from the vacuum sensor Disconnect the connecting cable from the Motherboard Loosen the holding screws Assembly is done in reverse order Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 Valves 5 Function modules from A Z applicable from SN 5000 on for SN lt 5000 see chapter 10 Manual revision 8 0 Wiring of the valves One flat cable the so called valve bus goes from the Aktuator control board to seven different actuator boards which are used to control the individual valves see Fig 68 The actuator boards are located immediately next to the respective valve The valves are also controlled by a sequential circuit to keep down the load on the power supply unit LED s on the Aktuator control board signal special valve malfunctions A troubleshooting description can be found in chapter Troubleshooting under Valve problems J3 _ R5 z U x Leos Ml 1 2 2 1 E ol 52 able 216 5 BC 4 gt 1 0854 Aktor Control Board located on Mainboard 880854 1 24V 5 2141 GND To Motherboard 880555 Sle 5V
540. yzer tHb cartridge 19 T amp D Pos 8 T amp D Pos 7 T amp D Pos 6 T amp D Pos 5 1 2 3 4 Na condilonor W A B C D T amp D Pos 9 5 H1 R2 R3 i i Solution D CAL 1 Ke BG KCl KCl MSS Waste RINSE Solution B Solution C olution pava INE ot IL A 556 at AVL OMNI 7 8 and 9 7 46 Fig 20 Tubing diagram 20 Service Manual AVL OMNI Rev 9 0 May 2000 7 Functional procedures Aspirate Int 1P Slp into the MSS measuring chamber first phase flush Peristaltic pump PP cartridge MC cartridge V15 Vacuum pump Suction V13 8 Bacteria filter S with GLU LAC Ref and Dummy are replaced by RCon Sample distributor and Bypass cartridge Pipe reservoir of FMS system FMS air bubble trap Air

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

LaCie Starck Mobile User's Manual  Carbofen 6060 Asfalto - Español  programme et inscription  DE L` ALIMENTATION. DE D\ PECHE. DE LA RURALITE ET  chariots a bagages et poteaux de guidage en laiton massif  Reducing Waste guide  TWR-MCF51JG Tower Module - User`s Manual    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file